TIDM71XN
RNS Number : 0358W
Tesco Personal Finance Group PLC
13 April 2023
Tesco Personal Finance Group plc
Publication of Annual Report and Financial Statements for the
year ended 28 February 2023
In accordance with Listing Rule 17.3.1, a copy of the above
document for Tesco Personal Finance Group plc has been submitted to
the UKLA document viewing facility and will shortly be available
for inspection at:
https://data.fca.org.uk/#/nsm/nationalstoragemechanism
The document is also available on the Company's website at:
https://bank.tescoplc.com/
This announcement also contains additional information for the
purposes of compliance with the Disclosure and Transparency Rules,
including principal risks and uncertainties, details of related
party transactions and a responsibility statement.
Reference to pages and numbers refer to page numbers and notes
to the annual accounts in the Annual Report and Financial
Statements 2023.
Enquiries:
Investors Chris Griffith (Tesco PLC) 01707 940 900
Media Simon Rew (Tesco PLC) 0330 678 0639
Barry Cameron (Tesco Bank) 07841 192 899
13 April 2023
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
ANNUAL REPORT AND FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARED 28 FEBRUARY 202 3
Company Number SC173198
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
CONTENTS
Directors and Advisers 1
Strategic Report 2
Directors' Report 30
Consolidated Income Statement 40
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive
Income 41
Consolidated and Company Statements
of Financial Position 42
Consolidated Statement of Changes
in Equity 43
Company Statement of Changes in
Equity 45
Consolidated and Company Cash Flow
Statements 47
Notes to the Financial Statements 48
Independent Auditor's Report 163
Abbreviations 174
Glossary of Terms 175
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
DIRECTORS AND ADVISERS
D irectors : J acqueline Ferguson Interim Independent Non-Executive
Chair
Elizabeth Buckley Independent Non-Executive Director
Julie Currie Independent Non-Executive Director
Robert Endersby Interim Senior Independent Non-Executive
Director
Prasanna Gopalakrishnan Independent Non-Executive Director
Richard Henderson Chief Financial Officer
Simon Machell Independent Non-Executive Director
Gerard Mallon Chief Executive Officer
Adrian Morris Non-Executive Director
Tikendra Patel Independent Non-Executive Director
Amanda Rendle Independent Non-Executive Director
Deborah Walker Chief Risk Officer
Company Secretary: Fiona Burden
Registered Office: 2 South Gyle Crescent
Edinburgh
EH12 9FQ
Independent Deloitte LLP
Auditor:
4 Brindley Place
Birmingham
B1 2HZ
Bankers: The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
36 St Andrew Square
Edinburgh
EH2 2YB
HSBC Bank plc
8 Canada Square
London
E14 5HQ
Bank of New York Mellon, London Branch
1 Canada Square
London
E14 5AL
Elavon Financial Services DAC UK
5th Floor
125 Old Broad
Street
London
EC2N 1AR
1
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT
The Directors present their Strategic Report for the year ended
28 February 2023 .
The Annual Report and Financial Statements comprises the
Strategic Report, the Directors' Report and the Company and
Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying notes. In the
Annual Report and Financial Statements, unless specified otherwise,
the 'Company' mean s Tesco Personal Finance Group plc ( TPFG ) and
the 'Group' means the Company and its subsidiaries (in the prior
year, the Company and its subsidiaries and joint venture) included
in the Consolidated Financial Statements. T esco Personal Finance
plc (TPF) operates using the trading name of Tesco Bank.
TPF G is a wholly owned subsidiary of Tesco PLC ( Tesco ). Tesco
results can be found on the Tesco internet page
https://www.tescoplc.com .
Business Model
The core objective of the Board is to create and deliver the
long-term sustainable success of the Group, generating value for
the Group's shareholder and contributing to wider society. The
Board sets the Group's purpose, which is to serve its customers,
communities and planet a little better every day. It also sets the
Group's strategy and values and is accountable to the Group's
shareholder for ensuring that the Group is appropriately managed
and achieves its objectives in a way that is supported by the right
culture and behaviours.
The Group provides financial services and products , primarily
Credit Cards, Personal Loans, Savings accounts, Insurance and Money
Services products, to personal customers in the United Kingdom
(UK). The Company is incorporated and registered in Scotland. The
Company owns the entire issued share capital of TPF, which is
engaged in the provision of banking and general insurance services
and TPF owns the entire issued share capital of Tesco Underwriting
Limited (TU), an authorised insurance company which provides the
insurance underwriting service for a number of the Group's general
insurance products. TU has been accounted for as a subsidiary of
the Group since it was fully acquired on 4 May 2021. Prior to this
date, the Group owned 49.9% of TU, which was accounted for as a
joint venture.
Economic environment
The Group continued to trade profitability during the year ended
28 February 2023. While the economic outlook remains uncertain as
the cost of living crisis continues, the risk of a recession in
2023 is now considered to be reduced and new budget announcements
aimed at supporting business investment, as well as proposals to
address structural issues in the jobs market, are expected to have
a positive impact on GDP in the coming years. Fiscal restraint is
expected to reduce the pressure to tighten monetary policy further
and the Bank of England (BoE) base rate is expected to rise only
marginally in 2023 as inflation progressively reduces over the
course of the year . In addition, wholesale gas prices have
significantly reduced from their peak level observed in 2022 and
the Energy Price Guarantee (EPG), which limits the price energy
suppliers can charge customers, remains in place for domestic
consumers until June 2023 , continuing to offer a degree of protect
ion to domestic consumers from the burden of rising energy price s
.
The expected credit loss ( ECL ) charge for the year of GBP 61.4
m ( 2022 : credit of GBP 29.9 m) reflects growth in the portfolio
and the level of risk progressively returning to pre-Covid-19
pandemic levels, albeit arrears and defaults in the portfolio
remain below this level. The prior year credit reflects significant
provision releases made in the prior year as the risks associated
with the Covid-19 pandemic receded. Further detail in respect of
the release in the current year of prior year PMAs related to the
Covid-19 pandemic is set out at note 45.
Despite stability in the performance of the underlying
portfolio, the increased risk from a high inflationary environment
and cost of living crisis at 28 February 2023 creates uncertainty
in relation to future loss projections and the current model
outputs. As a result, post-model adjustments (PMAs) in respect of
economic uncertainty have been applied to the Group's modelled ECL
provision.
Further information in respect of these adjustments, along with
the impact of the current economic outlook on ECLs, is set out at
note 45 . Overall provision levels have fallen in the year to GBP
460.9 m ( 2022 : GBP 488.8 m) and coverage has fallen to 6.1% (
2022 : 7.0 %) as PMAs related to the Covid-19 pandemic have unwound
.
Notwithstanding the impact of the economic environment on the
Group, its capital and liquidity ratios, which are set out on page
9, remain in excess of internal and regulatory requirements over
the periods used by Management to monitor these ratios. The Board
has also considered in depth the impact of the economic environment
on the Group's going concern status. The relevant disclosures are
set out on pages 30 to 31.
2
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Group Agile transformation programme
As the Group continues to seek ways in which to serve its
customers, communities and planet a little better every day, the
Group is chang ing its ways of working , operating model and
culture to better serve its customers' needs . The recent cost of
living challenges have highlighted that it is more critical than
ever for the Group to be able to adapt quickly to changing external
market forces whenever its customers need it to. During the year
ended 28 February 2023, t he Group began its transformation to an
Agile operating model . Maturing the operating model and ways of
working will be a multi-year focus , helping the Group to deliver
value in small but regular increments and allowing the Group to
help its customers more quickly, investing where it matters most to
the Group's customers and colleagues.
To support the new Agile organisation, changes were required in
a number of skill areas and consequently, also in roles. New
opportunities were created for colleagues. However, as a result,
some roles were made redundant. Consultation took place with
colleagues and union partners, with commitment to ensure those
colleagues impacted were treated fairly and provided with the
necessary support. Further information on the Group's Agile
transformation programme is set out on page 28 and in note 5 .
Insurance transformation programme
The Board recognises the continued importance of insurance to
Tesco customers and the need to support sustainable insurance
policy growth. The adoption of the new Agile operating model will
support both a faster pace of change and a more efficient
organisational desig n in respect of the Group's insurance business
and t he end-to-end control of the Group's insurance offering
affords the Group the opportunity to become a market leading
insurer. To support this aspiration , the Insurance Transformation
Programme (ITP) was established during the year. The ITP is a
series of technology and propositional deliverables designed to
improve outcomes for customers, colleagues and Tesco. Further
information on the ITP is set out on page 28 to 29 .
Dividend pay-out ratio
In recent years, the Group has paid a shareholder dividend of
GBP50m , which equates to around 30-35% of profits. This covered a
period of increased product development in both M ortgages and
Personal C urrent A ccounts, which the Group has now exited ,
enabling it to focus on new propositions that are specifically
designed to meet the everyday needs of Tesco customers .
During the year, the Board agreed that, as a result of the
Group's strong capital position, the pay-out ratio should be
increased to 50% of profits , aligning the Group's target pay-out
ratio with that of Tesco in future years. This approach is expected
to deliver sustainable dividend growth, whilst also balancing the
need to maintain a strong capital position with capital efficiency
and t he Board will continue to re - appraise the Group's capital
position on an ongoing basis. Further information in respect of the
dividend pay-out ratio is set out on page 29 .
Acquisition of Tesco Underwriting Limited
On 4 May 2021 the Group acquired the remaining 50.1% ordinary
share capital of TU from its joint venture partner, Ageas (UK)
Limited (Ageas) . Total cash consideration of GBP89.7m was paid in
the prior year , with an additional deferred payment of GBP5.0m
paid in May 2022.
The current year financial information presented throughout t
hese Financial Statements is not directly comparable with the prior
year following the Group's acquisition of TU , with a full year of
TU's results being included in the current year compared to 10
months in the prior year.
3
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Headlines
Income Statement
-- Profit before tax is GBP139.6m (202 2 : GBP188.5m).
-- Underlying profit before tax, which excludes items which are
not reflective of ongoing trading performance, is GBP148.6m (202 2
: GBP186.4m ). A reconciliation of statutory to underlying profit
for the current and prior year is set out at note 5.
-- Profit before tax
The key drivers of the profit before tax are:
o a 1.4% in crease in net interest income to GBP431.2m ( 2022 :
GBP425.4m) reflecting a n incr e ase in interest-bearing balances
on Credit Cards compared to the prior year, offsetting lower
average balances on Loans as the market in this area continues to
be constrained. D espite an overall increase in customer lending
during the year, n et interest margin has decreased slightly to 4.9
% ( 2022 : 5.0 % ) as the Group has grown its Credit Card portfolio
over the year through new account acquisition, with the majority of
newly acquired Credit Card accounts offering an initial
interest-free promotional period , which reduces the overall net
interest margin ;
o a 30.1% increase in net fees and commissions income to GBP
246.5m ( 2022 : GBP 189.4 m). Credit Card fees reflect higher
retail spend, up 16.0% year - on - year, leading to an increase in
interchange fees, and also reflect an increase in money and balance
transfer fees. ATM income has increased as the result of increased
customer activity and Gift Card income has increased by 11.0% as
demand for Gift Cards has grown year-on-year. Travel Money and
foreign exchange fee income have continued to grow in the year,
reflecting ongoing growth in demand for foreign travel ;
o a 26.6% increase in net insurance premium income to GBP 169.3m
( 4 May 2021 to 28 February 2022 : GBP 133.7 m ) relating to an
increase in the number of Home and Motor Insurance policies
underwritten by TU ;
o a loss on investment securities at fair value through profit
and loss (FVPL) of GBP 2.9 m ( 2022 : gain of GBP 4.9 m ). This
includes a fair value loss of GBP3.9m ( 2022 : gain of GBP 4.4 m)
relating to TU's holding in a property fund. Also included is a
gain of GBP 1.0 m ( 2022 : gain of GBP 0.5 m) relating to the
Group's holding in VISA Inc. shares;
o a gain on other financial instruments at FVPL of GBP 2.3 m (
2022 : gain of GBP 2.1 m) , reflecting hedge ineffectiveness
arising from hedge accounting and fair value movements on
derivatives in economic hedges that do not meet the criteria for
hedge accounting;
o other expenses of GBP 2.2 m ( 2022 : other income of GBP 10.4m
), representing a net loss of GBP2.8m on the partial redemption
during the year of minimum requirements for own funds and eligible
liabilities (MREL) debt in issue and dividend income from TU's
holding in a property fund of GBP0.6m . In the prior year, other
income of GBP 10.4 m predominantly represented the consolidated
remeasurement gain recognised by the Group in respect of its
existing equity interest in TU immediately before the Group 's
acquisition of TU of GBP4.6m, and a consolidated gain of GBP5.0m
representing the Group's share of TU's available-for-sale reserve
immediately prior to acquisition;
o a 4.2% decrease in net insurance claims to GBP84.6m, ( 4 May
2021 to 28 February 2022 : GBP 88.3 m ) due mainly to the net
impact of a reserving review ;
o a 7.2 % increase in operating expenses to GBP 558.7 m ( 2022 :
GBP 521.3 m). Operating expenses have increased due to higher
employee related costs, a volume driven increase in eligibility
check costs and aggregator and marketing spend relating to
increased new business activity , costs related to its Agile
transformation programme (refer to note 5), growth in outsourcing
costs, and a full year of TU costs compared to 10 months in the
prior year due to the date of acquisition in May 2021;
4
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
-- Profit before tax (continued)
o a 205.4 % i ncrease in charges for ECLs on financial assets to
GBP61.4 m ( 2022 : credit of GBP 29.9 m). The prior year credit
reflects significant provision releases made in the prior year as
the risks associated with the Covid-19 pandemic receded. The charge
for the current year reflects growth in the portfolio and the level
of risk progressively returning to pre-Covid-19 pandemic levels,
albeit arrears and defaults in the portfolio remain below this
level, resulting in lower credit loss emergence and provision
coverage reducing over the year . Overlays have been reduced as
PMAs related to the Covid-19 pandemic have now been unwound .
Despite stability in the performance of the underlying portfolio,
the increased risks from a high inflationary environment and cost
of living crisis at 28 February 2023 create uncertainty in relation
to future loss projections and the current model outputs. As a
result, PMAs in respect of economic uncertainty have been applied
to the Group's modelled ECL provision. Further information in
respect of these adjustments, along with the impact of the current
economic outlook on ECLs, is set out at note 45; and
o a 100 .0% decrease in the Group's share of profit from its
joint venture, TU, to GBP nil ( 2022 : GBP 2.6 m). This reflects
the change in control of TU which took place on 4 May 2021, at
which point TU became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, with
its results being fully consolidated from that date.
-- Income tax charge on profit
Income tax on the Group's profit for the year is a charge of GBP
28.2 m ( 2022 : GBP 44.2 m). The tax charge for the year is
primarily driven by profits being subject to the 19% corporation
tax rate, together with the banking surcharge on taxable profits
over GBP25m, at a combined tax rate of 27%. The prior year charge
was impacted by the increase in the corporation tax rate from 19%
to 25% with effect from 1 April 2023 and its impact on the Group's
deferred tax assets , as set out at note 17.
Other Comprehensive Income
The net reduction in debt securities at FVOCI of GBP 31.1 m (
2022 : GBP 12.8 m) reflects fair value movements in TU's portfolio
of fixed rate bonds. Significant rises in the base rate of interest
over the year have resulted in the fair value of these bonds being
less than their amortised cost. The amortised cost of these bonds
is expected to be realised at maturity, when fair value adjustments
in respect of interest rate movements recognised over the life of
the bonds unwind.
Balance Sheet
-- Cash and balances with central banks decreased by 40.9% to
GBP461.1m ( 2022 : GBP780.6m). The Group maintains a liquidity
position in excess of internal and regulatory requirements and
maintains a liquidity and funding profile to enable it to meet its
financial obligations under normal and stressed market
conditions.
-- Loans and advances to customers have increased by 9.1% to
GBP7.1bn ( 2022 : GBP 6.5 bn) due mainly to higher Credit Card
balances as a result of both increased retail spending and growth
in newly acquired accounts. Loans balances remain constrained in
the rising interest rate environment .
-- Net derivative financial instruments of GBP104.5m ( 2022 :
GBP 18.1 m) reflect movements in interest rate swap rates due to
rising interest rates, which have increased the value of
derivatives used as part of the Group's hedging strategies.
-- Insurance contract provisions decreased by 4.6 % to GBP619.9m
( 2022 : GBP 650.0 m) and reinsurance assets decreased by 5.4% to
GBP231.9m ( 2022 : GBP 245.1 m) , reflecting uncertainty reversals
from prior years along with releases in respect of claims reaching
the statute of limitations .
-- Customer deposits, which continue to be the Group's main
source of funding, have in creased by 8.3 % to GBP5.8bn ( 2022 :
GBP 5.3 bn) as the Group has continued to grow its S avings
balances to reflect growth in its lending book.
-- Insurance funds withheld have increased by 7.6 % to GBP123.5m
( 2022 : GBP 114.8 m) as a result of the increase in premiums ceded
on the 2022 quota share contract, partly offset by an increase in
incurred losses over the same period.
-- At 28 February 2023 , the Group had accessed GBP 900.0 m (
2022 : GBP 900.0 m) under the BoE 's Term Funding Scheme for small
and medium sized entities ( TFSME ) .
5
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Balance Sheet (continued)
-- The balance sheet remains well positioned to support future
lending growth from both a liquidity and capital standpoint , with
the ratios managed in excess of internal and regulatory
requirements . At 28 February 2023 , the total capital ratio was
25.7% ( 2022 : 27.2%) and the net stable funding ratio (NSFR) was
128.9 % ( 2022 : 132.4 %) . The drivers of movements in the total
capital ratio and NSFR are discussed in the Capital and Liquidity
Ratios section of this Annual Report.
Regulatory Developments
Onshoring of European Union (EU) Regulations After Brexit
Following the UK's withdrawal from the EU and the ending of the
transition period, any reference to EU regulations and directives
(including technical standards) should be read as a reference to
the UK's version of such regulation or directive, as onshored into
UK law under the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as
amended.
Capital Requirements Regulation
The Group of Central Bank Governors and Heads of Supervision
(GHOS) announced in March 2020 that the implementation of the Basel
3.1 standards would be delayed by one year to 1 January 2023. The
Prudential Regulation Authority ( PRA ) is currently consulting on
the implementation of the Basel 3.1 standards (CP16/22) , which are
expected to become effective on 1 January 2025. The impact of these
amendments will continue to be assessed along with CP5/22 - 'The
Strong and Simple Framework - a definition of a Simple Regime
firm', CP4/23 - 'The Strong and Simple Framework: Liquidity and
Disclosure requirements for Simpler-regime Firms' and subsequent
Strong and Simple Framework Phase 2 consultation papers which will
focus on capital-related prudential measures .
On 9 December 2022 , the Chancellor of the Exchequer set out a
substantial package of reforms - the Edinburgh Reforms - to drive
growth and competitiveness in the financial services sector. The
impacts of these reforms on the Group will be assessed when
detailed proposals are published .
Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB)
The CCyB is a capital buffer, determined by the regulator, which
aims to ensure that banking sector capital requirements take
account of the macro - economic financial environment in which
banks operate. Its primary objective is to set a buffer of capital
to achieve the broader macro-prudential goal of protecting the
banking sector from periods of excess aggregate credit growth that
have often been associated with the build-up of system-wide risk.
The buffer can be utilised to absorb losses during stressed periods
.
In the UK, t he Financial Policy Committee (FPC) of the BoE is
responsible for setting the CCyB. The rate increased from 0% to 1%
on 13 December 2022 in line with the FPC decision at its meeting in
December 2021. Following its meeting in July 2022, the FPC
confirmed that the rate will increase to 2% with effect from 5 July
2023 . The FPC confirmed the intention to maintain the rate at this
level at its meeting in March 2023.
Climate Change
-- Overview
The Group's Climate Change programme is led by the Chief Risk
Officer (CRO), who holds the Senior Management Function (SMF)
accountability for climate change risk. The Group is committed to
understanding and reducing its environmental impact, as well as
assessing and managing the risks arising from climate change. The
Group's ambition is to achieve its target of carbon neutral in its
own operations by 2035 and net zero across the Group's whole
footprint by 2050. The Group will seek to support its colleagues in
reducing their carbon footprints in order to help achieve that
ambition .
The Group continues to work closely with Tesco to ensure that
its approach to tackling climate change is aligned with Tesco's
approach.
6
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
-- Governance
The Climate Change programme is overseen by a Steering Group
which has senior representation from across the Group . Steering
Group members have both ownership and oversight of the work being
undertaken to address climate change across the Group .
During the year, the Board approved a risk appetite statement on
climate change. The Steering Group is continuing to build
appropriate Management information to support this risk appetite
.
-- Strategy
Management believe that the nature of the Group's business model
results in the direct risks from climate change being lower than
for many other lenders. This is due to the short duration of the
Group's lending and insurance activities and the fact that lending
is not supported by collateral which may be more likely to be
impacted by climate change. In addition, the Group is exclusively
consumer focussed in its lending and has processes in place to
ensure liquidity holdings meet defined Environmental, Social and
Governance (ESG) criteria.
A number of areas have been identified where there is exposure,
however these typically represent an indirect or low risk to the
Group. Areas identified include the following:
-- Exposure to customers who work for industries whose business
models may be impacted through the transition to a greener economy
and, as a result, could face lower income or the loss of their
job;
-- Physical impacts of weather events on the ability of the
Group's colleagues to work in the office, although this has been
significantly mitigated through the move to hybrid working
practices;
-- Changes to the way the Group's customers shop and behave,
such as reducing travel, which may impact the Group's Travel Money
services;
-- The likelihood of an increased severity and frequency of
weather events, impacting Home insurance claims received by the
Group;
-- Transitional impacts on the motor insurance market, for
example through the move to electric cars, which may impact the
Group's Motor insurance business.
The Group has undertaken scenario analysis focused on transition
al risk to consider potential impacts to its lending.
The scenario consider s potential macro - economic effects
arising as a result of a disruptive transition to a lower carbon
economy . The indicative impact s on ECLs from this scenario are
not considered significant enough to warrant further M anagement
action at this stage.
Analysis of the Group's lending activity does not indicate any
areas of significant concentration in locations subject to higher
physical flood risks. Given these findings, and that the Group does
not believe there to be a direct link between credit impairment and
physical risks, the Group is therefore not taking any further
action in relation to its lending decisions at this stage.
Climate scenario analysis is a significant area of focus for the
Group and Management will be performing longer and more granular
scenario analysis as they work through and understand fully the
potential impacts of climate change .
The Group's own operations already use 100% green electricity
and w ork is ongoing to reduce the impact of the Group's offices on
the environment .
The Group has formed a One Planet colleague engagement group,
aligned with Tesco, to ensure environmental best practice is shared
between the Group and Tesco and that the Group's colleagues are
informed of, and engaged with, environmentally friendly initiatives
across the Tesco Group.
7
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
-- Risk Management
Climate change forms part of the ESG risk which is a Level 1
risk in the Group's risk taxonomy, though the areas that it impacts
cut across the Group. The primary risks identified are transition
risk via lending, physical risk via impacts on the Group's
customers and colleagues and reputational risk.
Identification and assessment of climate change risk has been
driven by the Climate Change programme. The above changes are part
of the efforts to ensure that identification, assessment and
management of climate change risk are embedded within the relevant
business areas as a business-as-usual process.
Climate change reporting is incorporated in the CRO report that
is reviewed quarterly at the Group's Executive Risk Committee ( ERC
) and BRC.
Areas of focus for risk management over the next year are in
respect of refining M anagement information and ensuring that ESG
risk is embedded via the Enterprise-Wide Risk Management Framework
(EWRMF) .
-- Metrics and targets
The Group's scope 1 and 2 carbon footprints are disclosed below.
The Group has identified number of tonnes of carbon dioxide
equivalent (tCO(2) e) emissions per full-time equivalent colleague
as the most appropriate intensity factor for its business due to
the majority of emissions produced from the Group's own operations
being closely linked with the number of colleagues employed.
-- Emissions data
28 February 28 February
202 3 202 2 (4)
tCO(2) e emissions (Market-based)(1)
- Scope 1(2) 936 980
- Scope 2(3) - --
Carbon Intensity Factor
tCO(2) e emissions per FTE 0.28 0.3 0
The Group continues to develop its approach towards the
measurement of its scope 3 emissions. A nalysis has indicated that
the Group's most significant controllable areas of scope 3 impacts
are purchased goods and services, business travel, employee
commuting and office waste. Work is ongoing to reduce the Group's
impact in all of these areas and further disclosures in this
respect will be provided as market practice develops.
(1) Market-based method of calculation reflects the emissions
from the electricity that the Group is purchasing and includes its
purchase of electricity backed by Renewable Energy Guarantees of
Origin or Renewable Energy Certificates.
(2) Scope 1 emissions are from natural gas used at the Group's
offices.
(3) Scope 2 emissions are from electricity purchased for use at
the Group's offices.
Emissions for both are calculated via industry-standard
conversion factors as published by the UK government.
(4) Emissions are for the Group's Newcastle, Glasgow and
Edinburgh offices only.
8
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Key Performance Indicators
The Directors consider the following to be key performance
indicators (KPIs) for the Consolidated Income Statement and are
quoted in respect of the Group's continuing operations. The
methodology applied in calculating the Group's KPIs is set out in
the Glossary of Terms:
2023 2022
Net interest margin 4.9% 5.0 %
Underlying cost:income ratio 72.3% 77.2 %
Cost:income ratio 73.5% 77.0 %
Gross insurance premiums written GBP326.6m GBP 254.0
m
Loans and advances to customers loss allowance coverage ratio 6.1% 7.0 %
Capital and Liquidity Ratios
The Directors consider the following to be KPIs for capital and
liquidity reporting:
2023 2022
Common equity tier 1 ratio 23.0 % 24.4%
Total capital ratio 25.7 % 27.2%
Capital coverage of TU's solvency capital requirement (SCR) (unaudited) 159.0 % 151.0 %
MREL ratio (unaudited) 27.8 % 30.9%
Net stable funding ratio 128.9 % 132.4%
Loan to deposit ratio 122.7 % 121.9%
The Group 's total capital ratio remains in excess of internal
and regulatory requirements at 25.7 % ( 2022 : 27.2%) on a
transitional basis. On an end-point basis, the Group 's total
capital ratio is 24.8 % ( 2022 : 25.4%), which is also in excess of
internal and regulatory requirements. The reduction in the total
capital ratio is driven by lower common equity tier 1 capital from
the phased reduction in the IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments' benefit,
coupled with an increase in risk-weighted assets due to higher
lending in the Credit Card book, in line with the Group's strategy.
Refer to note 50 for full details of the impact of these amendments
on the Group .
TU's unaudited available capital has remained above its SCR
during the year ended 28 February 2023 ; and capital coverage of
TU's SCR of GBP122.8m (unaudited) at the end of February 2023 was
159.0% (unaudited) (2022: coverage of TU's SCR of GBP121.1m was
151.0%) for 2022.
An interim MREL ratio requirement of 18% of risk-weighted assets
was set from 1 January 2020 to 31 December 2022. On 9 December
2021, the BoE confirmed a change in TPFG's preferred resolution
strategy from partial-transfer to a modified form of insolvency,
effective from 1 January 2022. As set out in its MREL Statement of
Policy, the BoE does not expect to set an MREL in excess of the TCR
for firms with a modified form of insolvency as the preferred
resolution strategy. Accordingly, as part of a tender process
undertaken in November 2022, TPFG redeemed GBP105.3m of outstanding
MREL-compliant debt, with the remaining GBP144.7m still in issue at
28 February 2023. At 28 February 2023 the MREL ratio was 27.8%
(unaudited) ( 2022 : 30.9% unaudited) .
At 28 February 2023, t he NSFR, a measure of the Group's
liquidity position, is in excess of internal and regulatory
requirements at 128.9 % as at 28 February 2023 ( 2022 : 132.4%).
The decrease in the NSFR is driven by retail balances, primarily an
increase in loans and advances to customers, increasing required
stable funding. This has been partially offset by increased
available stable funding from customer deposits. The Group
maintains a liquid asset portfolio of cash and high quality liquid
assets (HQLA) of GBP 2.1 bn ( 2022 : GBP 2.3 bn).
9
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Risk Management
Risk Management Approach
The Board of Directors has overall responsibility for
determining the Group's strategy and related Risk Appetite. The
Board's Risk Appetite comprises a suite of Risk Appetite
statements, underpinned by corresponding measures with agreed
triggers and limits. The Risk Appetite F ramework , which continues
to evolve, defines the type and amount of risk that the Group is
prepared to accept to achieve its objectives and forms a key link
between the day-to-day risk management of the business, its
strategic objectives, long-term plan, capital plan and stress
testing. The Risk Appetite is formally reviewed by the Board on at
least an annual basis.
The Board is also responsible for overall corporate governance,
which includes overseeing an effective system of risk management
and that the level of capital and liquidity held is adequate and
consistent with the risk profile of the business. To support this,
a n EW RMF has been embedded across the Group, creating an
integrated approach to managing risk. Further information on the
Group's EW RMF is set out on pages 18 to 25.
The Group has a strong relationship with Tesco, with regular
updates and meetings taking place with relevant senior management
and the Board Members in relation to performance and strategy.
Tesco also reviews and approves certain aspects of the Financial
Risk Appetite. Shareholder reserved matters have been agreed and
significant matters are referred to Tesco for concurrence, as
necessary. The Group's CEO, Gerard Mallon, is a member of the Tesco
Executive Committee and Adrian Morris, Tesco's General Counsel, is
a Non-Executive Director of the Group's Board.
The CRO performs a strategic risk management role and is
responsible for managing and enhancing the EWR MF. The CRO is
independent from any commercial function, report ing directly to
the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and can only be removed from
position with the approval of the Board.
The Group is exposed to a variety of risks through its
day-to-day operations. The Board undertakes a robust review of
principal risks and areas of emerging risks at least annually. The
following table sets out the principal risks and uncertainties and
how they are managed within the EW RMF. These risks do not comprise
all of the risks associated with the business and are not set out
in priority order. Additional risks not presently known to
Management, or currently deemed to be less material, may also have
an adverse effect on the business. All business areas and functions
in the Group are required to maintain and actively manage a risk
register. In addition, the BRC oversees a Strategic and Horizon
Risks process which focuses on emerging risks .
10
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Principal risks and uncertainties Key controls and mitigating
factors
Credit risk
The risk that a borrower will All lending is subject to underwriting
default on a debt or obligation processes and the performance of all
by failing to make contractually exposures is monitored closely. Regular
obligated payments, or that management reports are submitted to
the Group will incur losses the Board and appropriate Committees.
due to any other counterparty The Group continued to trade profitability
failing to meet their financial during the year ended 28 February
obligations. 2023. While the economic outlook remains
Although the Group continued uncertain as the cost of living crisis
to trade profitably during the continues, the risk of a recession
year, the cost of living crisis in 2023 is now considered to be reduced
continues . and new budget announcements aimed
The nature of the Group's business at supporting business investment,
model means that Management as well as proposals to address structural
believe the credit risks from issues in the jobs market, are expected
climate change are lower than to have a positive impact on GDP in
for many other lenders. This the coming years. Fiscal restraint
is due to the short duration is expected to reduce the pressure
of the Group's lending and insurance to tighten monetary policy further
activities and the fact that and the BoE base rate is expected
lending is not supported by to rise only marginally in 2023 as
collateral which is more likely inflation progressively reduces over
to be impacted by climate change. the course of the year . In addition,
T he Group is exclusively consumer wholesale gas prices have significantly
focussed in its lending and reduced from their peak level observed
has processes in place to ensure in 2022 and the EPG, which limits
investments meet defined ESG the price energy suppliers can charge
criteria. customers, remains in place for domestic
consumers until June 2023 , continuing
to offer a degree of protect ion to
domestic consumers from the burden
of rising energy prices .
The Group regularly benchmarks its
macro-economic outlook against other
external forecasts to ensure its ECL
provisions remain at appropriate levels.
T he Group has a suite of early warning
indicators in place, together with
playbooks for a range of economic
scenarios. These playbooks continue
to be employed, with changes to underwriting
criteria being made based on the Group's
assessment of the current and forecast
macro-economic environment. The Group's
risk appetite framework also limit
s exposure to certain higher risk
segments.
The performance of credit portfolios
is actively monitored, and this monitoring
activity has been extended throughout
a prolonged period of economic uncertainty
to understand which customers are
likely to be more or less impacted
by the effects of economic uncertainty
arising from the cost of living crisis
. These activities help ensure that
the Group's underwriting controls
remain appropriate for the latest
macro-economic outlook. Management
estimation has been applied to the
Group's modelled ECL provision to
capture the estimated impact of the
stress within the Group's ECL provision.
Further information in respect of
th is estimate is set out at note
45.
The Group reviewed its stress testing
scenarios to ensure it has sufficient
capital and liquidity to trade through
a plausible range of economic outcomes.
11
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
C redit risk (continued) A number of areas have been identified
where the Group has exposure to climate
change, however these typically represent
an indirect or low risk to the Group.
The Group could have exposure to customers
who work for industries whose business
models may be impacted through transition
and, as a result, could face lower
income or the loss of their job. Physical
impacts of weather events may affect
the ability of the Group's colleagues
to work in the office, although this
has been significantly mitigated through
the move to hybrid working practices.
Changes to the way the Group's customers
shop and behave, such as reducing
travel, may impact the Group's Travel
Money services. The likelihood of
an increased severity and frequency
of weather events may impact Home
insurance claims received by the Group.
Finally, there may be transitional
impacts on the motor insurance market,
for example through the move to electric
cars, impacting the Group's Motor
insurance business.
Areas of focus for risk management
over the next year are building climate
change into the Group's Risk Appetite,
developing further insightful M anagement
information and ensuring business
areas have fully embedded climate
change into their risk identification
and controls processes.
Operational risk
The risk of a potential error, The Group aims to manage operational
loss, harm, or failure caused risks within defined Risk Appetite
by ineffective or inadequately limits.
defined processes, system failures, Business units and functions assess
improper conduct, human error operational risks on an ongoing basis
or from external events. via a prescribed Risk and Control
Self Assessment (RCSA) process and
operational risk scenario analysis.
The RCSA is reviewed and updated on
a timely basis by the business units
and functions to reflect the risk
and control environment and any changes
arising from changes in products,
processes and systems.
The outputs are reported to relevant
governance bodies, including the BRC.
This is supplemented further by an
event management process and regular
reporting of the operational risk
profile to the ERC , which provides
oversight of the Group's operational
risk profile.
The Group's continued priority throughout
the year has been helping customers
and colleagues through the many challenges
created by the current economic environment.
The Group continues to face a number
of operational risks , including the
ongoing potential for the Group's
suppliers to be impacted by disruption
to the global supply chain and labour
market.
The Group has served and supported
its customers, including support for
vulnerable customers, while maintaining
the safety and well--being of colleagues.
Close monitoring remains in place
to ensure that the Group's critical
functions continue to be resilient.
12
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Operational risk (continued) A significant number of services
and processes are provided by third-party
service providers and a key operational
risk is the failure of an outsourced
service provider.
The Procurement and Supplier Management
Framework provides an appropriate
and consistent approach to procurement
and the management of suppliers to
ensure the Group is able to effectively
engage, manage and terminate supplier
relationships.
The Framework supports the relevant
Group policies applicable to procurement
and supplier management and enables
the Group to meet its regulatory requirements,
understand and manage supplier and
service risk effectively, and take
a consistent approach to supplier
relationships.
Increased market demand for specialist
personnel could result in increased
costs of recruitment and retention
or reduced organisational effectiveness
if a sufficient number of skilled
staff cannot be employed or retained.
The Executive Committee (ExCo) oversees
key aspects of people risk, including
talent management, performance management,
retention and succession planning.
Financial crime and fraud are significant
drivers of operational risk and the
external threat continues to be a
high priority area of risk management
across the Financial Services industry.
The Group has a suite of policies
that provide clear standards for the
management of financial crime risks.
The Group has a dedicated Financial
Crime team and continually monitors
emerging risks and threats and engages
with industry experts to identify
and manage the risks. Regular updates
are provided to Executive and Board
level committees.
The financial services industry remains
under significant threat from cyber-attacks.
This includes various organised groups
targeting institutions through phishing,
malware, denial of service and other
sophisticated methods.
The Group manages cyber security risks
through its Information Security team.
The Group continually monitors emerging
risks and threats.
The ERC and BRC oversee management
of these risks and receive regular
updates on cyber security readiness
and the threats the Group faces, as
well as improvement activities to
ensure the Group provides stable,
secure digital platforms to meet its
strategic objectives.
The Group regularly exercises the
Board's readiness to handle critical
cyber events, simulating major incidents
to ensure that the Board is prepared
to act decisively in a cyber security
event.
The Group has a cyber security strategy.
Investment in security improvements
remains an area of ongoing focus,
with yearly funding allocated to support.
13
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Operational risk (continued) T echnology is a key element in providing
services to the Group's customers
in a consistent and secure manner.
Causes of technology outages across
the industry include failed change,
third-party failures, shadow IT risks
or security events.
The Group manages technology and technology
risk through its Technology function
and has aligned key processes and
controls with industry recognised
standards such as the Information
Technology Infrastructure Library
and those set out by the National
Institute of Standards and Technology.
Regular reporting on technology services
and technology risk are provided to
the Group's ExCo, ERC, BRC and the
Board.
The Group has identified shadow IT,
defined as IT systems used by the
business but not managed by the Group's
Technology function, as an area of
focus. Activity to identify shadow
IT and to bring the most material
systems under the central control
disciplines of the Technology function
has progressed significantly, improving
the residual risk position .
In addition, investment to migrate
data centres and to upgrade or replace
aged systems, is progressing well
and will continue throughout 2023.
This is providing a more resilient
and modern IT platform that can be
leveraged to enable value to be delivered.
The Group understands that managing
information, technology, and cyber
security risks is a critical part
of operating a digital business. Its
reliance on digital capabilities to
meet the needs of its customers, stakeholders
and investors means that now, more
than ever, it needs to demonstrate
robust, credible management of these
risks. Specifically, the Group recognises
the need to identify, prioritise and
manage the risks associated with accidental
or malicious activity that could affect
the confidentiality, integrity or
availability of its systems and data.
The Group's approach to managing these
risks is embedded in its EWRMF. This
framework ensures accountability and
responsibility, supports sound decision-making
and provides a mechanism to assess,
prioritise, manage and report improvement
activities. Within the framework,
the Group's information and cyber
security risks, and the controls used
to manage them, are aligned to globally
recognised frameworks (including ISO
27000 and the National Institute of
Standards and Technology's Cyber Security
Framework). The ERC and BRC oversee
management of these risks and receive
regular updates on cyber security
readiness and the threats the Group
faces, as well as improvement activities
to ensure it provides stable, secure
digital platforms to meet its strategic
objectives. The Group is committed
to maintaining a high standard of
expertise in this area.
14
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Operational risk (continued) It continues to recruit experienced
and qualified subject matter experts
across technology and security disciplines
to safely deliver value to its customers,
stakeholders, and investors.
The Group understands the need for
a strong security culture, where colleagues
make good security decisions that
protect customers and the Group. All
employees and contractors with access
to systems must complete an annual
training course which sets out the
expected security behaviours. Additional
mandatory training is provided to
colleagues with line manager responsibilities.
Senior leaders are supported through
spotlight sessions that are held at
the ERC and BRC and the Group regularly
exercises the Board's readiness to
handle critical cyber events, simulating
major incidents to ensure that the
Board has confidence to act decisively
and safely if the worst happens. The
Group is committed to keeping colleagues
safe at work and at home. To supplement
mandatory training, the Group regularly
shares relevant and timely security
information with colleagues and holds
open awareness sessions which focus
on current and emerging threats.
The Group has a cyber security strategy.
Investment in security improvements
remains an area of ongoing focus,
with yearly funding allocated to support.
The Group understands the potential
impact that a digital security event
may have on its operations. Specifically,
it tracks a number of key digital
threats to its organisation and orientates
and tests many of its defences against
these threats. It constantly monitors
Threat Actors and their tactics, techniques
and procedures to understand how these
would impact its operations. The Group
tracks likely impacts across its different
environments to ensure risks are understood
and articulated. It also conducts
regular tabletop exercises with its
incident teams to ensure that a digital
security event would be recognised
and the correct steps to contain and
mitigate it taken. To counter ransomware
attacks, the Group runs modern anti-malware
end-point detection and response controls
and a Security Operations Centre/Security
Information and Event Management process
to detect and respond to attacks which
could lead to a ransomware infection.
All of its systems are fully backed
up, including full offline backups
which could be restored to a working
state if required. Alongside its crime
and cyber-crime insurance policies,
the Group also maintains a full cyber
response capability.
15
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Liquidity and funding risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that Liquidity risk is governed through
the Group is not able to meet the Asset and Liability Management
its obligations as they fall Committee (ALCo), BRC and the Board.
due. It also covers the risk The Group maintains a liquidity position
that a given security cannot in excess of internal and regulatory
be traded quickly enough in requirements. The Treasury function
the market to prevent a loss ensures all liquidity and funding measures
if a credit rating falls. are managed within policy and Risk
Funding risk is the risk that Appetite on a daily basis. The key
the Group does not have sufficiently liquidity and funding measures monitored
stable and diverse sources of on a daily basis are set out on page
funding. 126. The Group measures and manages
liquidity adequacy in line with these
metrics and maintains a liquidity and
funding profile to enable it to meet
its financial obligations under normal
and stressed market conditions. The
Group monitors and reports on the composition
of its funding base against defined
thresholds to avoid funding source
and maturity concentration risks.
L iquidity and funding risk is assessed
through the internal liquidity adequacy
assessment process (ILAAP) on at least
an annual basis. Stress testing of
current and forecast financial positions
is conducted to inform the Group of
required liquidity resources. Reverse
stress testing is conducted to inform
the Group of the circumstances that
would result in liquidity resources
being exhausted. Liquidity stress tests
are presented to the Treasury Committee
(TCo) and ALCo on a regular basis to
provide evidence that sufficient liquidity
is held to meet financial obligations
in a stress.
The Group is predominantly funded by
its retail deposit base, which reduces
reliance on wholesale funding and,
in particular, results in minimal short-term
wholesale funding.
Further information in respect of the
Group's assessment of liquidity risk
is set out on pages 126 to 136.
Market risk
The risk that movements in market Control of market risk is governed
prices (such as interest rates by the ALCo and TCo. These bodies provide
and foreign exchange rates) lead oversight of the Group's market risk
to a reduction in either the position at a detailed level, providing
Group's earnings or economic regular reports and recommendations
value. to the BRC and the Board.
Financial and Treasury Risk Oversight
, as part of the Risk function , also
review and challenge policies and procedures
relating to market risk and provide
oversight of the Balance Sheet Management
and Liquidity and Markets teams within
the Treasury function.
The Group has monitored the impact
of market events in March 2023 on investment
securities held and is satisfied that
it does not have any material exposure.
Further information in respect of the
Group's assessment is set out on pages
30 to 31.
16
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Insurance risk
The risks accepted through the The Group's aim is to actively manage
provision of insurance products insurance risk exposure, with particular
in return for a premium. These focus on those risks which impact profit
risks may or may not occur as volatility. The Group is exposed to
expected and the amount and timing underwriting risk through TU , a separately
of these risks are uncertain regulated entity which is capitalised
and determined by events outside accordingly.
of the Group's control. TU operates a n EW RMF designed to
identify and manage risks to which
it is exposed. This includes the use
of reinsurance to limit risk exposure
above certain levels and provide capital
efficiency .
A Risk Appetite framework and a suite
of risk policies are in place to manage
risk in TU. Further information in
respect of insurance risk is set out
at note 45.
Regulatory and conduct risk
Regulatory risk is the risk of The Group has no appetite for failing
poor customer outcomes, reputational to comply with rules and regulations.
damage, liability, loss or regulatory As part of the Group's Policy Framework,
censure arising from failure the Risk function is responsible for
to comply with the requirements the Compliance and Conduct Risk Policy,
of regulators or industry codes which is approved by the Board, as
of best practice. Conduct risk well as for monitoring, challenge and
is the risk that the conduct, oversight of regulatory risk and compliance
acts or omissions of the Group, across the business. If regulatory
or individuals within the Group, events and breaches occur, the Group
leads to customer detriment, will take appropriate rectifying action
or has an adverse effect on market on a timely basis. The Group seeks
stability or effective competition. to deliver good outcomes for customers.
There has also been a focus on both
conduct and prudential impacts and
close tracking of all government and
regulator correspondence to gauge the
potential impact on the Group of the
economic environment, now and in the
future.
The risk of business conduct leading
to poor outcomes can arise as a result
of misselling, inadequate creditworthiness
and affordability assessments, or failure
to comply with other regulatory requirements.
Business areas manage conduct risk
and use a range of management information
to monitor customer outcomes . A suite
of product-led conduct management information
has been developed and is reviewed
by Senior Management in the business
lines. Customer outcomes are also assessed
as part of the development and design
of new products and through annual
product reviews of existing products.
The Risk function provides robust oversight
of customer outcomes and the ERC and
the Board review and challenge delivery
of good outcomes for customers.
The risk that regulatory changes such
as General Insurance Pricing Practices,
Open Banking and Consumer Duty will
have an impact on how customers manage
both their money and data over the
longer term, with the potential for
such regulatory changes to fundamentally
alter the nature of competition in
UK financial services and have an impact
on the Group's activities. These changes
also create opportunities for traditional
competitors as well as non-banking
firms, particularly digitally focused
technology companies wh ich have the
ability to move at pace. .
17
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Regulatory and conduct risk The volume and pace of regulatory change
(continued) remain high. The Group actively engages
in relevant industry consultation and
closely monitors potential changes
to regulatory requirements to allow
it to address possible opportunities
, while recognising potential competitive
risks. The Group has opportunities
arising from these changes to create
additional benefits for customers due
to its position within T esco .
Capital risk
The risk that the Group has The Group undertakes close monitoring
insufficient capital resources of capital ratios to ensure that it
to support its plan and meet complies with current regulatory capital
minimum capital requirements requirements and is well positioned
and buffers under both anticipated to meet any anticipated future requirement.
and stressed conditions. Management of capital is governed through
the ALCo, BRC and the Board.
The Group undertakes an ICAAP. Material
risks to the Group are reviewed through
stress testing to support an internal
assessment of the level of capital
that the Group should maintain.
Where capital is not considered to
be an appropriate mitigant for a particular
risk, alternative management actions
are identified.
The stress testing scenarios and final
ICAAP results are presented to the
BRC for challenge and to the Board
for approval. The ICAAP is submitted
to the regulator on a regular basis
and forms the basis of the TCR given
to the Group.
The prudential regulation of banks
continues to develop, with a number
of topics currently under consultation
in the UK. The impact of future changes
to capital and funding regulation may
have an impact on the Group's activities.
The Group actively engages in relevant
industry consultation and closely monitors
potential changes to regulatory requirements.
The following pages provide a more granular overview of the
operational control processes and risk mitigants adopted by the
Group.
A fuller description of these risks and controls can also be
found in the Pillar III Disclosure Statements of TPFG for the year
ended 28 February 2023 . These disclosures will be published in the
Financial Information section of the Group's corporate website in
due course.
Enterprise-Wide Risk Management Framework
The Group has a formal structure for reporting, monitoring and
managing risks. This comprises, at its highest level, the Group's
Risk Appetite, approved by the Board, which is supported by the EWR
MF. The EW RMF , which continues to evolve, is embedded across the
Group, creating an integrated approach to managing risk. The EW RMF
brings together G overnance, Risk Appetite, the Three Lines of
Defence model, the Policy Framework and risk management tools to
support the business in managing risk as part of day-to-day
activity.
The key components of the EW RMF are as follows:
Governance Structure
The Group has established a governance structure which is
appropriate for the business in terms of its level of complexity
and risk profile. This structure is reviewed periodically so that
it remains suitable to support the business. The governance
structure set out in these disclosures describes the structure that
was in place as at 28 February 2023 .
18
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
The Board
Chair Executive Directors Non-Executive Directors
Jacqueline Ferguson Richard Henderson Elizabeth Buckley
(Interim)
Gerard Mallon Julie Currie
Deborah Walker Robert Endersby
Prasanna Gopalakrishnan
Simon Machell
Adrian Morris
Tikendra Patel
Amanda Rendle
Simon Machell's tenure on the Board exceeded nine years in
November 2022. Under Provision 10 of the UK Corporate Governance
Code 2018 (2018 Code), the Board has the opportunity to explain why
Simon is still considered to be independent. Simon is a valued
member of the Board, with extensive insurance experience and,
whilst he has been on the Board since 2013, the Board considers
that he continues to exercise objective and independent judgement.
Simon remains independent of Management and continues to hold other
directorships outside of the Group, further supporting his
independence.
The Board is the key governance body and is responsible for
overall strategy, performance of the business and ensuring
appropriate and effective risk management, in line with the
approved Risk Appetite.
The Board approves the Group's business plans, budget and any
material new product lines in line with the approved Risk Appetite
and monitors the Group's risk management profile and capital
adequacy position.
The Board has delegated the day-to-day running of the business
to the CEO. The CEO has established the ExCo to support delivery
against the strategy in an effective and controlled way and to set
out a framework of reporting to the Board that is sufficient to
enable the Board to fulfil its responsibilities. The Board has
established Board committees and the executive has established
Senior Management committees to:
-- challenge and oversee the EW RMF;
-- identify the key risks facing the Group; and
-- assess the effectiveness of risk management actions.
Tesco Personal
Finance Group plc /Tesco Personal Finance plc
Board
Board Audit Board Risk Board Remuneration Board Board Nomination
Committee Committee Committee Disclosure Committee
Committee
----------------- ------------------- --------------------
The Board has overall responsibility for the management of the
business and acts as the main decision-making forum. It sets the
Risk Appetite and strategic aims for the business, in some
circumstances subject to shareholder agreement, within a control
framework which is designed to enable risk to be assessed and
managed. The Board satisfies itself that financial controls and
systems of risk management are appropriate through the reporting
provided to it and provides feedback where necessary to ensure that
reporting remains fit for purpose.
Gender Diversity at Board Level
The Group has a Board Diversity and Inclusion Policy which was
reviewed by the Nomination Committee (NomCo) during the year prior
to being approved by the Board. The Group is fully committed to
creating an inclusive culture with a mix of skills, knowledge,
experience, geographical expertise and educational and professional
backgrounds. In addition, the Board aims to have a mix of gender,
tenure, age, ethnicity and other distinctions between
Directors.
19
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Gender Diversity at Board Level (continued)
In addition, the Equal Opportunities Policy and supporting
guidance aim to ensure that there is a fair process to attract,
develop and retain talent and ensure that all colleagues are
afforded equal opportunities regardless of protected
characteristics or background, creating a diverse and inclusive
workplace that reflects the customers the Group serves. The Group
is a Women in Finance Charter signatory, supporting the progression
of women into senior roles in the financial services sector and
championing the benefits of greater diversity within businesses
through setting a variety of targets regarding female
representation. Signatories are required to publicly report on
progress to deliver against these internal targets in support of
the accountability and transparency needed to drive change. In the
last year the Group made positive progress in i ncreasin g female
representation and i s focused on building a sustainable talent
pipeline to ensure that it continues to develop diverse talent
throughout all levels of the organisation.
The Group has met its female ExCo membership target ahead of
time, reaching 50 % representation against its target of 33 % by
the end of 2022 ( 2022 : 33 % representation) . The Group has also
exceeded its target of 33% female B oard members by the end of 2022
by reaching 50 % representation ( 2022 : 41 % representation) .
The Group recognises that , in order to achieve further progress
on Gender Diversity across the organisation , it needs to build a
pipeline of talent and has therefore reviewed and reset its W omen
in F inance C harter targets to achieve 35% Gender Diversity and
10% Ethnic Diversity in the Group's leadership team, being ExCo
members, Directors and Heads of Department, by the end of 2025 .
The target for female representation has been achieved early, with
38.2% representation achieved by 28 February 2023 . The Group has
now set a stretch target of 40% Gender Diversity in this
population, which align s with industry norms, enabling the Group
to continue to address diversity within its leadership team and
take a holistic approach to addressing diversity throughout the
organisation.
T he Group has made progress towards its target to increase
ethnically diverse representation among its leadership team,
reaching 5% Ethnic Diversity by 28 February 2023 .
Ger ard Mallon is Executive Sponsor for Inclusion and, as such,
leads the Inclusion agenda for the Group and chairs the Inclusion
Network, which consists of Sponsors and Chairs of colleague
networks, the People Director and the Diversity, Equity and
Inclusion Team. He is also accountable for progress towards the
Women in Finance Charter targets.
Further information on the role of the Group's NomCo in
reviewing the diversity of the Board and the Group's Senior
Management is set out on page 23. Further information on the
Group's approach to diversity and inclusion, including details of
the Group's targets and progress, can be found at the following
link: Diversity-Inclusion
20
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Board and Committee Attendance
The Board and its Committees held regular meetings throughout
the year. Directors are expected to attend all Board and relevant
Committee meetings. The table below shows the attendance at the
scheduled Board and Committee meetings(1) :
Board Remuneration Board Board
Board Board Committee Disclosure Nomination
Board Risk Committee Audit Committee Committee Committee
Sir John Kingman 1 0 /1
(2) 0 4 / 5 - 5 / 5 - 3 / 3
1 1 /1
Jacqueline Ferguson 1 6 / 6 5 / 5 - - 6 / 6
1 1 /1
Elizabeth Buckley 1 6 / 6 - 2 / 2 - 6 / 6
1 1 /1
Julie Currie 1 6 /6 6 / 6 - - 6 / 6
1 1 /1
Robert Endersby 1 6 / 6 6 / 6 5 / 5 - 6 / 6
Prasanna
Gopalakrishnan(3) 1/ 1 1 / 1 - - - 2 / 2
1 1 /1
Richard Henderson 1 - - - 4 / 4 -
1 1 /1
Simon Machell 1 6 / 6 6 / 6 5 / 5 - 6 / 6
1 1 /1
Gerard Mallon 1 - - - 3/ 4 -
Adrian Morris 1 1 /11 5 / 6 - - - 5/6
1 0 /
Tikendra Patel 1 1 6 / 6 - - - 6 / 6
1 1 /1
Amanda Rendle 1 6 /6 - 5 / 5 - 6 / 6
1 0 /
Deborah Walker 1 1 - - - 4 / 4 -
(1) Attendance recorded is of Committee members only and does
not reflect Directors' attendance as observers.
(2) Sir John Kingman resigned from the Board on 22 January 202 3
.
(3) Prasanna Gopalakrishnan was appointed to the Board on 10
January 202 3 .
Board Evaluation
In accordance with the provisions of the 2018 Code, the Board
carries out a review of the effectiveness of its performance and
that of its Committees and Directors every year. The evaluation is
facilitated externally every third year and in 2021 was carried out
by Lintstock Limited. An internally facilitated review was carried
out in 2022 and presented to the Board. The review concluded that
the performance of the Board, its committees and Directors
continued to be effective .
The evaluation highlighted a positive Board culture, with the
relevant level of expertise and positive working relationships. The
Board Committees were also seen to provide effective support and
reported well to the Board. The relationship with Tesco was also
considered to be good and the oversight of TU was thought to be
effective. Whilst no fundamental changes were proposed in the
evaluation, it highlighted some opportunities for improvement,
including the Board continuing to increase its focus on aligning
with Tesco in relation to its customers and in respect of Board
succession planning .
Sub-committees
In order to support effective governance and management of the
wide range of responsibilities, the Board has established the
following five sub-committees:
21
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
-- Board Audit Committee (BAC)
The BAC comprises Julie Currie (Chair), Robert Endersby and
Simon Mache ll .
The role of the BAC is to review the Financial Statements,
accounting policies and practices for compliance with relevant
standards; examine the arrangements made by Management regarding
compliance with regulations and standards; review the internal
control systems for the appropriateness and effectiveness of
systems and controls; review the scope and results of the annual
external audit; oversee the process for selecting the External
Auditor and make recommendations to the Board in relation to the
appointment, re-appointment and removal of the External Auditor;
consider the effectiveness of the External Auditor and their
independence; review reports covering anti-money laundering and
compliance, in particular the Money Laundering Reporting Officer
annual report; maintain a professional relationship with the
External Auditor; review the Internal Audit programme; oversee the
Internal Audit function; work closely with the BRC to avoid as far
as possible any overlap or gap in the overall risk and assurance
activities of the two committees; carry out such investigations or
reviews referred to it by the Board; receive and review an annual
Risk assessment of the Group's internal control environment; and
receive and review any unsatisfactory reports, findings and
recommendations issued by Risk ; and review the findings of
external assurance reports provided by outsourced providers.
Further detail on the BAC is included within the BAC section of
the Directors' Report.
-- Board Risk Committee (BRC)
The BRC comprises Robert Endersby (Chair), Elizabeth Buckley,
Julie Currie, Jacqueline Ferguson , Prasanna Gopalakrishnan , Simon
Machell, Adrian Morris, Tikendra Patel and Amanda Rendle.
The role of the BRC is to take a forward-looking view of
possible economic trends and risks, informed by analysis of
appropriate information, and consider their potential impact on the
business; consider, and recommend to the Board, the Group's Risk
Appetite and seek to ensure that overall business strategy is
informed by and remains aligned with it; review the Group's plans
for business continuity; and review and challenge all major risks,
controls, actions and events in the business, alerting the Board to
any areas of concern.
-- Board Remuneration Committee (RemCo)
The RemCo comprises Amanda Rendle (Chair), Elizabeth Buckley,
Robert Endersby , Jacqueline Ferguson and Simon Machell.
The role of the RemCo is to monitor compliance with regulatory
requirements relating to remuneration, specifically the approval
and identification of Material Risk Takers (MRTs) and overseeing
the establishment and implementation of a Remuneration Policy for
all colleagues within the Group (including specific arrangements
for MRTs). The RemCo also provides performance and risk assessment
in the determination of pay outcomes, including the oversight of
pay outcomes for MRT colleagues. The RemCo seeks to ensure that the
levels and structure of remuneration are designed to attract,
retain and motivate the talent needed to run the business in a way
which is consistent with the Risk Appetite and ongoing
sustainability of the business and is compliant with the applicable
legislation and regulation .
-- Board Disclosure Committee (DisCo)
The DisCo comprises Richard Henderson (Chair), Fiona Burden,
Gerard Mallon and Deborah Walker.
The DisCo reviews, on behalf of the Board, formal company
documents which are either destined for publication or which, due
to their size or complexity, are better reviewed in detail in a
smaller group, to ensure the Group's compliance with relevant
statutory and regulatory obligations.
22
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
-- Board Nomination Committee (NomCo)
The NomCo comprises Jacqueline Ferguson ( Interim Chair),
Elizabeth Buckley, Julie Currie, Robert Endersby, Prasanna
Gopalakrishnan , Simon Machell, Adrian Morris, Tikendra Patel and
Amanda Rendle.
The NomCo annually review s the structure, size and compositio n
of the Board by evaluating the balance of skills, knowledge,
experience and diversity currently in place and mak es
recommendations with regard to any changes required, including the
nomination of candidates to fill Board vacancies as and when they
arise; considering succession planning for Directors and other
senior executives, taking into account the challenges and
opportunities facing the Group, and the skills and expertise needed
in the future; and keeping under review the leadership needs of the
organisation, both executive and non-executive, with a view to
safeguarding the continued ability of the organisation to compete
effectively in the marketplace by keeping up-to-date and fully
informed about strategic issues and commercial changes affecting
the Group and the market in which it operates. The People Director
and the CEO provide an update to the NomCo on ExCo succession
planning and any gaps annually. From a governance perspective,
NomCo is advised of any hire into ExCo and RemCo provides approval
in respect of reward.
Additionally, the NomCo is responsible for the evaluation of
Board members' performance and appointment of new Board members.
The NomCo establishes the requirements and profile of the candidate
required and then engages with third-party executive search firms
to find the appropriate individual. During the year, Sapphire
Partners and Saxton Bampfylde were engaged to support recruitment
to the Board. No conflict of interest exists between these firms
and any members of the Board.
The Group is committed to promoting a diverse and inclusive
workplace, which is reflected in the work of the NomCo. The
executive search partners the Group worked with during the year
were able to demonstrate credentials in supporting the recruitment
of diverse hires at Board level, and were selected on that basis.
The Group's Board Diversity and Inclusion Policy is discussed in
further detail on page s 19 to 20.
Executive Committee (ExCo)
The Group's Board has delegated the day-to-day running of the
business to the CEO. The CEO has established the ExCo to support
delivery against the strategy in an effective and controlled way
and to set out a framework of reporting to the Board that is
sufficient to enable the Board to fulfil its responsibilities. The
ExCo supports the CEO, who has responsibility for the executive
management of the business, by reviewing, challenging and
overseeing the performance of the business and critical developing
matters in the areas of responsibility of each member. Each ExCo
member is accountable to the CEO and to the Board for managing
performance in line with the Group's Risk Appetite, long-term plan,
strategy and annual budget.
In order to support their own decision-making, the senior
Executives have established two sub-committees which report
directly to ExCo to support them in challenge and oversight of the
EW RMF; identification of the key risks facing the Group; and
assessing the effectiveness of risk management actions.
Asset and Liability Management Committee (ALCo)
The ALCo has been established to support the Chief Financial
Officer by providing oversight and challenge in relation to the
optimisation of the Group's balance sheet structure, within Board
approved Risk Appetite for liquidity, capital and market risk. This
includes defining strategic balance sheet structural objectives for
liquidity, funding and capital which align with the Board's stated
Risk Appetite, the regulatory obligations of the Group and the
commercial and business objectives set out in the Long-Term Plan as
approved by the Board; recommending to the BRC , or to the Board
directly as required, any changes to the amount or composition of
the Group's capital base; providing oversight of the Group's
continuous compliance with all internal and regulatory limits
relating to liquidity, capital and market risk; and undertaking
periodic reviews of Treasury policies and key regulatory documents
for approval by the Board.
23
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Executive Risk Committee (ERC)
The ERC has been established to support the CRO by providing
oversight and challenge in relation to the effective implementation
of the EW RMF across the Group's business. This includes overseeing
that the Three Lines of Defence model is operating effectively; the
appropriateness of, and adherence to, the Risk Appetite; providing
oversight of material risks facing the Group; and assessing whether
appropriate arrangements are in place to manage and mitigate those
risks effectively. In addition, the ERC supports the monitoring of
the status of regulatory compliance; considers the impact of
regulatory initiatives and upstream regulatory risk on the current
and future state of compliance; and provides oversight and
challenge on conduct risks and customer outcomes. The ERC reviews
key policies and provides agreement for onward submission to the
Board (or Board Committee) for final approval.
Three Lines of Defence
The model is a widely recognised, best practice approach to
ensuring that the risks within a financial institution are
appropriately managed and are subject to effective oversight and
challenge. Clearly defined roles and responsibilities help to drive
effective risk management.
-- Business Areas ( First Line )
Senior Management within each business area are responsible for
managing the risks that arise from the activities in which the
business area is engaged in accordance with the Group's EW RMF and
policies. The role of the Business Areas is to adhere to the
Group's EW RMF, policies, standards and processes; identify,
assess, own manage and monitor risks that arise from the activities
in which the respective business area is engaged; identify, design,
implement, own, check and operate management controls; identify,
manage and monitor risk events, including the delivery of remedial
actions and performance of root cause analysis; translate Board
Risk Appetite into clear, precise articulation of acceptable risks
and operate within Risk Appetite; provide input to reporting on the
risk environment in line with risk reporting standards established
by the Risk function ; perform risk aggregation, analysis and
reporting within their business line; maintain appropriate
awareness of external and future risk to support effective
management; and ensure compliance with all relevant regulation and
codes.
-- Risk Function ( Second Line )
The R isk function operates under the leadership of the CRO.
Risk teams reporting to the CRO are resourced by people with
expertise in each of the principal risks faced by the Group. This
enables appropriate analysis, challenge, understanding, oversight
and assurance of each of the principal risks.
The role of the Risk function is to own, develop, communicate,
implement and provide advice on the Group's EWR MF and policies;
provide subject matter expertise in the management of specific
types of risk and regulation, including supporting in the
identification and management of risk events and associated
remediation activity; provide risk-based oversight of the Business
Areas' implementation of, and adherence to, the EW RMF and
policies; provide risk-based oversight of Business Areas' risk
management and control, including challenging the completeness of
risk identification and assessment, which can take a variety of
forms including active involvement in committees and meetings,
analysis of management information and data and providing an
independent perspective on topics of significant interest; maintain
and co-ordinate the Risk Appetite to the Board and oversee its
implementation across the business ; design and deliver standards
for consistent risk reporting, risk governance and escalation;
perform Group-wide risk aggregation and analysis; provide proactive
insight and direction on industry, governing body and regulatory
developments that will help improve the management of risk in the
Group; and deliver and co-ordinate specific regulatory returns.
-- Internal Audit ( Third Line )
This comprises the Internal Audit function, which is responsible
for providing independent assurance to the Board and Senior
Management on the adequacy of the design and operational
effectiveness of governance, risk management and internal control
systems and measures across the First and Second Lines . The
Internal Audit function has an independent reporting line to the
Chair of the BAC and is resourced by individuals with relevant
experience and professional qualifications. In addition, Internal
Audit resources are supplemented across a range of audits by
external support to provide additional subject matter expertise
when required.
Independent assessment is provided through the execution of an
agreed plan of audits, through attendance at relevant governance
committees and through stakeholder management meetings.
24
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Policies
The Group has a Policy Framework in place which requires a Level
1 polic y for each Level 1 Risk Taxonomy category, unless otherwise
agreed by the CRO. Each Level 1 policy is approved by a Board
Committee and is owned by a specific individual who is responsible
for developing and maintaining the policy, including gaining
approval for the policy at the requisite level; communicating the
policy, ensuring it is embedded so that those affected by it have
sufficient training , information and understanding to comply;
undertaking suitable oversight to monitor compliance across the
business; and reviewing non-compliance and / or policy waiver
requests and agreeing suitable actions.
Each policy must be reviewed on at least a biennial basis, or
earlier if there is a trigger for policy review such as a
regulatory change, to ensure its continued effectiveness and
applicability in line with changing risks. The R isk function
provides tracking and oversight of the Policy Framework and is
responsible for providing reports to the Board on its
effectiveness.
-- Risk Identification and Assessment
RCSA is the process used to identify, assess, manage, monitor
and report risks and controls across the Group. The process sets
out principles which should be consistently applied to the
identification of risk. New and emerging risks and the recommended
responses to them are reported by B usiness Areas and the R isk f u
nction to relevant governance bodies. The risk assessment process
is the means by which the Group understands and estimates the
effect of risk on the business, processes, systems and controls
that mitigate those risks to an acceptable level. These assessments
are reported to the Board on a proportionality basis.
The Group monitors and tracks current exposures against limits
defined in the agreed Risk Appetite and by the regulators.
Exceptions are reported on a monthly basis to the ALCo , ERC and to
each meeting of the BRC. Adherence to these limits is independently
monitored, measured and reported using a suite of key indicators.
Key discussion points from subordinate risk committees and
Management fora are reported to Senior Management and committees as
appropriate.
-- Event Management
An Event is an occurrence caused by an internal or external
failure which could impact the Group's finances, customers,
compliance with regulations, brand and reputation, or resilience of
operations. The Event Management process provides the tools and
techniques to identify, assess and manage events through to
closure.
-- Stress Testing
Stress testing is the process by which the Group's business
plans are regularly subjected to severe but plausible scenarios to
assess the potential impact on the business, including projected
capital and liquidity positions. The scenarios adopted are subject
to a rigorous selection process and include hypothetical
operational failures, macro-economic stress events and customer
behaviour impacts. The results, along with proposed actions, are
reported to the ALCo, ERC, BRC and the Board. These are captured in
both the ILAAP and the ICAAP.
Viability Statement
-- Assessing the Group's Longer-Term Prospects and Viability
The Directors have based their assessment of viability on the
Group's current strategic plan, which is updated and approved
annually by the Board and sets out how the Group will achieve its
purpose of 'serving its customers, communities and planet a little
better every day'.
To be a viable business, there should be a high level of
confidence that both solvency and liquidity risks can be managed
effectively, meaning that the Group must successfully fund its
balance sheet and hold adequate capital and liquidity over the
entire period covered by its Viability Statement.
In accordance with Provision 31 of the 2018 Code, the Board is
required to confirm that it believes that the Group will be able to
continue in operation and meet its liabilities, taking into account
its current position and the principal risks it faces, over a
specified time horizon.
In assessing the Group's future prospects, the Board considers a
period of three years to be appropriate as this is within the
five-year period over which the Group's long-term plan is prepared
and internal stress testing of the profit, capital and funding
forecasts are carried out. However, levels of uncertainty increase
in the outer years of the planning period and therefore the shorter
period is considered more suitable for the Viability Statement. The
time period will be subject to annual Board review.
25
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
-- Current Position
The Group is subject to regulatory requirements in respect of
the amount of capital it holds and the quality of that capital. The
capital the Group is required to hold comprises a TCR of which at
least 75% must be held as T ier 1, a capital conservation buffer
(CCB) and a CCyB. The CCB and CCyB are designed to ensure the Group
meets its TCR at all points in the economic cycle. A bank may
utilise its CCB in times of stress and the BoE's FPC may reduce the
CCyB buffer to zero.
The TCR is the key capital requirement for the Group and it is
the Group's intention to maintain a surplus over its TCR for the
foreseeable future. Based upon the latest Capital Plan, the Group
is projected to have capital headroom over the assessment
period.
The Group has monitored the impact of market events in March
2023 on investment securities held in its HQLA portfolio and is
satisfied that it does not have any material exposure. The HQLA
portfolio maintained by the Group contains GBP1.2bn of tier 1 (UK
Sovereign, Supranational, sovereign agency and covered bond)
assets. Any fixed rate interest rate risk on these assets is fully
hedged using interest rate swaps to produce a floating rate return,
which moves in line with BoE and market rate changes. The Group's
management of interest rate risk in its banking book (IRRBB) is
embedded in the Group's EWRMF. Additional information in respect of
how the Group manages IRRBB is set out in note 45. In addition, the
Group maintains a liquidity position in excess of internal and
regulatory requirements and maintains a liquidity and funding
profile to enable it to meet its financial obligations under normal
and stressed market conditions. Having considered the nature and
root cause of these events, the Directors have concluded that
contagion risk for the Group is low .
The Group's liquidity position is described in note 45 and its
capital position is set out at note 50.
-- Longer-term Prospects
The following factors are considered both in the formulation of
the Group's Strategic Plan, and in the longer-term assessment of
the Group's prospects:
-- The principal risks and uncertainties faced by the Group, as
well as emerging risks as they are identified, and how these can be
addressed;
-- The prevailing economic climate and global economy,
competitor activity, market dynamics and changing customer
behaviours; and
-- The potential short and longer-term economic impact of the cost of living crisis .
The Group's principal risks and policies and processes for
managing those risks are set out on pages 11 to 18.
Assessing the Group's Viability
The viability of the Group has been assessed, taking into
account the Group's current financial position, including external
funding in place over the assessment period, and after modelling
the impact of certain scenarios arising from the principal risks
which have the greatest potential impact on viability in that
period. Certain scenarios, considered severe but plausible, have
been modelled which encompass these identified risks. Stress
testing has been performed for each principal risk.
As part of this assessment the Board considered:
-- The impact on the Group's profits as income and charges for
ECLs continue to be affected by the current economic environment.
As part of this, the Board considered the latest macro-economic
scenarios which were received from the Group's third-party
supplier. These are discussed in note 45;
-- The impact on the Group's profits of changes in the insurance
reserves it recognises in respect of insurance policies written,
net of reinsurance. As part of this, the Board reviewed the key
judgements and estimates made by the Group in determining the level
of reserves held at the reporting date. Such reserves are reviewed
on a regular basis to take account of changing circumstances, such
as enacted or substantively enacted changes in the law and changes
in costs relating to settlement. These are discussed in note
39:
-- The sufficiency of the Group's capital base. The worst case
macro-economic scenarios received from third-party providers were
significantly less severe than those used in the ICAAP reverse
stress test. The Group reviewed its stress testing scenarios to
ensure it has sufficient capital to trade through a plausible range
of economic outcomes. The Group's capital position at 28 February
2023 is set out at note 50;
26
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Assessing the Group's Viability (continued)
-- The adequacy of the Group's liquidity as the Group supports
customers through a period of economic uncertainty. The Group
reviewed its stress testing scenarios , which incorporate an
assessment of the level of depositor diversification and the
consequences of both market-wide and idiosyncratic stress
scenarios. The Group operates in full compliance with PRA liquidity
standards defined as Total Liquidity Requirements and encompassing
the 30 day Liquidity Coverage Ratio and an additional Pillar 2
element for intraday liquidity risk. In addition to the PRA defined
total capital requirements, the Group has also defined an internal
liquidity requirement which covers a 90 day horizon and operates to
comply with whichever risk measure generates the higher liquidity
requirement. In all cases the Group operates to ensure it has
sufficient liquidity to trade through a range of plausible economic
outcomes. In addition to the Group's portfolio of liquid assets, it
has an undrawn GBP200.0m committed structured repurchase facility,
access to Bank of England market funding operations, open market
repurchase lines with counterparty banks and unencumbered
collateral to enable access to these contingent lines of funding
;
-- The operational resilience of the Group's critical functions
including call centres, mobile and online channels and the Group's
ability to provide continuity of service to its customers
throughout a prolonged stress;
-- The resilience of the Group's IT systems;
-- A detailed assessment of the Group's supplier base,
considering any single points of failure and focussing on suppliers
experiencing financial stress. This included consideration of
contingency plans should suppliers be deemed at risk;
-- The regulatory and legal environment and any potential conduct risks which could arise;
-- Any potential valuation concerns in respect of the Group's
assets as set out in the Company and Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position; and
-- The structural protections of the Group's securitisation vehicles .
The Board also considered the results of stress testing which is
performed as an integral part of both the ICAAP and ILAAP, with the
Group having sufficient capital and liquidity to fund the balance
sheet in each scenario.
Further information on the Group's principal risks is set out on
pages 11 to 18.
Viability Statement
Based on these scenarios, the Directors have a reasonable
expectation that the Group will continue in operation and meet its
liabilities as they fall due over the three-year period
considered.
S172 Statement by the Directors
S172 Companies Act 2006 requires a director of a company to act
in the way he or she considers, in good faith, would be most likely
to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its
members as a whole. In doing so, s172 requires a director to have
regard, amongst other matters, to the:
-- likely consequences of any decisions in the long-term;
-- interests of the company's employees;
-- need to foster the company's business relationships with suppliers, customers and others;
-- impact of the company's operations on the community and environment;
-- desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high
standards of business conduct; and
-- need to act fairly between members of the company.
In discharging its s172 duties, the Board has regard to the
factors set out above. The Board also has regard to other factors
which it considers relevant to the decisions it makes. The Board
aims to provide a balanced approach to its decisions , taking into
consideration the Group's key stakeholder requirements. By
considering the Group's purpose, vision and values together with
its strategic priorities and having a process in place for
decision-making, the Board looks to make sure that its decisions
are consistent .
27
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
S172 Statement by the Directors (continued)
The Board delegates authority for the day-to-day running of the
business to the CEO and, through him, to Senior Management to set,
approve and oversee execution of the Group's strategy and related
policies. The Board reviews matters relating to financial and
operational performance; business strategy; key risks;
stakeholder-related matters; compliance; and legal and regulatory
matters, over the course of the financial year. This is supported
through the consideration of reports and presentations provided at
Board meetings and reviewing aspects of the Group's strategy at
least twice a year.
Engaging with the Group's stakeholders is key to the way the
Group runs its business and is an important consideration for the
Directors when making relevant decisions. Details of how the
Directors engage with colleagues and have regard to the need to
foster relationships with suppliers, customers and other key
stakeholders can be found in the Directors' Report on pages 31 to
34.
The Board has made some key strategic decisions during the year
ended 28 February 2023 where due consideration was given to the
Group's key stakeholders, including:
Transforming the business through Agile ways of working
During the Covid-19 pandemic, the Group helped customers to
manage their money when they needed it most. The Covid-19 pandemic,
however, led to changes in consumer trends at a speed never
experienced before, and consequently, a strategic review was
initiated which identified the need to evolve the Group's way s of
working, operating model and culture to better serve its customer
s' needs. The goal was to design and implement a customer -
focused, end - to - end operating model which increased the speed
at which value could be created for customers at the same time as
better empowering colleagues and reducing costs .
During the year end ed 28 February 2023, the transformation to
an Agile organisation commenced. This involved designing a new
operating model and trialling new ways of working with a group of
colleagues, before starting to scale this across the organisation.
It was important to understand how this new way of working could be
implemented and provide an opportunity for colleagues to provide
feedback. Engagement with colleagues and Tesco was continuous.
Methods of communication with colleagues varied, providing
platforms for effective interaction and continuous feedback.
Management and the Board recognised the importance of involving
colleagues in this transition, making sure the rationale for the
change, which will ultimately result in the faster delivery for
customers, was clear.
To support the new Agile organisation, changes were required in
a number of skill areas and consequently, also in roles. New
opportunities were created for colleagues . H owever, as a result,
some roles were made redundant. Consultation took place with
colleagues and union partners, with commitment to ensure those
colleagues impacted were treated fairly and provided with the
necessary support.
Maturing the operating model and ways of working will be a
multi-year focus and work continues to take place to embed this
across the business. This investment will ultimately result in the
Group being able to meet the needs of customers better and faster
through more empowered colleagues.
Appropriate governance and risk management w ere applied at all
stages of this transformation, with risks identified and managed
appropriately. The Board was kept updated on a regular basis and
robustly challenged and supported the transition.
Continuing to optimise the Group's Insurance business
The Board recognises the continued importance of insurance to
Tesco customers and the need to support sustainable insurance
policy growth. The adoption of the new Agile operating model will
support both a faster pace of change and a more efficient
organisational design. The end-to-end control of the Group's
insurance offering, following the acquisition of Ageas ' 50.1%
share of TU in May 2021 , affords the Group the opportunity to
become a market leading insurer. To support this aspiration , the
Insurance Transformation Programme (ITP) was established.
28
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
STRATEGIC REPORT (continued)
Continuing to optimise the Group's Insurance business
(continued)
The ITP is a series of technology and propositional deliverables
designed to improve outcomes for customers, colleagues and Tesco.
The Board has continued oversight of the ITP progress and supports
the approach that all of the propositional work is built based on
customer feedback. During the year the ITP delivered (i) a new
rating engine for motor pricing which enables the Group to create
appropriate prices and deliver cutting edge solutions to customers;
(ii) across the Home insurance book, the first phase of an
initiative to enable customers with an existing Motor insurance
policy to receive an even faster and more convenient opportunity to
receive a quote; and (iii) further capability to capture customer
interactions , enabl ing the Group to better understand the reasons
why a customer is making contact, reward customers and provide a
way for them to easily update the Group on their marketing
preferences. Having this insight and information enables the Group
to predict and propose actions and offers to customers which meet
their needs. The Group's colleagues play a pivotal role in driving
forward this initiative and continued feedback and engagement with
customers helps to iterate and refine the deliverables of the
ITP.
Increased dividend pay-out ratio for the Group's parent company
and sole shareholder
In recent years, the Group has paid a shareholder dividend of
GBP50m , which equates to around 30-35% of profits. This covered a
period of increased product development in both M ortgages and
Personal C urrent A ccounts, which the Group has now exited ,
enabling it to focus on new propositions that are specifically
designed to meet the everyday needs of Tesco customers .
For the year ended 28 February 202 3 , the Board agreed that ,
as a result of the Group's strong capital position, the pay-out
ratio should be increased to 50% of profits . The Group has a
well-balanced and effective relationship with Tesco and , following
engagement with Tesco and M anagement, the Board also decided that
it would be appropriate to align the Group's target dividend
pay-out ratio with that of Tesco in future years. The dividend
pay-out ratio is based on the post-tax profits of TPF company only
(1) . The Board will continue to re-appraise the capital position
of the Group on an ongoing basis to determine whether the pay-out
ratio is appropriate for the Group's circumstances. Aligning the
Group's pay-out ratio to Tesco is expected to deliver sustainable
dividend growth , whilst also balancing the need to maintain a
strong capital position with capital efficiency.
(1) The dividend pay-out ratio is applied to the planned post
tax profits of TPF company only. This is because T PF's capital
requirements are set on a regulatory consolidated basis and
therefore exclude TU (which operates under a separate regulatory
capital framework). Accordingly, the retained earnings of TU are
not available for TPF to distribute. TU must pay a dividend to TPF
in order for this to be up-streamed to Tesco. The basis of the
dividend pay-out ratio will continue to be closely monitored in
future.
T he Strategic Report was approved by the Board of Directors and
signed by order of the Board.
Fiona Burden
Company Secretary
11 April 202 3
29
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
DIRECTORS' REPORT
The Directors present their Annual Report, together with the
Company and Consolidated Financial Statements and Independent
Auditor's Report, for the year ended 28 February 2023 .
Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code
The Group applied the main principles and complied with the
relevant provisions set out in the 2018 Code throughout the year
under review, with the exception of P rovision 41 , which relates
to disclosures in respect of the Remuneration Committee and how it
conducts its business in line with the 2018 Code. The Group has not
included a full Remuneration Report within the Annual Report as it
does not have listed equity and, as such, is not required to comply
with this provision.
Information demonstrating how the main principles and relevant
provisions of the 2018 Code have been applied can be found
throughout the Directors' Report and the Strategic Report.
The primary responsibility of the Board in complying with the
2018 Code is to provide effective leadership to ensure that it
promotes the long-term success of the Group for the benefit of its
members as a whole.
Monitoring compliance with the 2018 Code is the responsibility
of the Board.
The Financial Reporting Council (FRC) is responsible for the
publication and periodic review of the UK Corporate Governance Code
and this can be found on the FRC website https://www.frc.org.uk
.
Business Review and Future Developments
The Group's business review and future developments are set out
in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 9 .
Risk Management
The Group's risk management disclosures are set out in the
Strategic Report on pages 10 to 25.
Financial Instruments
The Group's policies for hedging each major type of transaction
are discussed in notes 1 and 23 to the Financial Statements.
Capital Structure
The Group's capital structure is discussed in note 50 to the
Financial Statements.
Events after the Reporting Date
Details of events occurring after the reporting date are
discussed in note 55 to the Financial Statements.
Going Concern
The Directors have made an assessment of going concern, taking
into account both current performance and the Group's outlook,
including consider ation of the impact of the current economic
environment, and projections incorporating the impact of the cost
of living crisis , for the Group's capital and funding
position.
The Group has monitored the impact of market events in March
2023 on investment securities held in its HQLA portfolio and is
satisfied that it does not have any material exposure. The HQLA
portfolio maintained by the Group contains GBP1.2bn of Tier 1 (UK
Sovereign, Supranational, sovereign agency and covered bond)
assets. Any fixed rate interest rate risk on these assets is fully
hedged using interest rate swaps to produce a floating rate return
which moves in line with Bank of England and market rate changes.
The Group's management of interest rate risk in its banking book is
embedded in the Group's EWRMF. Additional information in respect of
how the Group manages IRRBB is set out in note 45 . T he Group also
maintains a liquidity position in excess of internal and regulatory
requirements and maintains a liquidity and funding profile to
enable it to meet its financial obligations under normal and
stressed market conditions. Having considered the nature and root
cause of these events, the Directors have concluded that contagion
risk for the Group is low .
In addition, the Board considered:
-- The impact on the Group's profits as income and charges for
ECLs continue to be affected by the current economic environment.
As part of this, the Board considered the latest macro-economic
scenarios which were received from the Group's third-party
supplier. These are discussed in note 45;
30
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
DIRECTORS' REPORT
Going Concern (continued)
-- The impact on the Group's profits of changes in the insurance
reserves it recognises in respect of insurance policies written,
net of reinsurance. As part of this, the Board reviewed the key
judgements and estimates made by the Group in determining the level
of reserves held at the reporting date. Such reserves are reviewed
on a regular basis to take account of changing circumstances, such
as enacted or substantively enacted changes in the law and changes
in costs relating to settlement. These are discussed in note
39:
-- The sufficiency of the Group's capital base. The worst case
macro-economic scenarios received from third-party providers were
significantly less severe than those used in the ICAAP reverse
stress test. The Group reviewed its stress testing scenarios to
ensure it has sufficient capital to trade through a plausible range
of economic outcomes. The Group's capital position at 28 February
2023 is set out at note 50;
-- The adequacy of the Group's liquidity as the Group supports
customers through a period of economic uncertainty. The Group
reviewed its stress testing scenarios , which incorporate an
assessment of the level of depositor diversification and the
consequences of both market-wide and idiosyncratic stress
scenarios. The Group operates in full compliance with PRA liquidity
standards defined as Total Liquidity Requirements and encompassing
the 30 day Liquidity Coverage Ratio and an additional Pillar 2
element for intraday liquidity risk. In addition to the PRA defined
total capital requirements, the Group has also defined an internal
liquidity requirement which covers a 90 day horizon and operates to
comply with whichever risk measure generates the higher liquidity
requirement. In all cases the Group operates to ensure it has
sufficient liquidity to trade through a range of plausible economic
outcomes. In addition to the Group's portfolio of liquid assets, it
has an undrawn GBP200.0m committed structured repurchase facility,
access to Bank of England market funding operations, open market
repurchase lines with counterparty banks and unencumbered
collateral to enable access to these contingent lines of funding
;
-- The operational resilience of the Group's critical functions
including call centres, mobile and online channels and the Group's
ability to provide continuity of service to its customers
throughout a prolonged stress;
-- The resilience of the Group's IT systems;
-- A detailed assessment of the Group's supplier base,
considering any single points of failure and focussing on suppliers
experiencing financial stress. This included consideration of
contingency plans should suppliers be deemed at risk;
-- The regulatory and legal environment and any potential conduct risks which could arise;
-- Any potential valuation concerns in respect of the Group's
assets as set out in the Company and Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position; and
-- The structural protections of the Group's securitisation vehicles.
The Board also considered the results of stress testing which is
performed as an integral part of both the ICAAP and ILAAP, with the
Group having sufficient capital and liquidity to fund the balance
sheet in each scenario.
As a result of this assessment, the Directors consider that it
is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in
preparing the Company and Consolidated Financial Statements.
Engaging with stakeholders
The Group actively engages with a number of key stakeholder
groups. Listening to, understanding and engaging with these
stakeholder groups is an important role for the Board in setting
strategy and decision-making. The Group recognises its obligations
and requirements to be a well-controlled financial services
business, compliant with regulation and delivering good customer
outcomes. The Regulators are consulted and kept closely informed in
relation to key decisions made by the Board, as appropriate.
Details of some of the key strategic decisions made during the
year ended 28 February 202 3 can be found in the Strategic Report
on pages 28 to 29.
31
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
DIRECTORS' REPORT
-- Our Customers
The Group's purpose is to serve its customers, communities and
planet a little better every day. Developing customer-centric
insights is key to how the Group designs and improves new services
and products for customers, bringing the best of Tesco to help
customers with their money needs.
The Group has typically interacted with customers in a variety
of ways, including face-to-face, in stores, through surveys and
remotely via online and telephone, all with the common goal to
deepen the Group's understanding of its customers, learn from them
and understand their financial needs.
The Group continues to invest and look at ways to connect Tesco
customers to the right banking and insurance products for their
needs. Investment continues in technology, data, design and
personalised marketing. This connection ensures the Group develops
its relationship with its customers to serve more of their money
needs, adding more value to customers and gaining trust and loyalty
in return. The Group's Transactional Net Promoter Score at 28
February 2023 was 51 (2022: 48), a record high.
Consideration of the Group's vulnerable customers is important.
Support is given to colleagues to identify and record customers
with vulnerabilities and to equip them to have more personalised
and consistent conversations with vulnerable customers.
-- Our Colleagues
The Group has continued to have a focused approach to internal
communications to engage with its 3, 5 00 colleagues and drive
strong business performance. Through its existing insight , the
Group understand s that its colleagues are looking for effective,
empathic, and purposeful communications. Its approach to
communication and engagement helps colleagues feel proud to be part
of the Tesco community, connected to the Group's purpose and
strategy, trusted and safe to share their views and that it is easy
to collaborate with others , a ll of which the Group recognise s is
key to achieving its Great Place to Work aspirations and ultimately
meet its long-term strategic goals .
The Group has transitioned its working practices in response to
restrictions lifting following the Covid-19 pandemic. Following two
years of the Group's colleagues working primarily from home, the
Group moved forward with a new blended way of working. Colleagues
are asked to be present in the office for the moments that matter
instead of a set number of days. This approach keeps flexibility at
the heart of ways of working to ensure colleagues have a balanced
working life between home and the office and recognises that
homeworking isn't suitable for everyone, or every role. As part of
implementing blended working, changes were made to office spaces so
that colleagues can come together and work in spaces that are
appropriate for the work they are doing .
The Group has also responded to changes in consumer trends that
were accelerated by the Covid-19 pandemic by transforming ways of
working through its Agile transformation programme . Agile working
allows the Group to respond to rapidly evolving customer needs and
market dynamics more quickly and aims to address colleague feedback
about ways of working, volume of work and prioritisation , building
a culture that creates a positive working experience for
colleagues. To become a more agile organisation the Group has
evolved its operating model and has communicated with colleagues to
help them understand how agile working is an opportunity for the
Group to future proof ways of working to be a little better every
day for customers and colleagues .
The Group has tracked colleague sentiment and performance
against its key performance objectives through its continuous
listening programme, including a mid-year pulse survey and its
annual Every Voice Matters (EVM) survey. The most recent EVM survey
results reported that most colleagues consider that the Group is a
great place to work, that their health and wellbeing is supported,
and that they feel they can be themselves without fear of
judgement. The Leadership team will continue to review and discuss
colleague feedback to shape plans for the future .
32
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
DIRECTORS' REPORT
-- Our Colleagues (continued)
The Group is committed to promoting a diverse and inclusive
workplace, reflective of the communities it serves. It approaches
diversity in the broadest sense, recognising that successful
businesses flourish through embracing diversity into their business
strategy and developing talent at every level in the organisation.
The Group's selection, training, development, and promotion
policies are designed to provide equality of opportunity for all
colleagues, regardless of age; disability; gender; gender
reassignment; marital and civil partnership status; pregnancy and
maternity; race; religion or belief, or absence of religion or
belief; sexual orientation or trade union affiliation. Decisions
are based on merit. The Group works with colleagues, including
those with disabilities, to adapt work practices where necessary to
help them work effectively within the business .
The Group's Code of Business Conduct, which defines the
standards and behaviours expected of colleagues, supports its core
values. The Code of Business Conduct is supported by Group policies
and mandatory training which includes anti-bribery and corruption,
competition law, data protection and whistleblowing. Colleagues are
required to complete mandatory training to reinforce the importance
of these standards. For new colleagues, there is a requirement to
complete the suite of mandatory training within 30 days of joining
the Group. Refresher training is required on an annual basis to
ensure that colleagues understand the Group's objectives and the
regulatory environment in which it operates. The Board and Senior
Management are responsible for ensuring that their activities
reflect the culture they wish to instil in the Group's colleagues
and other stakeholders and drive the right behaviours. They have a
responsibility to ensure that the Group's colleagues do the right
things in the right way by setting the tone from the top and
leading by example. The Board is responsible for reviewing the
annual report on whistleblowing, in compliance with the W
histleblowing Policy. The Group's independent and confidential
whistleblowing service provides colleagues with the ability to
raise any concerns regarding misconduct and breach of the Code of
Business Conduct .
Working closely with Tesco, the Group is committed to actively
supporting its colleagues to live healthier lives and make
healthier choices around their physical, financial, and emotional
wellbeing, with campaigns delivered that are supporting colleagues
in these three areas through the c ost of l iving crisis . The
Group's colleagues have the support of a diverse community of Be W
ell champions, who play a key role at the point of colleague need
and help signpost the most suitable or relevant services for
ongoing support. Through the Group's Employee Assistance Programme,
colleagues also have access to online content, webinars and over
the phone support. This is an independent and unlimited 24/7
telephone support line .
Colleagues are encouraged to become involved in the financial
performance of Tesco through a variety of schemes, principally the
Tesco savings related share option scheme (Save As You Earn). They
are also supported through communication and engagement activities
to help them be advocates of the products and services available
across Tesco, including discounts through a Colleague Clubcard and
access to the Vault, a colleague savings portal .
-- Our Suppliers
The Group engages with around 50 0 active suppliers, who play an
important role in the operation of the Group's business to enable
the delivery of an effective and efficient business model. During
the year ended 28 February 202 3 material contracts were presented
to the Board for approval, covering both new relationships and
contract renewals. In approving these contracts, the Board
considered the strategic value of the relationships as well as
looking at the customer impacts, risk exposure, legal and
compliance considerations and financial implications. The Group has
a framework in place which provides a consistent and proportionate
approach to procurement and the management of suppliers to ensure
that it can effectively engage, manage and terminate, where
appropriate, supplier relationships. In addition to meetings and
dialogue with suppliers in accordance with the framework, the Group
participates in the Tesco Supplier Viewpoint Survey to encourage
further feedback and engagement . To support regulatory reporting
requirements, the Group expects its suppliers to monitor their own
supply chain and be able to provide the Board with appropriate
evidence and assurance of compliance, as required.
The Group recognises its responsibilities to respect the human
rights of its customers, colleagues, suppliers and the communities
it serves and does not tolerate slavery, human trafficking, forced
labour, child labour or child exploitation. The Group's Modern
Slavery statement is available on its website at the following
link: Tesco Bank Modern Slavery Statement There have been no
material changes to the Group's Modern Slavery statement since this
was approved in August 202 2 .
33
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
DIRECTORS' REPORT
-- Our Shareholder
The Group uses its relationship with Tesco, the Group's only
shareholder, to provide access to rich customer data, a strong
brand and a Clubcard loyalty programme to better serve customers.
The Group has a strong relationship with Tesco, with regular
updates and meetings taking place with relevant senior management
and the Board Members in relation to performance and strategy.
Shareholder reserved matters have been agreed and significant
matters are referred to Tesco for concurrence, as necessary. The
Group's CEO, Ger ard Mallon, is a member of the Tesco Executive
Committee and Adrian Morris, Tesco's General Counsel, is a
Non-Executive Director of the Group's Board.
-- Our Community
In 2022 the Group launched two new charity partnerships voted
for by colleagues , being M aggie's , which aim s to help anyone
who has been affected by c ancer by providing support , information
and practical advice , and The Trussell Trust , wh ich work s to
end the need for food banks in the UK. Colleagues have worked to
raise donations for the Group's charity partners and local
charitable causes through a variety of fund-raising challenges.
During t he festive season colleagues also participated in food
collection volunteering events in partnership with The Trussell
Trus t.
Over and above the launch of its new c harity partnerships , the
Group gives colleagues and customers the opportunity to make
charitable donations through ATM donations and the Group ha s also
donated 500 Chrome Books to charities and community groups which
were nominated by colleagues .
Dividends
An interim dividend of GBP 54.4 m ( 2022 : GBP87.0m) in respect
of ordinary share capital was paid to T esco on
23 Febr uary 2023 . No final dividend is proposed in respect of the year ended 28 February 2023.
Treating Customers Fairly
Treating Customers Fairly is central to the Financial Conduct
Authority's principles for businesses and remains central to the
Tesco Values which sit at the heart of the business. These Values
are designed to ensure that customer outcomes match their
understanding and expectations.
Directors
The present Directors and Company Secretary at the date of
signing this Annual Report and Financial Statements are listed on
page 1. Details of changes in Directors during the year and up to
the date of signing the Financial Statements are set out below.
Since 1 March 2022 to date the following changes have taken
place:
Appointed Resigned
10 January
Prasanna Gopalakrishnan 2023 -
Sir John Kingman - 22 January 2023
Sir John Kingman stepped down from the Board on 22 January 2023
and, w ith effect from 23 January 2023 , Jacqueline Ferguson was
appointed as Interim Chair. Jacqu eline was the Senior Independent
Non-Executive Director from September 2021 and was replaced in this
role on an interim basis by Robert Endersby.
34
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
DIRECTORS' REPORT
-- Audit Committee (BAC)
Introduction from the BAC Chair
The Group operates in a demanding environment, particularly with
regard to economic, reputational, political and regulatory factors.
The role of the BAC is critical in reviewing the effectiveness of
the Group's internal control framework and assurance processes and
in assessing and acting upon findings from both external and
internal audit. The BAC keeps the current internal control
framework and assurance processes under review to ensure that they
adapt to the changing environment and remain appropriate for the
Group.
BAC composition, skills and experience
The BAC acts independently of Management. This ensures that the
interests of shareholders are properly protected in relation to
financial reporting and internal control.
As detailed in the section of the Strategic Report on the Board,
the BAC comprises three Independent Non-Executive Directors.
Julie Currie is a Chartered Accountant and has over 25 years'
experience in the financial services sector, the majority of which
was spent at Lloyds Banking Group. This experience enables her to
fulfil the role as BAC Chair.
Julie's previous appointments include Chief Operating Officer
for the turnaround division of Lloyds Banking Group and Chief
Financial and Operating Officer for the Lloyds B ank F oundation,
the largest corporate foundation in England and Wales. Julie also
spent nine years in Bank of Scotland's European Leveraged Finance
business. Julie holds a Non-Executive role with Scotiabank Europe,
where she has chaired the Audit Committee since 2018. She also
holds a Non-Executive role with State Street Global Advisors
Limited. She was the chair of the a udit and r isk c ommittee for
the Department for International Trade from 2016 to 2020.
Julie joined the TPFG/TPF Board in February 2021 and is Chair of
the BAC.
Robert Endersby has spent over 40 years working in the financial
services sector, both within the UK and internationally and is an
Associate of the London Institute of Banking and Finance. He is
currently an independent Non-Executive director and chair of the
board risk committee of Redwood Bank Limited.
Robert's previous key appointments include Chief Risk Officer
and member of the Executive Board of Danske Bank, Denmark's largest
financial enterprise. Robert was also an independent Non-Executive
director and chair of the board risk committees of Credit Suisse
International and Credit Suisse Securities (Europe) Limited.
Previously, Robert has also held senior risk management positions
in Barclays, The Royal Bank of Scotland and ING Group and has a
broad international experience of the sector including assignments
based in Denmark, the Netherlands and France.
Robert joined the TPFG/TPF Board in December 201 4. He Chairs
the BRC and was appointed to the role of Interim Senior Independent
Non-Executive Director in January 2023 .
Simon Machell has worked in financial services for over 30 years
and has deep experience in both general and life insurance in the
UK, Europe and Asia. The majority of Simon's experience was gained
from a range of roles with Aviva, including Chief Executive of the
RAC, Chief Executive of the general insurance business in the UK
and running the insurance businesses in 14 markets across Eastern
Europe and Asia. He was chairman of the Motor Insurers' Bureau for
six years. Simon holds Non-Executive roles with Pacific Life Re,
Prudential Assurance Company Singapore , Suncorp Group and TU.
Simon joined the TPFG/TPF Board in 2013. Information in respect
of Simon's continued tenure on the Board is set out on page 19.
BAC meeting attendance
The Chair, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer,
Chief Risk Officer, Internal Audit Director, Director of Financial
Control and Tesco Internal Audit Director attend Committee
meetings. The External Auditor also attends.
35
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
DIRECTORS' REPORT
BAC responsibilities
The key responsibilities of the BAC are set out in the Strategic
Report on page 22.
During the year, the BAC received reports from a number of
business areas including Finance in relation to financial reporting
and Risk in relation to oversight work . The BAC also considered a
variety of matters including the internal financial control
framework, oversight of TU, the internal and external fraud control
environmen t and updates on regulatory reporting requirements.
Financial Statements and related financial reporting
In relation to the Financial Statements, the BAC reviewed and
recommended approval of the half-yearly results and annual
Financial Statements and provided oversight of the statutory audit
process.
During the year ended 28 February 2023 , the BAC considered the
following matters:
-- The methods used to account for significant transactions
The BAC reviewed and supported proposals from Management on the
accounting for the Group's MREL tender .
-- Going concern assessment
The BAC considered Management's approach to, and the conclusions
of, the assessment of the Group's ability to continue as a going
concern.
The going concern assessment period covers the period to April
202 4 , 12 months subsequent to signing the Annual Report and
Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 . The
assessment considered the current capital position of the Group and
liquidity requirements covering the going concern assessment
period, including consideration of the impact of economic
uncertainty arising from the cost of living crisis . These were
then subject to stress testing based on various scenarios,
including scenarios incorporating the impact of the current
economic environment. The detailed considerations taken by the
Board in arriving at its going concern assessment are set out on
pages 25 to 27 and 30 to 31.
The BAC recommended that the Board supported the conclusion that
it remained appropriate to adopt the going concern basis in
preparing the Financial Statements.
-- Review of Financial Statements
The BAC considered Management's approach to, and governance
arrangements over, the preparation of the half-yearly results and
annual Financial Statements and recommended to the Board that these
should be approved.
Appropriate critical accounting estimates and judgements
The BAC reviewed the nature, basis for and the appropriateness
of , the estimates and judgements proposed by Management in the
Financial Statements.
The key estimates and judgements reflected in the Group's
Financial Statements for the year ended 28 February 2023 are:
o Expected credit loss provision (ECL) (Refer to note 45)
The BAC received regular reports from Management on
provisioning, which assessed the adequacy of provisioning based on
a number of factors. These included levels of arrears, past loss
experience, defaults based on portfolio trends, expected loss rates
and PMAs.
The BAC concluded that an appropriate governance framework
existed to monitor provision adequacy and that the assumptions and
judgements applied by Management were appropriate.
o Outstanding insurance claims and provisions (Refer to note 39)
The Group holds an investment in TU, an authorised insurance
company, which became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group on 4
May 2021.
TU's results are sensitive to changes in the insurance reserves
it recognises in respect of insurance policies written, net of
reinsurance. Consequently, material increases in these reserves
could have an impact on the carrying value of the reinsurance
assets, insurance funds withheld and insurance contract provisions
balances in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
36
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
DIRECTORS' REPORT
BAC responsibilities (continued)
The BAC reviewed the key judgements and estimates made by TU in
determining the level of reserves held at the reporting date.
The BAC is satisfied that the carrying value of insurance claims
and provisions is appropriate.
Performance and Effectiveness of Internal Audit
The Internal Audit function supports the BAC in providing an
independent assessment of the adequacy and effectiveness of
internal controls and the system of risk management. The function
has the necessary resources and access to information to enable it
to fulfil its mandate, and is equipped to perform in accordance
with the Institute of Internal Auditors' International Standards of
the Professional Practice of Internal Auditing.
It is essential for the BAC to be able to have an honest and
open relationship with both its external and internal auditors.
This relationship is developed and maintained through private
meetings with both Deloitte and the Internal Audit Director.
In compliance with the above standards, the BAC assessed the
effectiveness of the Internal Audit function, with the results of
the annual assessment for 202 2 /2 3 being positive.
Performance and Effectiveness of External Audit
An externally facilitated review is carried out to assess the
effectiveness of the External Auditor. This review is arranged and
overseen by Tesco, with Executive management and the Chair of TPF G
's BAC asked to participate. The review comprises a comprehensive
set of questions including the scope of the work of the External
Auditor, the quality of reporting, the relationship with
Management, the level of expertise and experience of the External
Auditor and their overall performance. The process of the
assessment is generally carried out during January and February in
each year, after which the final report is issued to the Tesco BAC.
TPF G 's BAC is also provided with a copy of the report for review
and discussion.
In 202 2 , Lintstock carried out the assessment of the
effectiveness of the External Auditor. A report was issued to TPF G
's BAC in Ju ly 202 2 , with an effective assessment. The
assessment for 202 3 is in progress, with the report due to be
issued and discussed at TPF G 's BAC in Ju ne 202 3 . In addition
to the Tesco report, TPF G 's BAC Chair will also facilitate a more
targeted assessment of the External Auditor using the output of the
survey provided by Lintstock. This will allow further discussion
and assessment of the External Auditor at TPF G level and help to
support the overall assessment and identification of any specific
areas for further improvement.
Performance and Effectiveness of the BAC
The BAC assesses the need for training on an ongoing basis and
the annual agenda provides time for technical updates, which are
provided by both internal and external experts. During the year,
the BAC received specific training on accounting and reporting
developments. Training is also provided on an ongoing basis to meet
the specific needs of individual committee members.
The effectiveness of the BAC was reviewed as part of the wider
Board evaluation , carried out internally in 2022 . This included
interviews with all BAC members and it was concluded that the BAC
continued to be effective.
Risk Management and Internal Controls
The Board and its committees are responsible for ensuring the
effective implementation and ongoing monitoring of the EW RMF. A
detailed overview of the responsibilities of the ERC is set out on
page 24.
Key controls are recorded within an internal database and
regular controls testing takes place to ensure they remain
effective. Additionally, the ERC regularly reviews the EW RMF to
ensure it remains relevant and appropriate to the risk profile of
the Group.
The Board of Directors is ultimately responsible for reviewing
the effectiveness of the Group's EW RMF and internal controls.
Assessment of the effectiveness of the EW RMF is undertaken by the
BRC annually on behalf of the Board, while assessment of the
effectiveness of internal controls is undertaken by the BAC
annually on behalf of the Board, with any issues escalated to the
Board, as appropriate. T he Board c onsiders that the Group has in
place an adequate EW RMF and internal controls.
37
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
DIRECTORS' REPORT
Non-audit Fees
Deloitte contributes an independent perspective, arising from
its work, on certain aspects of the Group's internal financial
control systems, and reports to the BAC. The independence of the
External Auditor in relation to the Group is considered annually by
the BAC.
The Group has a Non-audit Services Policy for work carried out
by its External Auditor. This is split into two categories as
follows:
1. Work for which BAC approval is specifically required -
transaction work and certain advisory services; and
2. Work from which the External Auditor is prohibited.
The BAC concluded that it was in the best interests of the Group
for the External Auditor to provide a limited number of non-audit
services during the year due to their experience, expertise and
knowledge of the Group's operations. Auditor objectivity and
independence was considered for each engagement and the BAC i s
satisfied that audit independence was not, at any point,
compromised.
Deloitte follows the FRC's Ethical Standard and its own ethical
guidelines and continually reviews its audit team to ensure its
independence is not compromised. The fees paid to the External
Auditor in the year are disclosed in note 14 to the Financial
Statements.
Directors' Indemnities
In terms of Section 236 of the Companies Act 2006, all Executive
and Non-Executive Directors have been issued a Qualifying
Third-Party Indemnity Provision by TPF and TPFG. All Qualifying
Third-Party Indemnities were in force at the date of approval of
the Financial Statements and shall remain in force without any
limit in time. This will not be affected by the expiration or
termination of a Director's appointment, however it may arise.
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-looking Information
Where this document contains forward-looking statements, these
are made by the Directors in good faith based on the information
available to them at the time of their approval of this report.
These statements should be treated with caution due to the inherent
risks and uncertainties underlying any such forward-looking
information. The Group cautions users of these Financial Statements
that a number of factors, including matters referred to in this
document, could cause actual results to differ materially from
those contained in any forward-looking statement. Such factors
include, but are not limited to, those discussed under 'Principal
risks and uncertainties' on pages 11 to 18.
Statement of Directors' Responsibilities
The following should be read in conjunction with the
responsibilities of the independent auditor set out in their report
on page 170.
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report
and the Financial Statements in accordance with applicable law and
regulations.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare such financial
statements for each financial year. Under that law the Directors
have prepared the Group and Company Financial Statements in
accordance with International Accounting Standards (IASs) in
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and
IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
(IASB).
Under company law the Directors must not approve the Financial
Statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair
view of the state of affairs of the Group and the Company and of
the profit or loss of the Group for that year. In preparing these
Financial Statements, the Directors are required to:
-- properly select and apply accounting policies;
-- present information, including accounting policies, in a
manner that provides relevant, reliable, comparable and
understandable information;
38
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
DIRECTORS' REPORT
Statement of Directors' Responsibilities (continued)
-- provide additional disclosures when compliance with the
specific requirements in IFRSs is insufficient to enable users to
understand the impact of particular transactions, other events and
conditions on the Group's and Company's financial position and
financial performance; and
-- make an assessment of the Group's and Company's ability to continue as a going concern.
The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group's
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the
financial position of the Group and the Company and enable them to
ensure that the Financial Statements comply with the Companies Act
2006. They are also responsible for safeguarding the assets of the
Group and the Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity
of the Group's website. Legislation in the UK governing the
preparation and dissemination of Financial Statements may differ
from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Each of the Directors, whose names are listed on page 1 of the
Annual Report and Financial Statements, confirms that to the best
of their knowledge:
-- the Financial Statements, which have been prepared in
accordance with IASs in conformity with the requirements of the
Companies Act 2006 and IFRSs as issued by the IASB, give a true and
fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit
of the Group;
-- the Strategic Report contained in the Annual Report includes
a fair review of the development and performance of the business
and the position of the Group, together with a description of the
principal risks and uncertainties that it faces; and
-- the Annual Report and Financial Statements, taken as a whole,
is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information
necessary for the Company's shareholder to assess the Group's and
Company's position, performance, business model and strategy.
Disclosure in Respect of the Independent Auditor
So far as each Director is aware at the date of approving this
report, there is no relevant audit information, being information
needed by the independent auditor in connection with preparing this
report, of which the independent auditor is unaware. All of the
Directors have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as
Directors in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit
information and to establish that the independent auditor is aware
of that information.
External Audit Partner
The External Audit partner for the year to 28 February 2023 was
Matt Perkins, who assumed the role for the first time in the
current year . Deloitte were appointed as External Auditor on 30
June 2015. The audit tender process is conducted by Tesco on behalf
of the entire Tesco group.
Approved by the Board of Directors and signed by order of the
Board.
Fiona Burden
Company Secretary
11 April 202 3
39
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED INCOME STATEMENT
For the Year Ended 28 February 202 3
2023 2022
Note GBPm GBPm
Interest and similar income 6 537.9 487.5
Interest expense and similar charges 6 (106.7) (62.1)
-------- --------
Net interest income 431.2 425.4
-------- --------
Fees and commissions income 7 276.0 226.9
Fees and commissions expense 7 (29.5) (37.5)
-------- --------
Net fees and commissions income 246.5 189.4
-------- --------
Insurance premium income 8 308.6 239.2
Insurance premium income ceded to reinsurers 8 (139.3) (105.5)
-------- --------
Net insurance premium income 169.3 133.7
-------- --------
Net (loss)/ gain on investment securities at FVPL 9 (2.9) 4.9
Net gain/( loss ) on investments securities at FVOCI 10 0.1 (0.3)
Net gain on other financial instruments at FVPL 11 2.3 2.1
Other (expenses)/ income 12 (2.2) 10.4
-------- --------
Net other (expenses)/ income (2.7) 17.1
Total income 844.3 765.6
-------- --------
Insurance claims incurred 13 (174.6) (150.2)
Insurance claims ceded to reinsurers 13 90.0 61.9
-------- --------
Net insurance claims (84.6) (88.3)
-------- --------
Total income, net of insurance claims 759.7 677.3
-------- --------
Administrative expenses 14 (505.2) (456.1)
Depreciation and amortisation 30 , 31 (53.5) (65.2)
-------- --------
Operating expenses (558.7) (521.3)
Expected credit loss (charge)/credit financial assets 15 (61.4) 29.9
Operating profit 139.6 185.9
-------- --------
Share of profit of joint venture 28 -- 2.6
Profit before tax 139.6 188.5
Analysed as:
Underlying profit before tax 5 148.6 186.4
Non-underlying items 5 (9.0) 2.1
139.6 188.5
Income tax charg e 17 (28.2) (44.2)
Profit for the year attributable to owners of the parent 111.4 144.3
-------- --------
40
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Year Ended 28 February 202 3
2023 2022
Note GBPm GBPm
Profit for the year 111.4 144.3
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the Income Statement
Debt securities at FVOCI
Fair value movements 17 (41.9) (18.5)
Taxation 17 10.9 5.3
Net (gains)/ losses transferred to the income statement on disposal (0.1) 0.3
Expected credit loss transferred to the income statement -- 0.1
(31.1) (12.8)
------- -------
Cash flow hedges
Fair value movements 17 (0.2) 1.1
Taxation 17 0.1 (0.3)
(0.1) 0.8
------- -------
Share of other comprehensive expense of joint venture n/a (0.6)
Transfer of share of other comprehensive income of joint venture to the Income Statement on
change of control 28 n/a (5.0)
n/a (5.6)
------- -------
Other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax (31.2) (17.6)
Total comprehensive income for the year 80.2 126.7
41
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION
For the Year Ended 28 February 202 3
Company number SC173198
Group Company
2023 2022 2023 2022
Note GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Cash and balances with central banks 19 461.1 780.6 8.1 7.8
Loans and advances to banks 20 26.7 50.3 -- --
Loans and advances to customers 21 7,081.3 6,490.3 -- --
Loans and advances to subsidiary companies 22 -- -- 379.3 484.7
Derivative financial instruments 23 121.4 45.3 -- --
Investment securities 24 1,467.8 1,466.9 -- --
Reinsurance assets 39 216.9 245.1 -- --
Prepayments and accrued income 25 48.4 43.2 -- --
Other assets 26 181.7 219.7 -- --
Current income tax asset 8.6 2.5 -- --
Investment in group undertaking 27 -- -- 1,219.9 1,219.9
Deferred income tax asset 29 57.5 64.2 -- --
Investment in joint venture 28 -- -- -- --
Intangible assets 30 142.6 148.6 -- --
Property, plant and equipment 31 82.7 79.8 -- --
Total assets 9,896.7 9,636.5 1,607.3 1,712.4
-------------------------------------------- ----- -------- -------- -------- --------
Liabilities
Deposits from banks 32 979.7 1,052.3 -- --
Deposits from customers 33 5,769.6 5,325.9 -- --
Debt securities in issue 34 137.5 244.0 145.3 250.4
Derivative financial instruments 23 16.9 27.2 -- --
Provisions for liabilities and charges 35 30.2 37.6 -- --
Accruals and deferred income 36 112.1 119.6 -- --
Other liabilities 37 199.9 164.1 -- --
Insurance funds withheld 38 123.5 114.8 -- --
Insurance contract provisions 39 604.9 650.0 -- --
Subordinated liabilities and notes 40 236.9 235.6 236.9 235.6
Total liabilities 8,211.2 7,971.1 382.2 486.0
-------------------------------------------- ----- -------- -------- -------- --------
Equity and reserves attributable
to owners of parent
Share capital 41 122.0 122.0 122.0 122.0
Share premium account 41 1,098.2 1,098.2 1,098.2 1,098.2
Retained earnings 488.7 431.7 4.9 6.2
Other reserves 42 (23.4) 13.5 -- --
Total equity 1,685.5 1,665.4 1,225.1 1,226.4
-------------------------------------------- ----- -------- -------- -------- --------
Total liabilities and equity 9,896.7 9,636.5 1,607.3 1,712.4
-------------------------------------------- ----- -------- -------- -------- --------
Profit for the year of GBP 53.1 ( 2022 : GBP79.6m) is
attributable to the Company .
The Consolidated and Company Financial Statements on pages 40 to
47 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue
on 11 April 202 3 and were signed on its behalf by:
Richard Henderson
Director
42
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the Year Ended 28 February 202 3
Cash flow Share based
Share Retained hedge payment Total
capital Share premium earnings FV reserve reserve reserve equity
Note GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
--------- -------------- ------------- ----------- -------------- ------------- --------
Balance at 1
March 2022 122.0 1,098.2 431.7 (12.8) 0.2 26.1 1,665.4
Comprehensive
income
Profit for the
year - - 111.4 - - - 111.4
Net fair value
movement on
investment
securities at
FVOCI 17 - - - (31.1) - - (31.1)
Net movement
on cash flow
hedges 17 - - - - (0.1) - (0.1)
Total
comprehensive
income - - 111.4 (31.1) (0.1) - 80.2
--------- -------------- ------------- ----------- -------------- ------------- --------
Transactions
with owners
Dividends to
ordinary
shareholders 18 - - (54.4) - - - (54.4)
Share based
payments 53 - - - - - (5.7) (5.7)
Total
transactions
with owners - - (54.4) - - (5.7) (60.1)
--------- -------------- ------------- ----------- -------------- ------------- --------
Balance at 28
February 2023 122.0 1,098.2 488.7 (43.9) 0.1 20.4 1,685.5
--------- -------------- ------------- ----------- -------------- ------------- --------
43
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (continued)
For the Year Ended 28 February 202 2
Retained Cash flow Share based
Share Share earnings hedge payment Total
capital premium (1) FV r eserve reserve reserve equity
Note GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Balance at 1
March 202 1 122.0 1,098.2 370.7 9.3 (0.6) 21.9 1,621.5
Comprehensive
income
Profit for the
year -- -- 144.3 -- -- -- 144.3
Net fair value
movement on
investment
securities at
FVOCI 17 -- -- -- (12.8) -- -- (12.8)
Net movements on
cash flow hedges 17 -- -- -- -- 0.8 -- 0.8
Share of other
comprehensive
expense of joint
venture 28 -- -- -- (0.6) -- -- (0.6)
Transfer of s
hare of other
comprehensive
income of joint
ventur e to the
Income Statement
on change of
control -- -- -- ( 5.0 ) -- -- (5.0)
Transfer of net
gains to
retained
earnings on
reclassification
during the
period of
investment
securities held
at FVOCI
to FVPL -- -- 3.7 (3.7) -- -- --
Total
comprehensive
income -- -- 148.0 (22.1) 0.8 -- 126.7
--------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------
Transactions with
owners
Dividends to
ordinary
shareholders 18 -- -- (87.0) -- -- -- (87.0)
Share based
payments 53 -- -- -- -- -- 4.2 4.2
Total
transactions
with owners -- -- (87.0) -- -- 4.2 (82.8)
--------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------
Balance at 28
February 2022 122.0 1,098.2 431.7 (12.8) 0.2 26.1 1,665.4
--------- ------------- ------------ ------------ ------------- ------------ --------
(1) The Group has a holding in preferred stock issued by VISA
Inc. which was designated at FVOCI prior to 1 March 2021 .
Following a review of industry practice and the requirements of
IFRS 9, this investment was reclassified in the prior year to FVPL
with effect from 1 March 2021. As this amount is not material,
opening reserves at 1 March 2021 were not restated in respect of
this reclassification.
44
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY
For the Year Ended 28 February 202 3
Share Total
capital Share premium Retained earnings equity
Note GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Balance at 1 March 2022 122.0 1,098.2 6.2 1,226.4
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year - - 53.1 53.1
Net movement on cash flow hedges 17 - - - --
Total comprehensive income - - 53.1 53.1
--------- -------------- ------------------ --------
Transactions with owners
Dividends to ordinary shareholders 18 - - (54.4) (54.4)
Share based payments 53 - - - --
Total transactions with owners - - (54.4) (54.4)
--------- -------------- ------------------ --------
Balance at 28 February 2023 122.0 1,098.2 4.9 1,225.1
--------- -------------- ------------------ --------
45
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
COMPANY STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY (continued)
For the Year Ended 28 February 202 2
Share Share Retained Total
capital premium earnings(1) equity
Note GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Balance at 1 March
202 1 122.0 1,098.2 13.6 1,233.8
Comprehensive income
Profit for the year -- -- 79.6 79.6
Net movements on
cash flow hedges 17 -- -- -- --
Transfer of net gains
to retained earnings
on reclassification
during the period
of investment securities
held at FVOCI to
FVPL(1) -- -- -- --
Total comprehensive
income -- -- 79.6 79.6
--------- --------- ------------- --------
Transactions with
owners
Dividends to ordinary
shareholders 18 -- -- (87.0) (87.0)
Share based payments 53 -- -- -- --
--------- --------- ------------- --------
Total transactions
with owners -- -- (87.0) (87.0)
--------- --------- ------------- --------
Balance at 28 February
2022 122.0 1,098.2 6.2 1,226.4
--------- --------- ------------- --------
(1) The Group has a holding in preferred stock issued by VISA
Inc. which was designated at FVOCI prior to 1 March 2021 .
Following a review of industry practice and the requirements of
IFRS 9, this investment was reclassified in the prior year to FVPL
with effect from 1 March 2021. As this amount is not material,
opening reserves at 1 March 2021 were not restated in respect of
this reclassification .
46
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
CONSOLIDATED AND COMPANY CASH FLOW STATEMENTS
For the Year Ended 28 February 202 3
Group Company
2023 2022 2023 2022
Note GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Operating Activities
P rofit before tax (1) 139.6 188.5 53.1 79.6
Adjusted for:
Non-cash items included in operating profit before taxation and other
adjustments 48 139.5 30.1 17.4 12.7
Changes in operating assets and liabilities 48 (275.2) (45.7) (0.9) (0.1)
Income taxes paid (17.2) (3.4) -- --
Cash flows generated (used in) /generated
from operating activities (13.3) 169.5 69.6 92.2
-------- -------- -------- -------
Investing Activities
Purchase of intangible assets and property, plant and equipment (53.6) (47.4) -- --
Purchase of debt investment securities 45 (322.9) (219.9) -- --
Sale of investment securities 228.6 272.2 -- --
Redemption of loan to subsidiary -- -- 101.1 --
Investment in subsidiary (5.0) (89.7) -- --
Cash and cash equivalents acquired on investment in subsidiary -- 42.3 -- --
Purchase of subordinated debt issued by subsidiary -- (21.2) -- --
Dividends received from TU 28 -- 10.0 -- --
Cash flows used in investing activities (152.9) (53.7) 101.1 --
-------- -------- -------- -------
Financing Activities
Dividends paid to ordinary shareholders 18 (54.4) (87.0) (54.4) (87.0)
Redemption of debt securities in issue (101.1) -- (101.1) --
Interest paid on debt securities in issue (8.0) (8.8) (8.0) (8.8)
Interest received and settlement of assets held to hedge subordinated
liabilities (2.6) (1.1) -- --
Interest paid on subordinated liabilities and notes (6.9) (3.4) (6.9) (3.4)
Principal repayments on lease liabilities 43 (3.0) (2.2) -- --
Interest paid on lease liabilities 43 (2.7) (3.5) -- --
Cash flows used in financing activities (178.7) (106.0) (170.4) (99.2)
-------- -------- -------- -------
Net (de crease ) / in crease in cash and cash equivalents (344.9) 9.8 0.3 (7.0)
Cash and cash equivalents (2) at beginning of year 789.3 779.5 7.8 14.8
Cash and cash equivalents (2) at end of year 47 444.4 789.3 8.1 7.8
-------- -------- -------- -------
(1) On a Company basis, profit before tax includes a dividend of
GBP54.4m (2022: GBP80.0m) recevied from TPF during the year.
(2) Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and balances with central
banks, excluding certain reserve deposits of GBP 43.4 m ( 2022 :
GBP 41.6 m) which do not have a maturity of less than three months,
and loans and advances to banks of GBP 26.7 m (2022: GBP 50.3m ).
47
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
1 . Accounting Policies
Basis of Preparation
The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with
International Accounting Standards (IASs) in conformity with the
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 and International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRSs) and interpretations issued by the
International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee of the
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and those parts of
the Companies Act 2006 applicable to Companies reporting under
IFRSs.
In these Financial Statements the 'Company' means Tesco Personal
Finance Group plc and the 'Group' means the Company and its
subsidiaries. Details of these subsidiaries are provided in notes
27 and 28. These Consolidated Financial Statements comprise the
Financial Statements of the Group. The Company has elected to take
the exemption under section 408 of the Companies Act 2006 not to
present the Income Statement and Statement of Comprehensive Income
of the Company.
The Company and Consolidated Financial Statements have been
prepared under the historical cost convention, except for certain
financial instruments which are measured at fair value.
The Company and Consolidated Financial Statements are presented
in Sterling, which is the functional currency of the Group. The
figures shown in the Financial Statements are rounded to the
nearest GBP0.1 million unless otherwise stated.
New and amended accounting standards adopted by the Group in the
year are detailed in note 54.
Onshoring of European Union (EU) Regulations After Brexit
Following the UK's withdrawal from the EU and the ending of the
transition period, any reference to EU regulations and directives
(including technical standards) should be read as a reference to
the UK's version of such regulation or directive, as onshored into
UK law under the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018, as
amended.
Going concern
The Directors have made an assessment of going concern, taking
into account both current performance and the Group's outlook,
which considered the impact of the current economic environment,
and including consideration of projections incorporating the impact
of t he cost of living crisis , for the Group's capital and funding
position.
The Group has monitored the impact of market events in March
2023 on investment securities held in its high quality liquid asset
(HQLA) portfolio and is satisfied that it does not have any
material exposure. The HQLA portfolio maintained by the Group
contains GBP1.2bn of tier 1 (UK Sovereign, Supranational, sovereign
agency and covered bond) assets. Any fixed rate interest rate risk
on these assets is fully hedged using interest rate swaps to
produce a floating rate return, which moves in line with Bank of
England (BoE) and market rate changes. The Group's management of
interest rate risk in its banking book (IRRBB) is embedded in the
Group's Enterprise-Wide Risk Management Framework (EWRMF).
Additional information in respect of how the Group manages IRRBB is
set out in note 45. In addition, the Group maintains a liquidity
position in excess of internal and regulatory requirements and
maintains a liquidity and funding profile to enable it to meet its
financial obligations under normal and stressed market conditions.
Having considered the nature and root cause of these events, the
Directors have concluded that contagion risk for the Group is
low.
In addition, the Board considered:
-- The impact on the Group's profits as income and charges for
expected credit losses (ECLs) continue to be affected by the
current economic environment. As part of this, the Board considered
the latest macro-economic scenarios which were received from the
Group's third-party supplier. These are discussed in note 45;
-- The impact on the Group's profits of changes in the insurance
reserves it recognises in respect of insurance policies written,
net of reinsurance. As part of this, the Board reviewed the key
judgements and estimates made by the Group in determining the level
of reserves held at the reporting date. Such reserves are reviewed
on a regular basis to take account of changing circumstances, such
as enacted or substantively enacted changes in the law and changes
in costs relating to settlement. These are discussed in note
39:
48
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
-- The sufficiency of the Group's capital base. The worst case
macro-economic scenarios received from third-party providers were
significantly less severe than those used in the individual capital
adequacy assessment process (ICAAP) reverse stress test. The Group
reviewed its stress testing scenarios to ensure it has sufficient
capital to trade through a range of plausible economic outcomes.
The Group's capital position at 28 February 2023 is set out at note
50;
-- The adequacy of the Group's liquidity as the Group supports
customers through a period of economic uncertainty. The Group
reviewed its stress testing scenarios , which incorporate an
assessment of the level of depositor diversification and the
consequences of both market-wide and idiosyncratic stress
scenarios. The Group operates in full compliance with PRA liquidity
standards defined as Total Liquidity Requirements and encompassing
the 30 day Liquidity Coverage Ratio and an additional Pillar 2
element for intraday liquidity risk. In addition to the PRA defined
total capital requirements, the Group has also defined an internal
liquidity requirement which covers a 90 day horizon and operates to
comply with whichever risk measure generates the higher liquidity
requirement. In all cases the Group operates to ensure it has
sufficient liquidity to trade through a range of plausible economic
outcomes. In addition to the Group's portfolio of liquid assets, it
has an undrawn GBP200.0m committed structured repurchase facility,
access to Bank of England market funding operations, open market
repurchase lines with counterparty banks and unencumbered
collateral to enable access to these contingent lines of funding
;
-- The operational resilience of the Group's critical functions
including call centres, mobile and online channels and the Group's
ability to provide continuity of service to its customers
throughout a prolonged stress;
-- The resilience of the Group's IT systems;
-- A detailed assessment of the Group's supplier base,
considering any single points of failure and focussing on suppliers
experiencing financial stress. This included consideration of
contingency plans should suppliers be deemed at risk;
-- The regulatory and legal environment and any potential conduct risks which could arise;
-- Any potential valuation concerns in respect of the Group's
assets as set out in the Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position; and
-- The structural protections of the Group's securitisation vehicles.
The Board also considered the results of stress testing which is
performed as an integral part of both the ICAAP and internal
liquidity adequacy assessment process (ILAAP), with the Group
having sufficient capital and liquidity to fund the balance sheet
in each scenario.
As a result of this assessment, the Directors consider that it
is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in
preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Principal accounting policies
A summary of the Group's accounting policies is set out below.
These policies have been consistently applied to all of the years
presented, unless otherwise stated.
(a) Basis of consolidation
The Consolidated Financial Statements of the Group comprise the
Financial Statements of the Company and all consolidated
subsidiaries, including certain securitisation structured
entities.
Investment in Group undertakings
Subsidiaries are all entities (including structured entities)
over which the Group has control. The Group controls an entity when
the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from
its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those
returns through its power over the entity. The results of
subsidiaries are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements
from the date that control commences until the date that control
ceases. The Company's investments in its subsidiaries are stated at
cost less any impairment, except in the case of a subsidiary
acquired via a step acquisition , where the original investment is
revalued to fair value at the date on which the Group obtains
control.
49
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
Intragroup balances, and any unrealised gains and losses or
income and expenses arising from intragroup transactions, are
eliminated in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Securitisation structured entities
The Group enters into securitisation transactions in which it
assigns Credit Card receivables to a securitisation structured
entity which supports the issuance of securities backed by the cash
flows from the securitised Credit Card receivables. Although none
of the equity of the securitisation structured entities is owned by
the Group , the nature of these entities means that the Group has
the rights to variable returns from its involvement with these
securitisation structured entities and has the ability to affect
those returns through its power over them. As such, they are
effectively controlled by the Group and are consolidated on a
line-by-line basis in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
Investment in joint venture
A joint arrangement is an arrangement over which the Group has
joint control. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of
control of an arrangement, which exists only when decisions about
the relevant activities require unanimous consent of the parties
sharing control. A joint venture is a joint arrangement whereby the
Group has rights to a share of the net assets of the joint
arrangement.
On 4 May 2021 the Group purchased the remaining 50.1% share
capital of TU from Ageas (UK) Limited (Ageas), its joint venture
partner. At this point TU became a wholly owned subsidiary of the
Group. Prior to this date, the Group's share of the results of the
joint venture was included in the Consolidated Income Statement
using the equity method of accounting. The Group's investment in
its joint venture was carried in the Consolidated Statement of
Financial Position at cost plus post-acquisition changes in the
Group's share of the net assets of the entity, less any
impairment.
If the Group's share of losses in its joint venture equalled or
exceeded its investment in the joint venture, the Group did not
recognise further losses, unless it had incurred obligations to do
so or made payments on behalf of the joint venture.
(b) Business combinations
The Group accounts for all business combinations where the
acquisition meets the definition of a business by applying the
acquisition method of accounting.
On acquisition, the assets (including intangible assets),
liabilities and contingent liabilities of an acquired entity are
measured at their fair values.
On acquisition, the purchase consideration is measured as the
fair value of assets transferred. The excess of the purchase
consideration over the fair value of the identifiable net assets
acquired is recorded as goodwill. If the purchase consideration is
less than the fair value of the identifiable net assets acquired
the difference is recognised directly in the Consolidated Income
Statement. All acquisition-related costs are expensed.
When the Group obtains control of a joint venture, the Group's
previously held interest in the acquired entity is remeasured to
its acquisition-date fair value and the resulting gain or loss, if
any, is recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement.
(c) Revenue recognition
Net interest income recognition
Interest income and expense for all financial instruments
measured at amortised cost are recognised using the EIR method.
The EIR method is a method of calculating the amortised cost of
a financial asset or financial liability (or group of financial
assets or financial liabilities) and of allocating the interest
income or interest expense over the expected life of the financial
asset or financial liability. The EIR is the rate that exactly
discounts estimated future cash flows to the instrument's initial
carrying amount.
Calculation of the EIR takes into account fees receivable that
are an integral part of the instrument's yield, premiums or
discounts on acquisition or issue, early redemption fees and
transaction costs. All contractual and behavioural terms of a
financial instrument are considered when estimating future cash
flows.
50
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
Interest income is calculated on the gross carrying amount of a
financial asset unless the financial asset is impaired, in which
case interest income is calculated on the net carrying amount,
after allowance for ECLs.
Net fees and commissions income recognition
The Group generates fees from banking services, primarily Credit
Card interchange fees. Fees in respect of banking services are
recognised in line with the satisfaction of performance
obligations. This can be either at a point in time or over time, in
line with the provision of the service to the customer.
The majority of banking services are performed at a point in
time and payment is due from a customer at the time a transaction
takes place. For services performed over time, payment is generally
due monthly in line with the satisfaction of performance
obligations .
The costs of providing these banking services are incurred as
the services are rendered. The price is usually fixed and always
determinable.
Prior to the acquisition of TU on 4 May 2021, the Group
generated commission from the sale and service of Motor and Home
Insurance policies underwritten by TU. Following the acquisition,
these amounts represent intercompany transactions which are fully
eliminated in the Consolidated Income Statement. The Group also
generated commission from the sale and service of Motor and Home
Insurance policies underwritten by a third--party underwriter until
August 2021 , when the Group brought in--house the writing of Home
and Motor Insurance policies which were previously underwritten
through its broker panel. This commission income was based on
commission rates which were independent of the profitability of
underlying insurance policies. Similar commission income is also
generated from the sale of white label insurance products
underwritten by other third--party providers. This commission
income is recognised on a net basis as such policies are sold, in
line with the satisfaction of performance obligations to
customers.
The Group also generates fee income from the referral of
insurance customers to third-parties for car hire and legal
services. This income is recognised at the time a referral is made
in line with the satisfaction of the performance obligation for the
Group.
In the case of certain commission income on insurance policies
managed and underwritten by a third-party, the Group recognises
commission income from policy renewals as such policies are sold.
This is when the Group has satisfied all of its performance
obligations in relation to the policy sold and it is considered
highly probable that a significant reversal in the amount of
revenue recognised will not occur in future periods. This
calculation takes into account both estimates of future renewal
volumes and renewal commission rates. A contract asset is
recognised in relation to this revenue. This is unwound over the
remainder of the contract with the customer, the customer in this
case being the third-party insurance provider.
The end policyholders have the right to cancel an insurance
policy at any time. Therefore, a contract liability is recognised
for the amount of any expected refunds due and the revenue
recognised in relation to these sales is reduced accordingly. This
contract refund liability is estimated using prior experience of
customer refunds. The appropriateness of the assumptions used in
this calculation is reassessed at each reporting date.
Customer loyalty programmes
The Group participates in the customer loyalty programme
operated by Tesco Stores Limited (TSL). The programme operates by
allowing customers to accumulate Clubcard points on purchases for
future redemption against a range of Tesco products. Revenue in
respect of these points is recognised at the time of the customer
transaction as the Group has no obligation to customers in respect
of Clubcard points once the points are allocated to a customer
account. The revenue is recognised net of the cost of providing
Clubcard points to customers, which is recharged by TSL to the
Group.
51
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
Net insurance premium income recognition
Gross written premiums comprise the premiums on contracts
entered into during the year, irrespective of whether they relate
in whole or in part to a later accounting period. Premiums exclude
taxes and levies based on premiums. The earned portion of premiums
written is recognised as revenue. Premiums are earned from the date
of attachment of risk, over the indemnity period, based on the
pattern of risks underwritten. Outward reinsurance premiums are
recognised as a deduction from net insurance revenue in accordance
with the contractual arrangements with reinsurers.
Net insurance claims
Claims incurred consist of claims paid during the financial
year, together with the movement in the provision for outstanding
claims. Claims are recognised net of benefits reimbursed in
accordance with the contractual arrangements with reinsurers.
Dividend income recognition
Dividends are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement
when the entity's right to receive payment is established.
(d) Taxation
The tax charge or credit included in the Consolidated Income
Statement consists of current and deferred tax. Tax is recognised
in the Consolidated Income Statement except to the extent that it
relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or
directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in other
comprehensive income or equity, respectively.
Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income
for the year, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted by
the reporting date.
Deferred tax is provided using the liability method on temporary
differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities
and their carrying amounts in the Company and Consolidated
Financial Statements. Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates
that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting
date.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is
probable that future taxable profits will be available against
which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Assumptions
used in determining future taxable profits are consistent with
other internal financial forecasts.
The Group assesses their recoverability over a reasonably
foreseeable timeframe, being typically a minimum of 5 years,
considering the future expected profit profile and any potential
legislative restrictions on use. This is in line with other
internal financial forecasts.
The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at each
reporting date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer
probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow
all or part of the asset to be realised.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset against each
other when there is a legally enforceable right to set-off current
tax assets against current tax liabilities and it is Management's
intention to settle these on a net basis.
(e) Foreign currency translation
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional
currency using the exchange rate prevailing at the date of the
transaction.
Monetary items denominated in foreign currency are translated at
the closing rate as at the reporting date.
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement
of foreign currency transactions and from the translation at
year-end exchange rates of monetary assets and liabilities
denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the
Consolidated Income Statement, except when deferred in equity as
gains or losses from qualifying cash flow hedging instruments. All
foreign exchange gains and losses recognised in the Consolidated
Income Statement are presented net in the Consolidated Income
Statement within the corresponding item. Foreign exchange gains and
losses on other comprehensive income items are presented in other
comprehensive income within the corresponding item.
52
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
In the case of changes in the fair value of monetary assets
denominated in foreign currency classified at FVOCI, a distinction
is made between translation differences resulting from changes in
the amortised cost of the security and other changes in the
carrying amount of the security. Translation differences related to
the changes in the amortised cost are recognised in the
Consolidated Income Statement, and other changes in the carrying
amount, except impairment, are recognised in equity.
(f) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash in hand and demand
deposits with banks together with short-term highly liquid
investments with short-term maturities.
(g) Financial instruments
The Group classifies a financial instrument as a financial
asset, financial liability or an equity instrument in accordance
with the substance of the contractual arrangement. An instrument is
classified as a liability if it creates a contractual obligation to
deliver cash or another financial asset, or to exchange financial
assets or financial liabilities on potentially unfavourable terms.
An instrument is classified as equity if it evidences a residual
interest in the assets of the Group after the deduction of
liabilities.
Financial assets
Classification and measurement
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following
categories:
-- Fair value through profit or loss (FVPL);
-- Fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI); and
-- Amortised cost.
Management determines the classification of the Group's
financial assets at initial recognition. Purchases and sales of
financial assets are recognised on the trade date - the date on
which the Group commits to purchase or sell the asset.
All financial assets are measured at initial recognition at fair
value, plus transaction costs for those classified as FVOCI and
amortised cost. Transaction costs on financial assets classified as
FVPL are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement at the
time of initial recognition.
Classification and subsequent measurement of financial assets
depend on:
-- The Group's business model for managing the financial asset; and
-- The cash flow characteristics of the financial asset.
The business model reflects how the Group manages its financial
assets in order to generate cash flows and is determined by whether
the Group's objective is solely to collect contractual cash flows
from the assets or to collect both contractual cash flows and cash
flows arising from the sale of assets. If neither of these models
applies, the financial assets are classified as FVPL.
In determining the business model, the Group considers past
experience in collecting cash flows, how the performance of these
financial assets is evaluated and reported to Management and how
risks are assessed.
Where the business model is to hold financial assets to collect
contractual cash flows or to collect contractual cash flows and
sell the assets, the Group assesses whether the financial asset's
cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest (the
SPPI test). When making this assessment, the Group considers
whether the contractual cash flows are consistent with a basic
lending arrangement.
Financial assets at amortised cost
Financial assets that are held for collection of contractual
cash flows where those cash flows represent solely payments of
principal and interest, and that are not designated as FVPL, are
classified and subsequently measured at amortised cost. The
carrying value of these financial assets is adjusted by any ECL
allowance recognised and measured as described below.
53
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
Financial assets at FVOCI
Financial assets that are held for collection of contractual
cash flows and for selling the assets, where those cash flows
represent solely payments of principal and interest, and that are
not designated as FVPL, are classified and subsequently measured at
FVOCI.
Movements in the carrying amount of debt securities classified
as FVOCI are taken through other comprehensive income, except the
recognition of impairment gains or losses, interest revenue using
the EIR method and foreign exchange gains and losses, which are
recognised through the Consolidated Income Statement.
Financial assets at FVPL
Financial assets that do not meet the criteria for recognition
at amortised cost or at FVOCI are measured at FVPL.
Impairment
The Group assesses on a forward-looking basis the ECLs
associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost and
FVOCI, and with the exposure arising from loan commitments in
relation to Credit Card products . The Group recognises a loss
allowance for such losses at each reporting date. The measurement
of ECLs reflects:
-- An unbiased and probability-weighted amount that is
determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes;
-- The time value of money; and
-- Reasonable and supportable information that is available
without undue cost or effort at the reporting date about past
events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic
conditions.
Refer to note 45 for further details on the calculation of the
allowance for ECLs.
Financial liabilities
Classification and measurement
All of the financial liabilities held by the Group, other than
derivative financial liabilities, are classified and measured at
amortised cost using the EIR method, after initial recognition at
fair value. Fair value is calculated as the issue proceeds, net of
premiums, discounts and transaction costs incurred. For financial
liabilities in fair value hedge relationships, the carrying value
is adjusted through the Consolidated Income Statement for value
movements due to the underlying hedged risk.
Derivative financial liabilities are classified and measured at
FVPL. Further information on the classification and measurement of
derivative financial instruments is set out at policy 1(h).
Derecognition
Financial assets are derecognised when the contractual rights to
receive cash flows have expired or where substantially all of the
risks and rewards of ownership have been transferred and the
transfer qualifies for derecognition. Financial liabilities are
derecognised when they have been redeemed or otherwise
extinguished.
Collateral furnished by the Group under standard repurchase
agreements is not derecognised because the Group retains
substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership on the basis
of the predetermined repurchase price, therefore the criteria for
derecognition are not met. Credit Card receivables assigned by the
Group to a securitisation structured entity do not qualify for
derecognition as the Group retains substantially all the risks and
rewards of ownership of the securitised Credit Card
receivables.
Offsetting of financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the
net amount reported in the Company and Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position when there is a legally enforceable right to
offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle
on a net basis, or to realise an asset and settle a liability
simultaneously.
54
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
Loan commitments
All loan commitments in relation to Credit Card products
provided by the Group are as part of contracts that include both a
loan and an undrawn commitment. As the Group cannot separately
identify the ECLs on the undrawn commitment component from those on
the loan component, the ECLs on the undrawn commitment are
recognised together with the loss allowance for the loan. Any
excess of the ECLs over the gross carrying amount of the loan is
recognised as a separate provision within provisions for
liabilities and charges.
(h) Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting
The Group uses derivative financial instruments for the purpose
of providing an economic hedge to its exposures to interest rate
and foreign exchange risks as they arise from operating, financing
and investing activities. The Group does not hold or issue
derivative financial instruments for trading purposes. Derivative
financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the
contract date and are remeasured at fair value at subsequent
reporting dates.
Hedge accounting
The Group designates certain hedging instruments as either fair
value hedges or cash flow hedges, where it is efficient to do so
and the relevant criteria are met. This attempts to match any gains
or losses on the fair value of the hedged item attributable to the
risk being hedged (e.g. Personal Loans or Savings portfolio) with
the losses or gains on the fair value of the hedging instrument
(e.g. interest rate swap) so that they are recognised in the Income
Statement or Statement of Other Comprehensive Income, as
appropriate, in the same accounting period. Through this matching
process, the volatility in the income statement is either reduced
or eliminated. The Group has implemented IFRS 9 'Financial
Instruments' hedge accounting requirements in respect of its fair
value hedges of the Group's investment securities and its cash flow
hedges. As permitted under IFRS 9, the Group has elected to
continue to apply the existing hedge accounting requirements of IAS
39 'Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement' for its
portfolio hedge accounting until the new macro hedge accounting
standard is implemented.
The Group applies hedge accounting as follows:
-- Hedge relationships are classified as fair value hedges where
the derivative financial instruments hedge the change in the fair
value of fixed rate financial assets or financial liabilities due
to movements in interest rates.
-- Hedge relationships are classified as cash flow hedges where
the derivative financial instruments hedge the interest rate risk
and foreign currency risk on US Dollar notes issued by one of the
Group's securitisation entities or the foreign currency risk on
certain foreign currency invoices.
To qualify for hedge accounting the Group documents, at the
inception of the hedge: the hedging risk management strategy; the
relationship between the hedging instrument and the hedged item or
transaction; and the nature of the risks being hedged. The Group
also documents the assessment of the effectiveness of the hedging
relationship, to show that the hedge has been, and will be, highly
effective on an ongoing basis.
Fair value hedges
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments
that are designated as fair value hedges are recognised in the
Consolidated Income Statement. The hedged item is also adjusted for
changes in fair value attributable to the hedged risk, with the
corresponding adjustment made in the Consolidated Income
Statement.
If the hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting,
the adjustment to the carrying amount of a hedged item is amortised
to the Consolidated Income Statement over the remaining period to
maturity. When the hedging instrument expires or is sold,
terminated or exercised, hedge accounting is discontinued. At that
point, the cumulative gain or loss is also recognised in the
Consolidated Income Statement.
55
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
Cash flow hedges
Changes in the fair value of the derivative financial
instruments that are designated as hedges of future cash flows are
recognised directly in other comprehensive income and accumulated
in the cash flow hedge reserve and the ineffective portion is
recognised immediately in the Consolidated Income Statement.
Amounts recognised in other comprehensive income are recycled to
the Consolidated Income Statement when equivalent amounts of the
hedged item are recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement.
Any costs of hedging, such as the change in fair value related to
currency basis adjustment, is separately accumulated in the
currency basis reserve.
When the hedging instrument expires or is sold, terminated or
exercised, hedge accounting is discontinued. Any cumulative gain or
loss existing in the cash flow hedge reserve and/or currency basis
reserve at that time remains until the forecast transaction occurs
or the original hedged item affects the Consolidated Income
Statement. At that point, the cumulative gain or loss is also
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement. If a forecast
hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative
gain or loss in the cash flow hedge reserve or currency basis
reserve is reclassified to the Consolidated Income Statement.
(i) Derivative financial instruments not in hedge accounting
relationships
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments
that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the
Consolidated Income Statement as they arise.
(j) Insurance contracts and reinsurance assets
Classification of insurance contracts
Contracts under which the Group accepts significant insurance
risk from another party (the policyholder) by agreeing to
compensate the policyholder or other beneficiary if a specified
uncertain future event (the insured event) adversely affects the
policyholder or other beneficiary are classified as insurance
contracts. These contracts remain insurance contracts until all
rights and obligations are extinguished or expire. Insurance
contracts may also transfer some financial risk.
Reinsurance
The Group cedes reinsurance in the normal course of business for
the purpose of limiting its net loss potential through the
diversification of its risks. Reinsurance ceded includes quota
share (QS), excess of loss and adverse development cover (ADC)
contracts. Reinsurance arrangements do not relieve the Group from
its direct obligations to its policyholders.
Only contracts that give rise to a significant transfer of
insurance risk are accounted for as reinsurance contracts. Amounts
recoverable under such contracts are recognised in the same year as
the related claim. Contracts that do not transfer significant
insurance risk (i.e. financial reinsurance) are accounted for
as
financial instruments. The Group does not have financial reinsurance.
Reinsurance assets include balances due from reinsurance
companies for reinsurance claims. Amounts recoverable from
reinsurers are estimated in a manner consistent with the
outstanding claims provision or settled claims associated with the
reinsured policy .
Amounts recoverable under reinsurance contracts are assessed for
impairment at each year-end date. Such assets are deemed impaired
if there is objective evidence, as a result of an event that
occurred after its initial recognition, that the Group may not
recover all amounts due and that the event has a reliable
measurable impact on the amounts that the Group will receive from
the reinsurer.
For the QS reinsurance ceded, amounts payable for funds
withheld, net of the associated QS profit commission, are
maintained in accordance with contract terms for each underwriting
year. A commutation is performed for the purposes of settling the
profit commission and funds withheld balance within the terms of
the contract, four years after commencement. For further details on
funds withheld see note 39.
56
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
Provision for outstanding claims
The provision for outstanding claims represents the Group's
estimate of the ultimate cost of settling all claims incurred but
unpaid at the reporting date whether reported or not, and related
internal and external claims handling expenses. Claims outstanding
are assessed by reviewing individual claims data and making an
allowance for claims incurred but not yet reported, adjusted for
the effect of both internal and external foreseeable events, such
as changes in claims handling procedures, inflation, judicial
trends, enacted or substantively enacted legislative changes and
past experience and trends. Reinsurance and other recoveries are
assessed in a manner similar to the claims outstanding and
presented separately as assets.
Unexpired risk provision
If required, a provision is made for unexpired risks arising
from business where the expected value of claims and expenses
attributable to the unexpired periods of policies in force at the
reporting date exceeds the unearned premiums provision in relation
to such policies , after the deduction of any deferred acquisition
costs . The provision for unexpired risks is calculated separately
by reference to classes of business which are managed together,
after taking into account the relevant investment return.
Unearned premium provision
The provision for unearned premiums comprises the proportion of
gross premiums written which is estimated to be earned in the
following or subsequent financial years, calculated separately for
each insurance contract using the daily pro rata method, adjusted
if necessary to reflect any variation in the incidence of risk
during the period covered by the contract.
Deferred acquisition costs
Commission payable to agents and other acquisition costs, which
are incurred for acquiring new and renewal insurance business that
is primarily related to the production of that business, are
deferred. Any balances not considered recoverable are
written-off.
Such deferred acquisition costs are finite and are amortised by
reference to the basis on which the related premiums are earned,
which is over a period of one year.
(k) Property, plant and equipment
Items of property, plant and equipment are stated at historical
cost less accumulated depreciation and any impairment losses.
Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable
to the acquisition of the items. Subsequent expenditure is included
in the asset's carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset,
as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic
benefits associated with the item will flow to the Group. All other
repairs and maintenance costs are charged to the Consolidated
Income Statement in the period in which they are incurred.
Depreciation is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement on
a straight-line basis so as to allocate the costs less residual
values over the useful life of the related asset and, for leasehold
improvements and right-of-use assets, the expected lease term.
Depreciation commences on the date that the assets are brought into
use. Work-in-progress assets are not depreciated until they are
brought into use and transferred to the appropriate category of
property, plant and equipment.
Estimated useful lives are:
-- Plant and equipment 2 to 8 years
-- Fixtures and fittings 4 to 10 years
-- Computer hardware 3 to 10 years
-- Freehold buildings 40 years
-- Leasehold improvements 15 to 20 years
-- Right-of-use assets 3 to 20 years
57
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
The assets' residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and
adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date. Gains and losses
on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with carrying
amount. These are included in administrative expenses in the
Consolidated Income Statement.
(l) Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill arising on consolidation represents the excess of the
purchase consideration transferred over the fair value of the
Group's share of the net assets and contingent liabilities of the
acquired subsidiary at the date of acquisition. If the
consideration is less than the fair value of the Group's share of
the net assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities of the
acquired entity (i.e. a bargain purchase), the difference is
credited to the Consolidated Income Statement in the period of
acquisition.
At the acquisition date of a subsidiary, goodwill acquired is
recognised as an asset and is allocated to each of the
cash-generating units (CGUs) or groups of CGUs expected to benefit
from the business combination's synergies and to the lowest level
at which Management monitors the goodwill.
Goodwill is not subject to amortisation and is tested for
impairment on an annual basis. Refer to accounting policy 1(n) for
further details.
Other intangible assets acquired in a business combination
As part of the acquisition of TU on 4 May 2021, the Group
recognised separately identified intangible assets in relation to
internally-generated computer software. These are being amortised
over a period of five years.
Purchased intangible assets
Intangible assets that are acquired by the Group, excluding
those acquired as part of a business combination, are stated at
historical cost less accumulated amortisation and any impairment
losses. Amortisation is charged to the Consolidated Income
Statement on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives.
The Group's intangible assets are computer software, for which the
estimated useful lives are 3 to 10 years.
Internally generated intangible assets - research and
development expenditure
Research costs are expensed in the Consolidated Income Statement
as incurred.
Development expenditure incurred on an individual project is
capitalised only if all of the following criteria are
demonstrated:
-- an asset is created that can be identified (such as software);
-- it is probable that the asset created will generate future economic benefits; and
-- the development cost of the asset can be measured reliably.
Following the initial recognition of development expenditure,
the cost is amortised over the estimated useful life of the asset
created. Amortisation commences on the date that the asset is
brought into use. Work-in-progress assets are not amortised until
they are brought into use and transferred to the appropriate
category of intangible assets.
Cloud software licence agreements
Licence agreements to use cloud software are treated as service
contracts and expensed in the Consolidated Income Statement, unless
the Group has both a contractual right to take possession of the
software at any time without significant penalty, and the ability
to run the software independently of the host vendor. In such cases
the licence agreement is capitalised as computer software.
(m) Leases
The Group has entered into leases for office buildings.
Leases are recognised as a right-of-use asset and corresponding
lease liability at the date on which the leased asset becomes
available for use by the Group.
Right-of-use assets are included within property, plant and
equipment in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
58
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost, which comprises:
-- the amount of the initial lease liability;
-- any lease payments made at or before the commencement date;
-- any initial direct costs; and
-- restoration costs.
Right-of-use assets are depreciated over the lease term on a
straight-line basis.
Lease liabilities are initially calculated as the net present
value of expected lease payments, less any lease incentives
receivable. The lease payments are discounted using the interest
rate implicit in the lease, if that rate can be determined, or the
Group's incremental borrowing rate.
Following initial recognition, lease payments are allocated
between the outstanding lease liability and interest expense. The
interest expense is charged to the Consolidated Income Statement
over the lease period through interest expense and similar charges
so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the
remaining balance of the liability for each period.
(n) Impairment of non-financial assets
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment. Other non-financial
assets are reviewed for impairment when there are indications that
the carrying value may not be recoverable. In the event that an
asset's carrying amount is determined to be greater than its
recoverable amount, an impairment loss is recognised immediately in
the Consolidated Income Statement and the carrying value of the
asset is written down by the amount of the loss. The recoverable
amount is the higher of the asset's fair value less costs to sell
and its value-in-use (VIU). For the purposes of assessing
impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there
are separately identifiable cash flows (CGUs). Non-financial assets
for which an impairment loss has been recognised are reviewed for
possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date.
Impairment losses on goodwill are not reversed.
(o) Employee benefits
The Group accounts for pension costs on a contributions basis in
line with the requirements of IAS 19 'Employee Benefits' (IAS 19).
The Group made contributions in the year to a funded defined
benefit scheme and a funded defined contribution scheme. Both of
these schemes are operated by TSL.
IAS 19 requires that, where there is no policy or agreement for
sharing the cost of a defined benefit scheme across the
subsidiaries, the Sponsoring employer recognises the net defined
benefit cost of a defined benefit scheme. The Sponsoring employer
of the funded defined benefit scheme is TSL and the principal
pension plan is the Tesco PLC (Tesco) pension scheme. TSL has
recognised the appropriate net liability of the Tesco pension
scheme in accordance with IAS 19.
(p) Share based payments
Employees of the Group receive part of their remuneration in the
form of share based payment transactions, whereby employees render
services in exchange for Tesco shares or rights over shares
(equity-settled transactions) or in exchange for entitlements to
cash based payments based on the value of the shares (cash-settled
transactions).
The fair value of employee share option plans is calculated at
the grant date using the Black-Scholes model. The resulting cost is
recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement over the vesting
period. The value of the charge is adjusted to reflect expected and
actual levels of vesting.
The grant by Tesco of options over its equity instruments to the
employees of the Group is treated as a capital contribution in
equity. The social security contribution payable in connection with
the grant of the share options is considered an integral part of
the grant itself, and the charge is treated as a cash-settled
transaction.
(q) Provisions for liabilities and charges and contingent
liabilities
A provision is recognised where there is a present legal or
constructive obligation as a result of a past event; it is more
likely than not that an outflow of economic resources will be
required to settle the obligation; and the amount can be reliably
estimated.
59
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1. Accounting Policies (continued)
Provisions are measured at the present value of the expenditure
expected to be required to settle the obligation.
A contingent liability is a possible obligation which is
dependent on the outcome of uncertain future events not wholly
within the control of the Group, or a present obligation where an
outflow of economic resources is not likely or the amount cannot be
reliably measured.
Contingent liabilities, other than those recognised as part of a
business combination, are not recognised in the Company or
Consolidated Statements of Financial Position but are disclosed in
the notes to the Financial Statements unless the possibility of an
outflow of economic resources is remote.
(r) Dividends paid
Dividends paid are recognised in equity in the period they are
approved by the Group's Board.
(s) S egmental reporting
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the
internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker.
The chief operating decision-maker is the person or group that
allocates resources to and assesses the performance of the
operating segments of an entity. The Group has determined the Board
of Directors as its chief operating decision-maker.
( t ) Sale and repurchase agreements
Investment securities sold subject to a commitment to repurchase
them at a predetermined price are retained on the Consolidated
Statement of Financial Position when substantially all of the risk
and rewards of ownership remain with the Group. The counterparty
liability is included in deposits from banks. Conversely,
securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repos),
where the Group does not acquire substantially all of the risks and
rewards of ownership, are recorded as loans and advances from
banks.
( u ) Encumbered assets
The Group's methodology used to identify encumbered assets is
aligned to definitions used in calculating the Group's Pillar 3
encumbrance disclosures.
( v ) Alternative Performance Measures (APMs)
In the reporting of financial information, the Directors have
adopted various APMs. These measures are not defined by IFRSs and
therefore may not be directly comparable with other companies'
APMs, including those in the Group's industry. APMs should be
considered in addition to, and are not intended to be a substitute
for, or superior to, IFRS measurements.
The Directors believe that these APMs assist in providing
additional useful information on the underlying trends, performance
and position of the Group. APMs are also used to enhance the
comparability of information between reporting periods by adjusting
for items which are not reflective of the Group's underlying
results or trading performance and which affect IFRS measures, to
aid users in understanding the Group's performance.
Details of the Group's APMs are set out at note 5 and in the
glossary of terms on pages 175 to 183.
2 . Acquisition of Tesco Underwriting Limited
On 4 May 2021 the Group acquired the remaining 50.1% ordinary
share capital of its joint venture entity, TU, from its joint
venture partner, Ageas. Refer to the Consolidated Financial
Statements of the Group for the year ended 28 February 2022 for
full acquisition disclosures in line with the requirements of IFRS
3 'Business Combinations' .
A deferred payment of GBP5.0m was paid to Ageas on 4 May 2022.
This contingent consideration was recognised as a liability in the
prior year as part of the accounting for the acquisition of TU.
Therefore, the settlement of this outstanding balance in the period
has had no impact on other amounts previously recognised at
acquisition, including goodwill .
60
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3 . Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements in Applying Accounting Policies
The reported results of the Group are sensitive to the
accounting policies, assumptions and estimates that underlie the
preparation of its Financial Statements. The Group's principal
accounting policies are set out in note 1. UK company law and IFRSs
require the Directors, in preparing the Group's Financial
Statements, to select suitable accounting policies, apply them
consistently and make judgements and estimates that are reasonable
and prudent. Where accounting standards are not specific and
Management ha ve to choose a policy, IAS 8, 'Accounting Policies,
Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors', requires Management to
adopt policies that will result in relevant and reliable
information in the light of the requirements and guidance in IFRSs
dealing with similar and related issues and the IASB Framework for
the Preparation and Presentation of Financial Statements.
In the course of preparing the Financial Statements, no
judgements have been made in the process of applying the Group's
accounting policies, other than those using estimations (which are
presented separately below), that have had a significant effect on
the amounts recognised in the Financial Statements. The significant
accounting estimates with a significant risk of a material change
to the carrying value of assets within the next year are discussed
below. The use of estimates, assumptions or models that differ from
those adopted by the Group would affect its reported results.
ECLs on financial assets
The measurement of ECLs for financial assets measured both at
amortised cost and FVOCI is an area that requires the use of
complex models and significant assumptions about future economic
conditions and credit behaviour, such as the likelihood of
customers defaulting and the resulting losses. Further explanation
of the inputs, assumptions and estimation techniques used at the
reporting date in measuring ECLs, of which macro-economic
assumptions and post-model adjustments (PMAs) are the critical
estimates, as well as the key sensitivities of ECLs to change in
these elements, are set out at note 45.
Outstanding insurance claims and provisions
The Group establishes reserves in respect of the anticipated
amounts of claims incurred in respect of business it has
underwritten. These reserves reflect the expected ultimate cost of
settling claims occurring prior to the Statement of Financial
Position date, but remaining unsettled at that time. Such reserves
are established separately for each line of business underwritten
by the Group and fall into two categories - reserves for reported
losses and reserves for losses incurred but not reported (IBNR) as
of the Statement of Financial Position date.
Case reserves for reported losses are estimates prepared by
claim handlers established on a case-by-case basis and are based
largely on past experience of settlements managed within the Group,
as well as market experience on similar claims. The case reserves
are set on an undiscounted basis and reflect the anticipated cost
of final settlement, taking into account inflation and other
factors which might influence the final outcome. Such reserves are
reviewed on a regular basis to take account of changing
circumstances, such as enacted or substantively enacted changes in
the law and changes in costs relating to settlement.
Technical provisions for losses IBNR as of the Statement of
Financial Position date are mostly established on an undiscounted
basis. They are estimated based on historical data using a variety
of assumptions and making use of various actuarial techniques and
statistical modelling methodologies, calculated separately for each
line of business underwritten, and take into account trends in
settlement costs in arriving at the final estimates.
Technical provisions on a discounted basis are set up in respect
of Periodic Payment Orders (PPOs) only. The expected cashflows
arising from known and potential PPO claims are assessed using a
variety of assumptions and making use of various actuarial
techniques and are calculated at a gross level and a related
calculation is carried out to consider expected reinsurance
cashflows. The future PPO-related cashflows are discounted using a
long-term expected investment return to derive discounted claims
provisions and discounted reinsurance provisions.
61
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3. Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgements in Applying
Accounting Policies (continued)
In the UK, lump sum payments for bodily injury claims are
estimated using the Ogden discount rate applied to a projected
stream of payments. Scenarios, such as the Ogden discount rate
changing or incorrect claims handlers' initial assessments in
relation to expenses and interest rates, are assessed for the
material components of the Group's reserves. For motor damage and
smaller bodily injury claims, material scenarios lie in a range
between GBP10m above and GBP10m below the chosen actuarial best
estimate (ABE). Those associated with larger bodily injury claims
are in a range between GBP30m above and GBP30m below the chosen
ABE. This assumes an Ogden discount rate for valuing larger claims
of minus 0.25%.
For further details refer to note 39.
4 . Segmental Reporting
Following the measurement approach of IFRS 8, 'Operating
Segments', the Group's operating segments are reported in
accordance with the internal reporting provided to the Board of
Directors, which is responsible for allocating resources to the
operating segments and assessing their performance.
The Group's two operating segments are as follows:
-- Banking - incorporating Credit Cards, Personal Loans, Savings, ATMs and Travel Money; and
-- Insurance - incorporating Motor, Home, Pet and Travel Insurance.
There are no transactions between operating segments.
Segmental assets and liabilities are not regularly reported to
the Board of Directors and are therefore not disclosed in this
note.
62
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 . Segmental Reporting (continued)
Segmental results and a reconciliation of segmental results to
the total results are presented below.
Banking Insurance Central Total Consolidation Total
Costs Management and other Consolidated
2023 reporting adjustments
Group GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Interest and similar income 507.7 30.2 -- 537.9 -- 537.9
Interest expense and similar
charges (106.2) (0.5) -- (106.7) -- (106.7)
Net interest income 401.5 29.7 -- 431.2 -- 431.2
Fees and commissions income 236.4 39.6 -- 276.0 -- 276.0
Fees and commissions expense (29.5) -- -- (29.5) -- (29.5)
Net fees and commissions
income 206.9 39.6 -- 246.5 -- 246.5
Insurance premium income -- 308.6 -- 308.6 -- 308.6
Insurance premium income
ceded to reinsurers -- (139.3) -- (139.3) -- (139.3)
Net insurance premium
income -- 169.3 -- 169.3 -- 169.3
Net gain/(loss) on investment
securities at FVPL 1.0 (3.9) -- (2.9) -- (2.9)
Net gain on investment
securities at FVOCI -- 0.1 -- 0.1 -- 0.1
Net gain on financial instruments
at FVPL 2.3 -- -- 2.3 -- 2.3
Other (expenses)/income (2.8) 0.6 -- (2.2) -- (2.2)
Net other income 0.5 (3.2) -- (2.7) -- (2.7)
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Total income 608.9 235.4 -- 844.3 -- 844.3
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Insurance claims incurred -- (174.6) -- (174.6) -- (174.6)
Insurance claims ceded
to reinsurers -- 90.0 -- 90.0 -- 90.0
Net insurance claims -- (84.6) -- (84.6) -- (84.6)
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Total income, net of insurance
claims 608.9 150.8 -- 759.7 -- 759.7
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Administrative expenses(1) (137.0) (77.7) (290.5) (505.2) -- (505.2)
Depreciation and amortisation (4.6) (5.3) (43.6) (53.5) -- (53.5)
Operating expenses (141.6) (83.0) (334.1) (558.7) -- (558.7)
Expected credit loss charge
on financial assets (60.0) (1.4) -- (61.4) -- (61.4)
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Profit before tax 407.3 66.4 (334.1) 139.6 -- 139.6
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Capex per reportable segment
in year (12.6) (4.7) (34.2) (51.5) -- (51.5)
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
(1) The Banking and Insurance segments include only directly
attributable administrative costs such as marketing and operational
costs. Central overhead costs, which reflect the overhead of
operating both the Insurance and Banking businesses, are not
allocated against an operating segments for internal reporting
purposes.
63
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 . Segmental Reporting (continued)
Total Consolidation
Central Management and other Total
2022 Banking Insurance Costs reporting adjustments Consolidated
Group GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Cost
I nterest and similar
income 460.9 26.6 -- 487.5 -- 487.5
Interest expense and similar
charges (62.1) -- -- (62.1) -- (62.1)
Net interest income 398.8 26.6 -- 425.4 -- 425.4
Fees and commissions income 174.6 52.3 -- 226.9 -- 226.9
Fees and commissions expense (37.5) -- -- (37.5) -- (37.5)
Net fees and commissions
income 137.1 52.3 -- 189.4 -- 189.4
Insurance premium income -- 239.2 -- 239.2 -- 239.2
Insurance premium income
ceded to reinsurers -- (105.5) -- (105.5) -- (105.5)
Net insurance premium
income -- 133.7 -- 133.7 -- 133.7
Net gain on investment
securities at FVPL 0.5 4.4 -- 4.9 -- 4.9
Net loss on investment
securities at FVOCI -- (0.3) -- (0.3) -- (0.3)
Net gain on financial
instruments at FVPL 2.1 -- -- 2.1 -- 2.1
Other income 0.1 10.3 -- 10.4 -- 10.4
Net other income 2.7 14.4 -- 17.1 -- 17.1
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Total income 538.6 227.0 -- 765.6 -- 765.6
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Insurance claims incurred -- (150.2) -- (150.2) -- (150.2)
Insurance claims ceded
to reinsurers -- 61.9 -- 61.9 -- 61.9
Net insurance claims -- (88.3) -- (88.3) -- (88.3)
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Total income, net of
insurance claims 538.6 138.7 -- 677.3 -- 677.3
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Administrative expenses(1) (125.1) (61.6) (269.4) (456.1) -- (456.1)
Depreciation and amortisation (10.4) (4.2) (50.6) (65.2) -- (65.2)
Operating expenses (135.5) (65.8) (320.0) (521.3) -- (521.3)
Expected credit loss credit/(charge)
on financial assets 30.7 (0.8) -- 29.9 -- 29.9
Operating profit 433.8 72.1 (320.0) 185.9 -- 185.9
Share of profit of joint
venture -- 2.6 -- 2.6 -- 2.6
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Profit before tax 433.8 74.7 (320.0) 188.5 -- 188.5
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
Capex per reportable
segment in year (16.0) (6.3) (27.1) (49.4) -- (49.4)
-------- ---------- -------- ------------ -------------- --------------
(1) The Banking and Insurance segments include only directly
attributable administrative costs such as marketing and operational
costs. Central overhead costs, which reflect the overhead of
operating both the Insurance and Banking businesses, are not
allocated against an operating segments for internal reporting
purposes.
64
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5 . Underlying Profit
The Group's financial performance is presented in the
Consolidated Income Statement on page 40. A summary of the Group's
financial performance in respect of its continuing operations on an
underlying basis, excluding items which are not reflective of
ongoing trading performance, is presented below.
Statutory Financial Restructuring Underlying
basis instruments(1) activity(2) basis
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Year ended 28 February 2023
Net interest income 431.2 -- -- 431.2
Net other income, net of insurance
claims 328.5 (2.3) -- 326.2
--------- --------------- ------------- ----------
Total income, net of insurance claims 759.7 (2.3) -- 757.4
--------- --------------- ------------- ----------
Total operating expenses (558.7) -- 11.3 (547.4)
Expected credit loss c harge on financial
assets (61.4) -- -- (61.4)
--------- --------------- ------------- ----------
P rofit before tax 139.6 (2.3) 11.3 148.6
--------- --------------- ------------- ----------
Cost:income ratio 73.5 % 72.3 %
Statutory Financial Restructuring Underlying
basis instruments(1) activity(2) basis
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Year ended 28 February 2022
Net interest income 425.4 -- -- 425.4
Net other income 251.9 (2.1) -- 249.8
----------- --------------- ------------- ----------
Total income , net of insurance
claims 677.3 (2.1) -- 675.2
----------- --------------- ------------- ----------
Total operating expenses (521.3) -- -- (521.3)
Expected credit loss c redit on financial
assets 29.9 -- -- 29.9
----------- --------------- ------------- ----------
Operating profit 185.9 (2.1) -- 183.8
----------- --------------- ------------- ----------
Share of profit of joint venture 2.6 -- -- 2.6
Profit before tax 188.5 (2.1) -- 186.4
=========== =============== ============= ==========
Cost:income ratio 77.0% 77.2%
(1) Comprising:
-- Gains on financial instruments at FVPL of GBP2.3m (202 2 :
gain s of GBP 2.1 m ) presented within total income on page 40.
Fair value movements on financial instruments reflect hedge
ineffectiveness arising from hedge accounting and fair value
movements on derivatives in economic hedges that do not meet the
criteria for hedge accounting. Where these derivatives are held to
maturity, fair value movements represent timing differences that
will reverse over the life of the derivatives. Therefore, excluding
these movements from underlying profit more accurately represents
the underlying performance of the Group. Where derivatives are
terminated prior to maturity, this may give rise to fair value
movements that do not reverse.
(2) Comprising:
-- A restructuring charge of GBP11.3m (2022: GBP nil ) related
to the Group's Agile transformation programme, presented within
administrative expenses on page 40. The current year charge in
respect of business restructuring is not considered part of the
Group's underlying trading performance.
65
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
6 . Net Interest Income
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Interest and similar income
On financial assets measured at amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers 480.1 469.3
Loans and advances to banks 0.4 --
Cash and balances with central banks 10.2 1.0
Investment securities 20.0 12.7
510.7 483.0
-------- -------
On financial assets measured at fair value
Investment securities - FVOCI 8.6 4.5
Derivative financial assets - FVPL 18.6 --
27.2 4.5
-------- -------
Total interest and similar income 537.9 487.5
-------- -------
Interest expense and similar charges
On financial liabilities measured at amortised
cost
Deposits from customers (67.3) (29.6)
Deposits from banks (21.7) (3.7)
Debt securities in issue (7.8) (8.8)
Lease liabilities (1.8) (2.1)
Subordinated liabilities and notes (8.1) (3.9)
(106.7) (48.1)
-------- -------
On financial liabilities measured at fair value
Derivative financial liabilities - FVPL -- (14.0)
-- (14.0)
-------- -------
Total interest expense and similar charges (106.7) (62.1)
-------- -------
Net interest income 431.2 425.4
-------- -------
66
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
7 . Net Fees and Commissions Income
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Fees and commissions income
Banking revenue from contracts with customers 217.4 179.6
Insurance revenue from contracts with customers 35.3 35.2
Other revenue from contracts with customers 23.3 12.1
Total fees and commissions income 276.0 226.9
------- -------
Fees and commissions expense
Banking expense (29.5) (37.5)
Total fees and commissions expense (29.5) (37.5)
------- -------
Net fees and commissions income 246.5 189.4
------- -------
With the exception of other revenue from contracts with
customers, all of the above fees and commissions relate to
financial assets and financial liabilities measured at amortised
cost. These figures exclude amounts incorporated in determining the
EIR on such financial assets and financial liabilities.
8 . Net Insurance Premium Income
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Gross premium written 326.6 254.0
Change in the gross provision for unearned premium (18.0) (14.8)
-------- --------
Insurance premium income 308.6 239.2
-------- --------
Written premium ceded to reinsurers (148.0) (110.3)
Reinsurers share of change in the provision for
unearned premium 8.7 4.8
-------- --------
Insurance premium income ceded to reinsurers (139.3) (105.5)
-------- --------
Net insurance premium income 169.3 133.7
-------- --------
The above net insurance premium income for the prior year
represents income recognised in the Consolidated Income Statement
following acquisition of TU by the Group on 4 May 2021.
9 . Net (Loss)/ Gain on Investment Securities at FV PL
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Fair value (loss)/ gain arising on TU's holding
in a property fund (3.9) 4.4
Fair value gain arising on holding in VISA Inc.
shares 1.0 0.5
Net (loss)/ gain on investment securities at
FVPL (2.9) 4.9
------ -----
The above loss represent s losse s on TU's holding in a property
fund recognised following the acquisition of TU by the Group on 4
May 2021, and gains on the Group's holding in VISA Inc. preferred
stock.
67
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
10 . Net Gain/( Loss ) on Investment Securities at FVOCI
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Net gain/( loss ) on disposal of investment
securities at FVOCI 0.1 (0.3)
Net gain/( loss ) on investment securities
at FVOCI 0.1 (0.3)
----- ------
11 . Net Gain on Other Financial Instruments at FVPL
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Foreign exchange gain/( loss ) on financial assets 0.4 (0.1)
Net gain arising on derivatives not designated
as hedging instruments 1.6 3.9
Fair value hedge ineffectiveness (refer not e
23 ) 0.3 (1.8)
Cash flow hedge ineffectiveness (refer note 23) -- 0.1
Net gain on financial instruments at FVPL 2.3 2.1
----- ------
12 . Other (Expenses)/ Income
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Dividend income from investment securities at
FVPL 0.6 0.8
Net loss on redemption of debt securities in
issue (2.8) --
Gain on remeasurement of equity interest in
TU at acquisition -- 4.6
Gain on Group's share of TU's AFS reserve -- 5.0
Other income (2.2) 10.4
------ -----
The net loss on redemption of debt securities in issue relates
to the partial redemption during the year of minimum requirements
for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) debt issued by the
Company.
Dividend income from investment securities at FVPL comprises
dividends received from the Group's holding in preferred stock
issued by VISA Inc, and dividends received on TU's holding in a
property fund following acquisition of TU by the Group on 4 May
2021 .
13 . Net Insurance Claims
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Current year claims paid (139.9) (103.9)
Change in prior year claims provision 100.2 52.0
Additional liabilities arising during the year (134.9) (98.3)
-------- --------
Insurance claims incurred (174.6) (150.2)
-------- --------
Reinsurers share of claims and benefits incurred 90.0 61.9
-------- --------
Insurance claims ceded to reinsurers 90.0 61.9
-------- --------
Net insurance claims (84.6) (88.3)
-------- --------
The above net insurance claims for the prior year represents the
claims expense incurred and reinsurance recoveries received by TU
following acquisition by the Group on 4 May 2021.
68
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
14 . Administrative Expenses
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Staff costs
Wages and salaries 133.8 125.9
Social security costs 14.6 12.6
Other pension costs 8.3 8.0
Share based payments 4.0 7.9
Other costs including temporary staff 66.4 55.9
Total staff costs 227.1 210.3
------ ------
Non-staff costs
Premises and equipment 77.5 67.9
Marketing 48.4 40.6
Auditor's remuneration (refer below) 2.1 1.6
Outsourcing and professional fees 116.7 107.4
Other administrative expenses 33.4 28.3
Total non-staff costs 278.1 245.8
------ ------
Total administrative expenses 505.2 456.1
------ ------
2023 2022
GBP'000 GBP'000
Audit services
Audit of the Company and Consolidated Financial
Statements 65 65
Audit of the Company's subsidiaries 1,485 1,401
Total audit services 1,550 1,466
-------- --------
Non-audit services
Audit related assurance services 540 116
Other non-audit services not covered above 12 65
Total non-audit services 552 181
-------- --------
Total auditor's remuneration 2,102 1,647
-------- --------
The average monthly number of persons (including Executive
Directors) employed by the Group split by employee function during
the year, was:
2023 2022
Number Number
Head office and administration 1,648 1,593
Operations 1,604 1,905
TU 347 325
------- -------
Total average employees 3,599 3,823
------- -------
69
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
15 . Expected Credit Loss Charge /(Credit) on Financial Assets
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Expected credit loss charge /(credit) on loans
and advances to customers(1) 60.9 (30.2)
Expected credit loss charge/( credit ) on investment
securities at amortised cost -- (0.5)
Expected credit loss charge on investment securities
at FVOCI 0.5 0.8
Total expected credit loss charge /(credit)
on financial assets 61.4 (29.9)
----- -------
(1) Included within the expected credit loss on loans and
advances to customers is a credit of GBP 2.5m ( 2022 : credit of
GBP 6.3 m) received through the sale of non-performing debt to
third parties.
Refer to note 45 further detail on factors impacting expected
credit loss charges.
16 . Directors' Emoluments
The remuneration of the Directors paid by the Group during the
year was as follows:
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Aggregate emoluments 3.3 3.2
Aggregate amounts receivable under long-term
incentive schemes (1) 1.9 1.7
Share based payments 0.6 0.5
----- -----
Total Directors' emoluments 5.8 5.4
----- -----
2023 2022
Number Number
Number of Directors to whom retirement benefits
are accruing under defined benefit or defined
contribution schemes 3 3
Number of Directors in respect of whose qualifying
services shares were received or receivable under
long-term incentive schemes 3 3
Number of Directors who exercised share options 1 1
The total emoluments of the highest paid Director were GBP2.6m (
2022 : GBP 2.6 m ), including aggregate amounts due under long-term
incentive schemes (1) . During the year the highest paid Director
did not exercise any share options ( 2022 : nil ).
At 28 February 2023 the accrued pension and lump sum under a
defined benefit scheme for the highest paid Director was GBP nil (
2022 : GBP nil ).
During the year to 28 February 2023 one Director ( 2022 : t hree
Directors) left the Company.
(1) Aggregate amounts receivable under long-term incentive
schemes represent the maximum amounts awarded in the year. Actual
amounts payable under long-term incentive schemes may vary
depending on the level of performance achieved against specific
measures.
70
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
17 . Income Tax
Income tax charge
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Current tax charge for the year 14.6 37.4
Adjustments in respect of prior years (3.5) (0.1)
Total current tax charge for the year 11.1 37.3
------ ------
Deferred tax charge for the year 15.4 8.5
Tax rate change 0.2 (1.8)
Adjustments in respect of prior years 1.5 0.2
Total deferred tax charge for the year 17.1 6.9
------ ------
Total income tax charge 28.2 44.2
------ ------
The Group's blended corporation tax rate is 19.0 % ( 2022 : 19.0
%). In addition, a banking surcharge of 8.0 % ( 2022 : 8.0 %) is
applied to the Group 's banking profits above GBP25.0m .
In the March 2021 Budget Statement, the Chancellor announced
that the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK w ou l d
increase from 19 % to 25 % from 1 April 2023. Subsequently, in the
October 2021 Budget Statement, it was announced that, with effect
from 1 April 2023, the banking surcharge w ould reduce from 8 % to
3 % and that it w ould be chargeable on banking profits above
GBP100.0m.
Therefore, from 1 April 2023, the combined rate of tax on
banking profits over GBP100.0m will be 28 % (previously 27 % on
banking profits over GBP25.0m ).
The impact on the Group of this change in the combined rate wa s
to increase the Group's deferred tax asset by GBP1.8m in the prior
year .
In the current year, the tax charge assessed was higher ( 2022 :
higher) than that calculated using the overall blended corporation
tax rate for the Group.
71
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1 7 . Income Tax (continued)
The differences are explained below:
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Profit before taxation 139.6 188.5
------ ------
Profit on ordinary activities multiplied by blended
rate in the UK of
19.0 % ( 2022 : 19.0 %) 26.5 35.8
Factors affecting charge for the year:
Difference between local and group tax rate 6.0 10.7
Non-taxable income -- (1.8)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 0.6 1.2
Adjustment in respect of prior years - current
tax (3.5) (0.1)
Adjustment in respect of prior years - deferred
tax 1.5 0.2
Share based payments (1.3) 0.5
Other tax adjustments (1.8) --
Tax rate change 0.2 (1.8)
Share of profit of joint venture -- (0.5)
Total income tax charge 28.2 44.2
------ ------
Income tax relating to components of other comprehensive
income
Before Net of
tax amount Ta x credit tax amount
GBPm GBPm GBPm
2023
Items that may be reclassified to the
income statement
Net losses on debt securities at FVOCI (42.0) 10.9 (31.1)
Net losses on cash flow hedges (0.2) 0.1 (0.1)
Total income tax relating to components
of other comprehensive income (42.2) 11.0 (31.2)
------------ -------------------- ------------
Before Net of
tax amount Tax credit/(charge) tax amount
GBPm GBPm GBPm
2022
Items that may be reclassified to the
income statement
Net losses on debt securities at FVOCI (18.1) 5.3 (12.8)
Net gains on cash flow hedges 1.1 (0.3) 0.8
Total income tax relating to components
of other comprehensive income (17.0) 5.0 (12.0)
------------ -------------------- ------------
72
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
1 7 . Income Tax (continued)
Deferred tax charged directly to the Statement of Changes in
Equity
Before Tax c Net of
tax amount harge tax amount
GBPm GBPm GBPm
2023
Net losse s on share based payments
reserve (5.1) (0.6) (5.7)
(5.1) (0.6) (5.7)
------------ ------- ------------
Before Tax c Net of
tax amount redit tax amount
2022 GBPm GBPm GBPm
Net gain s on share based payments reserve 3.5 0.7 4.2
3.5 0.7 4.2
------------ ------- ------------
18 . Distributions to Equity Holders
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Ordinary dividend paid 54.4 87.0
54.4 87.0
----- -----
On 23 Febr uary 202 3 , an interim dividend of GBP54.4m (
GBP0.0446 per ordinary share) was paid. In the prior year, an
interim dividend of GBP87.0m ( GBP0.0713 per ordinary share) was
paid on 18 Febr uary 202 2 .
19 . Cash and Balances with Central Banks
Group Company
2023 2022 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Cash at bank 109.8 99.1 2.0 1.7
Cash deposits held with TPF -- -- 6.1 6.1
Balances held with the BoE other
than mandatory reserve deposits 307.9 639.9 -- --
Included in cash and cash equivalents
(refer note 47) 417.7 739.0 8.1 7.8
------ ------ ----- -----
Mandatory reserves deposits held
with the BoE 43.4 41.6 -- --
------ ------ ----- -----
Total cash and balances with central
banks 461.1 780.6 8.1 7.8
------ ------ ----- -----
Mandatory reserve deposits held with the BoE of GBP 43.4 m (
2022 : GBP 41.6 m) are not included within cash and cash
equivalents for the purposes of the cash flow statement as these do
not have short-term maturities. These balances are not available in
the Group's day-to-day operations and are non-interest bearing.
Other balances are subject to variable interest rates based on the
BoE base rate.
73
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
20 . Loans and Advances to Banks
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Liquidity funds 20.8 25.4
Custodian funds 5.9 24.9
----- -----
Total loans and advances to banks 26.7 50.3
----- -----
All of the above balances are classified as current at the
year-end.
These represent cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of
the cash flow statement.
21 . Loans and Advances to Customers
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Unsecured lending 7,616.8 7,009.5
Total unsecured lending 7,616.8 7,009.5
-------- --------
Fair value hedge adjustment (74.6) (30.4)
Gross loans and advances to customers 7,542.2 6,979.1
-------- --------
Less: ECL allowance (refer note 45) (460.9) (488.8)
Net loans and advances to customers 7,081.3 6,490.3
-------- --------
Current 4,052.4 3,349.2
Non-current 3,028.9 3,141.1
Contractual lending commitments and ECL provision
At 28 February 2023 , the Group had contractual lending
commitments of GBP 12,212.2 m ( 2022 : GBP 12,363.0 m) which
represent undrawn Credit Card limits . An additional ECL provision
of GBP 13.3 m was also recognised at 28 February 2023 ( 2022 : GBP
16.2 m). This represents the excess of total ECLs for both drawn
and undrawn balances over the gross carrying balances as above.
Refer to note 35 fo r further details.
Fair value hedge adjustments
Fair value hedge adjustments amounting to a liability of GBP
74.6 m ( 2022 : liability of GBP 30.4 m) are in respect of fixed
rate Personal Loans. These adjustments are largely offset by
derivatives, which are used to manage interest rate risk and are
designated as fair value hedges of loans and advances to
customers.
Effective interest rate (EIR)
IFRS 9 requires the Group to measure the interest earned on its
Credit Card portfolio by applying the EIR methodology. The main
area of estimation uncertainty in measuring the EIR on the Group's
Credit Card portfolio is the expected attrition of the balances
drawn at the reporting date.
Management uses a pay rates assumption to determine the expected
repayment profile of the balances drawn as at the reporting date to
the expected remaining term (capped at a maximum of five years from
origination).
An increase of the pay rates assumption by 10% will reduce the
asset value by GBP2.5m and a corresponding reduction of the pay
rates assumption will increase the asset value by GBP3.1m.
74
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
22 . Loans and Advances to Subsidiary Companies
Company 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Fixed rate subordinated loan 145.2 250.9
Floating rate subordinated loans 191.5 190.5
Undated floating rate notes 45.4 45.1
382.1 486.5
------ ------
Less: ECL allowance (See note 45) (2.8) (1.8)
Net loans and advances to subsidiary companies 379.3 484.7
------ ------
Current 2.4 1.5
Non-current 376.9 483.2
The investments are in subordinated loans and notes issued by
TPF.
Interest receivable on the GBP144.7m notional (202 2 : GBP250.0m
notional) fixed rate subordinated loan is 3.5%. The reduction in
this balance reflects a partial redemption by the Company during
the year of its issued MREL debt and a n equivalent reduction in
the related fixed rate subordinated loan issued by TPF to the
Company.
Interest receivable on the floating rate subordinated loans and
notes is based on three-month sterling overnight index average (
SONIA ) plus a margin of 67 to 227 basis points (202 2 :
three-month SONIA plus a margin of 67 to 227 basis points).
75
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
23 . Derivative Financial Instruments
Strategy in using derivative financial instruments
The objective when using a derivative financial instrument is to
ensure that the risk to reward profile of a transaction is
optimised, allowing the Group to manage its exposure to interest
rate and foreign exchange rate risk. The intention is to only use
derivatives to create economically effective hedges. There are
specific requirements stipulated under IFRS 9/IAS 39 which must be
met for a derivative to qualify for hedge accounting. As a result,
not all derivatives can be designated in an accounting hedge
relationship, either because natural accounting offsets are
expected or because obtaining hedge accounting would be especially
onerous.
For those derivatives where fair value hedge accounting is
applied, gains and losses in the Consolidated Income Statement are
offset by movements in the hedged item. Where cash flow hedge
accounting is applied, the effective portion of the derivative fair
value movement is recorded in OCI. For those derivatives held for
economic hedging purposes which cannot be designated in an
accounting hedge relationship, the gains and losses are recognised
in the Consolidated Income Statement. In the Consolidated Statement
of Financial Position there is no distinction between derivatives
where hedge accounting is applied and derivatives which cannot be
designated in an accounting hedge relationship.
The following table analyses derivatives held for risk
management purposes by type of instrument and splits derivatives
between those classified in hedge accounting relationships and
those not in hedge accounting relationships.
Group 2023 2022
Notional Notional
amount Assets Liabilities amount Assets Liabilities
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Derivatives in hedge
accounting relationships
Derivatives designated
as fair value hedges
Interest rate swaps 3,666.6 120.4 (16.7) 2,834.5 43.9 (27.2)
Derivatives designated
as cash flow hedges
Forward foreign exchange
contracts 10.5 0.2 (0.1) 7.7 0.3 --
Total derivatives
in hedge accounting
relationships 3,677.1 120.6 (16.8) 2,842.2 44.2 (27.2)
--------- ------- ------------ --------- ------- ------------
Derivatives not in
hedge accounting relationships
Interest rate derivatives
Interest rate swaps 41.9 0.8 (0.1) 141.3 1.1 --
Currency derivatives
Forward foreign exchange
contracts 0.2 -- -- 0.2 -- --
Total derivatives
not in hedge accounting
relationships 42.1 0.8 (0.1) 141.5 1.1 --
--------- ------- ------------ --------- ------- ------------
Total 3,719.2 121.4 (16.9) 2,983.7 45.3 (27.2)
--------- ------- ------------ --------- ------- ------------
76
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2 3 . Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
Derivatives, whether designated in hedge accounting
relationships or not, are regarded as current where they are
expected to mature within one year. All other derivatives are
regarded as non-current.
Group 2023 2022
Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Current 15.1 (0.8) 3.3 (0.9)
Non-current 106.3 (16.1) 42.0 (26.3)
Hedge accounting
The following disclosures relate to derivatives in hedge
accounting relationships only. The Group applies hedge accounting
in the following hedging strategies:
-- Fair value hedges of interest rate risk
The Group's risk management objective of creating economically
effective hedges is achieved by the use of interest rate contracts
to swap fixed rate exposures back to a benchmark floating rate
where no existing offset is available. This includes the hedging of
fixed rate investment securities and issuances of fixed rate debt,
which protects the Group against the fair value volatility of these
financial assets and financial liabilities due to movements in
interest rates. Each swap is defined as hedging one or more fixed
rate assets or liabilities. The Group applies IFRS 9 hedge
accounting in respect of these hedging instruments.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness relate to differences in timing
and repricing between execution of the hedging instrument and
hedged item.
-- Portfolio fair value hedges of interest rate risk
The Group's risk management objective of creating economically
effective hedges is achieved by the use of interest rate contracts
to swap fixed rate exposures back to a benchmark floating rate
where no existing offset is available. This includes the hedging of
portfolios of fixed rate Personal Loans and Savings products, which
protects the Group against the fair value volatility of these
financial assets and financial liabilities due to movements in
interest rates. The Group applies IAS 39 portfolio hedge accounting
in respect of these hedging instruments.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness include, but are not limited
to, differences in timing and repricing between execution of the
hedging instrument and hedged item, differences between actual and
expected prepayment rates of the underlying hedged item and
repricing differences between the portfolio of hedged items and the
associated hedging instruments.
77
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2 3 . Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
-- Cash flow hedges of expected foreign currency payments
The Group holds forward foreign currency contracts as cash flow
hedges to mitigate the variability in cash flows associated with
highly probable foreign currency payments. The payments, associated
cash flows and the forward contracts are expected to occur and
mature over the following 15 months. The Group applies IFRS 9 hedge
accounting in respect of these hedging instruments.
Sources of hedge ineffectiveness relate to differences between
expected and actual cash flows.
Maturity of Derivatives in Hedge Accounting Relationships
The following tables set out the maturity profile and average
interest rate of the hedging instruments used in the Group's
hedging strategies:
Group Maturity
One year
Up to One to Three months to five More than
2023 one month three months to one year years five years Total
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Fair value hedges
of financial
assets
Interest rate
Interest rate
swaps
- Notional amount 78.0 79.0 804.0 1,762.9 103.0 2,826.9
- Average fixed (3.52) (3.60) (1.32) (2.26)
interest rate % % (1.54) % % % --
Fair value hedges
of financial
liabilities
Interest rate
Interest rate
swaps
- Notional amount -- -- 340.0 499.7 -- 839.7
- Average fixed
interest rate -- -- (0.11) % 0.14 % -- --
Cash flow hedges
Foreign currency
Forward foreign
exchange contracts
- Notional amount 0.7 0.8 7.5 1.5 -- 10.5
- Average exchange
rate 1.33 1.24 1.22 1.19 -- --
78
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2 3 . Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
Group Maturity
One year
Up to One to Three months to five More than
2022 one month three months to one year years five years Total
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Fair value hedges
of financial
assets
Interest rate
Interest rate
swaps
- Notional amount 46.5 77.0 673.5 1,580.8 151.7 2,529.5
- Average fixed 0.37 ( 0.06
interest rate % %) ( 0.02 %) 0.36 % 0.50 % --
Fair value hedges
of financial
liabilities
Interest rate
Interest rate
swaps
- Notional amount -- 30.0 25.0 250.0 -- 305.0
- Average fixed ( 0.01
interest rate -- 0.11 % 0.01 % %) -- --
Cash flow hedges
Foreign currency
Forward foreign
exchange contracts
- Notional amount -- 1.1 5.9 0.7 -- 7.7
- Average exchange
rate -- 1.41 1.39 1.33 -- --
79
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2 3 . Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
The following tables set out details of the hedging instruments
used in the Group's hedging strategies:
Group Carrying amount
Changes in fair value
used for calculating
2023 Notional Assets Liabilities hedge ineffectiveness
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Fair value hedges
Interest rate
Interest rate swaps 3,666.6 120.4 (16.7) 72.6
Cash flow hedges
Foreign currency
Forward foreign exchange
contracts 10.5 0.2 (0.1) (0.7)
Total 3,677.1 120.6 (16.8) 71.9
--------- ------- ------------ -----------------------
Group and Company Carrying amount
Changes in fair value
used for calculating
2022 Notional Assets Liabilities hedge ineffectiveness
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Fair value hedges
Interest rate
Interest rate swaps 2,834.5 43.9 (27.2) 52.3
Cash flow hedges
Foreign currency
Forward foreign exchange
contracts 7.7 0.3 -- 1.4
Total 2,842.2 44.2 (27.2) 53.7
--------- ------- ------------ -----------------------
All of the above amounts are included within the Statement of
Financial Position line item Derivative financial instruments.
80
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2 3 . Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
The following tables set out details of the hedged exposures
covered by the Group's hedging strategies:
Carrying amount Accumulated amounts Changes in
of the hedged of fair value adjustments value for calculating
Group item on the hedged item ineffectiveness
2023 Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Fair value hedges
Interest rate
- Fixed rate Personal
Loans(1) 2,392.6 -- (74.6) -- (44.2)
- Fixed rate investment
securities(2) 406.3 -- (43.7) -- (32.5)
- Fixed rate Savings(3) -- (695.0) -- 1.5 1.4
- Fixed rate subordinated
liabilities(4) -- (137.5) -- 7.6 1.9
Total fair value hedges 2,798.9 (832.5) (118.3) 9.1 (73.4)
-------- ------------ ----------- ---------------- -----------------------
Carrying amount Accumulated amounts Changes in
of the hedged of fair value adjustments value for calculating
Group item on the hedged item ineffectiveness
2022 Assets Liabilities Assets Liabilities
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Fair value hedges
Interest rate
- Fixed rate Personal
Loans(1) 2,020.7 -- (30.4) -- (37.1)
- Fixed rate investment
securities(2) 503.7 -- (11.2) -- (21.5)
- Fixed rate Savings(3) -- (55.0) -- 0.1 0.4
- Fixed rate subordinated
liabilities(4) -- (244.4) -- 5.5 8.3
Total fair value hedges 2,524.4 (299.4) (41.6) 5.6 (49.9)
-------- ------------ ---------- ----------------- -----------------------
The accumulated amount of fair value hedge adjustments remaining
in the Statement of Financial Position for hedged items that have
ceased to be adjusted for hedging gains and losses is an asset of
GBP2.4 m ( 2022 : GBP nil ).
(1) Included within Statement of Financial Position line item
Loans and advances to customers.
(2) Included within Statement of Financial Position line item
Investment securities.
(3) Included within Statement of Financial Position line item
Deposits from customers.
(4) Included within Statement of Financial Position line item
Subordinated liabilities .
81
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2 3 . Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
Group Cash flow hedge reserve
Change in value
of hedged item
used for calculating
2023 hedge ineffectiveness Continuing hedges
GBPm GBPm
Cash flow hedges
Foreign currency
- Accounts payable(1) (0.2) 0.1
Total cash flow hedges (0.2) 0.1
----------------------- ------------------
Group (1) Cash flow hedge reserve
Change in value
of hedged item
used for calculating
2022 hedge ineffectiveness Continuing hedges
GBPm GBPm
Cash flow hedges
Foreign currency
- Accounts payable(1) 1.1 0.2
Total cash flow hedges 1.1 0.2
----------------------- ------------------
(1) Included within Statement of Financial Position line item
Other liabilities.
There are no amounts remaining in the cash flow hedge reserve
for which hedge accounting is no longer applied.
T he following tables set out information regarding the
effectiveness of the hedging relationships designated by the Group,
as well as the impacts on profit or loss and other comprehensive
income:
Hedge ineffectiveness
recognised in profit
Group or loss
2023 GBPm
Fair value hedges
Interest rate
- Interest rate swaps 0.3
Total fair values hedges 0.3
----------------------
Hedge ineffectiveness
recognised in profit
Group and Company or loss
2022 GBPm
Fair value hedges
Interest rate
- Interest rate swaps (1.8)
Total fair values hedges (1.8)
----------------------
82
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2 3 . Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
Hedge ineffectiveness is included in the Income Statement line
Net gain/(loss) on other financial instruments at FVPL.
Cumulative
Group Cumulative amount reclassified
Line item hedging gains from cash
in Income / (losses) Hedge ineffectiveness flow hedge
Statement recognised recognised reserve to
that includes in other comprehensive in profit profit or
2023 reclassification income or loss loss
GBPm GBPm GBPm
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate/foreign
currency
- Forward foreign
exchange Administrative
contracts Expenses (1.1) -- 1.1
Total cash flow hedges (1.1) -- 1.1
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------
Cumulative
Group Cumulative amount reclassified
Line item hedging gains from cash
in Income / (losses) Hedge ineffectiveness flow hedge
Statement recognised recognised reserve to
that includes in other comprehensive in profit profit or
2022 reclassification income or loss loss
GBPm GBPm GBPm
Cash flow hedges
Interest rate/foreign
currency
- Forward foreign
exchange Administrative
contracts Expenses 0.2 0.1 --
Total cash flow hedges 0.2 0.1 --
------------------------ ---------------------- ---------------------
Hedge ineffectiveness is included in the income statement line
Net gain/(loss) on other financial instruments at FVPL.
The following table sets out further details of the cumulative
cash flow hedge reserve:
2023 2022
Group GBPm GBPm
Hedging gains and losses recognised in other
comprehensive income (1.0) 0.3
Amount reclassified from cash flow hedge reserve 1.1 --
to profit or loss
Tax -- (0.1)
Cash flow hedge reserve 0.1 0.2
------ ------
83
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2 3 . Derivative Financial Instruments (continued)
The following table presents a reconciliation by risk category
of the cash flow hedge reserve and an analysis of other
comprehensive income in relation to hedge accounting:
Cash flow hedge
reserve
2023 2022
Group GBPm GBPm
Balance at beginning of year 0.2 (0.6)
Cashflow hedge - foreign exchange risk
- Effective portion of changes in fair value (1.3) 1.1
- Amount reclassified to profit or loss in
the
year 1.1 --
- Tax 0.1 (0.3)
Balance at end of year 0.1 0.2
----------------------------------------------- --------------------
24 . Investment Securities
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Investment securities measured at FV PL 20.1 24.8
Investment securities measured at FVOCI 564.8 584.7
Investment securities measured at amortised
cost 882.9 857.4
Total investment securities 1,467.8 1,466.9
-------- --------
Current 345.9 257.1
Non-Current 1,121.9 1,209.8
Investment securities measured at FV PL
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
VISA Inc. preferred stock 0.9 1.8
Property fund 19.2 23.0
Total investment securities measured at FVPL 20.1 24.8
----- -----
During the year ended 28 February 2023 , a proportion of the
Group's holding in VISA Inc. preferred stock became eligible for
conversion to ordinary shares. The Group disposed of the converted
shares during the year, realising a gain of GBP1.0 m .
The remaining stock may be convertible into Class A Common Stock
of VISA Inc. at certain future dates, the latest point of which
will be June 2028. Conversion is contingent upon future events
principally related to the outcome of interchange litigation
against VISA Europe Limited. As such, the valuation of GBP 0.9 m (
2022 : GBP 1.8 m) reflects both an illiquidity discount and the
risk of a reduction in the conversion rate to VISA Inc. common
stock. The reduction in the conversion rate is the most significant
unobservable input to the valuation.
84
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2 4 . Investment Securities (continued)
Investment securities measured at FV OCI - debt
Group
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
G overnment-backed investment securities 56.0 34.6
Supranational investment securities 31.0 31.6
Corporate bonds 469.2 516.9
Other investment securities 8.6 1.6
Total investment securities measured at FVOCI
- debt 564.8 584.7
------ ------
Included in investment securities are fixed-interest investment
securities totalling GBP564.8m ( 2022 : GBP 584.7 m).
Investment securities measured at amortised cost
Group
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Government-backed investment securities 86.0 103.1
Gilts 34.8 68.1
Supranational investment securities 393.0 420.3
Financial Institution investment securities 369.3 266.1
Gross investment securities measured at amortised
cost 883.1 857.6
------ ------
Less: allowance for ECL (refer not e 45) (0.2) (0.2)
Net investment securities measured at amortised
cost 882.9 857.4
------ ------
Included in investment securities at amortised cost at 28
February 2023 were fixed-interest investment securities totalling
GBP 406.3 m ( 2022 : GBP 518.2 m), and variable-interest investment
securities amounting to GBP476.6m ( 2022 : GBP 339.2 m).
25 . Prepayments and Accrued Income
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Prepayments 14.7 16.3
Accrued income 33.7 26.9
Total prepayments and accrued income 48.4 43.2
----- -----
All of the above balances are classified as current at the
year-end ( 2022 : all current).
85
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
26 . Other Assets
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Amount due from insurance commissions receivable 13.0 11.8
Contract asset - insurance renewal income 13.5 22.4
Accounts receivable and sundry debtors 92.8 145.2
Amounts due from Tesco Group subsidiaries 3.9 4.3
Salvage and subrogation recoveries 43.7 22.1
Deferred acquisition costs 14.8 13.9
Total other assets 181.7 219.7
All of the above balances are classified as current at the
year-end ( 2022 : all current , with the exception of GBP 12.3 m of
the contract asset recognised under IFRS 15 'Revenue from Contracts
with Customers', which wa s expected to be received after more than
one year ) .
Contract asset - insurance renewal income
Of the prior year IFRS 15 contract asset balance, GBP16.3m has
been reclassified in the year as commissions receivable ( 2022 :
GBP 14.1 m has been reclassified in the prior year relating to the
contract asset balance at 28 February 202 1 ) as insurance policies
have been renewed and commission due to the Group has become
payable. The remainder of the movement in the balance relates to
accelerated income of GBP7.4m ( 2022 : GBP 6.1 m) in respect of
certain insurance renewal commission income where the Group has
satisfied all of its performance obligations in relation to the
policies sold and it is considered highly probable that a
significant reversal in the amount of revenue recognised will not
occur in future periods.
Deferred acquisition costs
An analysis of the movements in insurance deferred acquisition
costs in the year is as follows:
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
At beginning of year 13.9 --
Acquisition costs incurred in period 2.5 21.3
Amortisation charged to operating expenses (1.6) (7.4)
At end of year 14.8 13.9
86
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
27 . Investment in Group Undertaking
The Company's investment in a group undertaking at the year end
was as follows:
Name of company Nature of Place of Ownership interest Registered
business incorporation address
2023 2022
Banking and 2 South Gyle
Tesco Personal general insurance Crescent, Edinburgh,
Finance plc services UK 100% 100% EH12 9FQ
T he Company's investment in a group undertaking amounts to
GBP1,219.9m (2022: GBP1,219.9m), all of which is non-current (2022:
all non-current).
The Group also has the following investment in a group
undertaking owned indirectly by Tesco Personal Finance plc:
Name of company Nature of Place of Ownership interest Registered
business incorporation address
2023 2022
The Omnibus
Building, Lesbourne
Road, Reigate,
Tesco Underwriting Surrey, RH2
Limited Insurance UK 100% 100% 7LD
TU is an authorised insurance company which provides the
insurance underwriting service for a number of the Group's general
insurance products. Prior to 4 May 2021 TU was owned 49.9% by the
Group and accounted for as a joint venture, using the equity method
of accounting. On this date the Group acquired the remaining 50.1%
of ordinary share capital from its joint venture partner.
The following companies are also accounted for as subsidiaries
of the Group. These are securitisation structured entities
established in connection with the Group's Credit Card
securitisation transactions. Although none of the equity of the
securitisation structured entities is owned by the Group , the
nature of these entities means that the Group has the rights to
variable returns from its involvement with these securitisation
structured entities and has the ability to affect those returns
through its power over them. As such they are effectively
controlled by the Group.
Nature of Place
Name of company business of incorporation Registered address
Delamare Cards Holdco Securitisation UK 6th Floor, 125 London
Limited entity Wall, London, EC2Y 5AS
Delamare Cards MTN Issuer Securitisation UK 6th Floor, 125 London
plc entity Wall, London, EC2Y 5AS
Delamare Cards Receivables Securitisation UK 6th Floor, 125 London
Trustee Limited entity Wall, London, EC2Y 5AS
Delamare Cards Funding Securitisation UK 6th Floor, 125 London
1 Limited entity Wall, London, EC2Y 5AS
Delamare Cards Funding Securitisation UK 6th Floor, 125 London
2 Limited entity Wall, London, EC2Y 5AS
All of the above companies have a financial year end of 31
December. The management accounts of these entities are used to
consolidate the results to 28 February 2023 within these
Consolidated Financial Statements.
87
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
28 . Investment in Joint Venture
The following table shows the aggregate movement in the Group's
investment in its joint venture in the prior year:
Group 2022
GBPm
At beginning of year 92.8
Dividends received (10.0)
Share of profit of joint venture 2.6
Share of other comprehensive expense of joint venture (0.6)
Remeasurement of investment in joint venture (refer not
e 12) 4.6
Reclassification of investment to investment in group undertaking (89.4)
At end of year --
Details of the Group's joint venture
TU is an authorised insurance company which provides the
insurance underwriting service for a number of the Group's general
insurance products. Prior to 4 May 2021 the Group owned 49.9% of TU
and the Group accounted for TU as a joint venture, using the equity
method of accounting. On 4 May 2021 the Group acquired the
remaining 50.1% of TU's ordinary share capital from its joint
venture partner.
The Group used the equity method of accounting for its
investment in TU until it became a wholly owned subsidiary on 4 May
2021. TU had a financial year end of 31 December. The accounting
year end date for TU differed from that of the Group as it was in
line with the previous joint venture partner. The management
accounts of TU were used to consolidate TU's results within these
Consolidated Financial Statements at the start of the prior year .
During the prior year TU changed its year end to 28 February to
align to the rest of the Group, following the acquisition of the
remaining 50.1% from its joint venture partner.
TU is a private company and there is no quoted market price
available for its shares.
Until the Group acquired the remaining share capital of TU on 4
May 2021 the Group had elected to take a temporary exemption
available from the requirements of IAS 28 'Investments in
associates and joint ventures' regarding the use of uniform
accounting policies in equity accounting for a joint venture. This
exemption allowed the Group to equity account for the results of TU
without any adjustments to reflect the impact of IFRS 9 within
these Consolidated Financial Statements .
88
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
29 . Deferred Income Tax Asset
The net deferred income tax asset can be analysed as
follows:
Accelerated Share
capital Financial based
2023 allowances instruments payments Other Total
Group GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
At beginning of year 22.9 38.0 3.1 0.2 64.2
(Charged) to the Consolidated
Income Statement in the current
year (7.3) (6.8) (1.3) -- (15.4)
(Charged)/c redited to the Consolidated
Income Statement for prior years (2.0) 0.5 -- -- (1.5)
Credited /(charged) to equity -- 11.0 (0.6) -- 10.4
Change in tax rate 0.3 (0.4) 0.1 (0.2) (0.2)
At end of year 13.9 42.3 1.3 -- 57.5
Deferred tax asset to be recovered
within one year 50.5
Deferred tax asset to be recovered
after more than one year 12.2
Total deferred income tax asset 62.7
Deferred tax liability to be
recovered within one year (1.0)
Deferred tax liability to be
recovered after more than one
year (4.2)
Total deferred income tax liability (5.2)
Deferred tax assets (net) 57.5
89
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
2 9 . Deferred Income Tax Asset (continued)
2022 Accelerated Share
capital Financial based
allowances instruments payments Other Total
Group GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
At beginning of year 23.7 41.1 2.3 0.2 67.3
Acquisition of TU 0.1 (2.1) -- -- (2.0)
( C harg ed ) /c redit ed to
the Consolidated Income Statement
in the current year (1.8) (7.2) 0.6 (0.1) (8.5)
C redited/ ( c harg ed ) to
the Consolidated Income Statement
for prior years 0.2 -- (0.5) 0.1 (0.2)
Charged to equity -- 5.1 0.7 -- 5.8
Change in tax rate 0.7 1.1 -- -- 1.8
At end of year 22.9 38.0 3.1 0.2 64.2
Deferred tax asset to be recovered
within one year 54.2
Deferred tax asset to be recovered
after more than one year 14.7
Total deferred income tax asset 68.9
Deferred tax liability to be
recovered within one year (1.6)
Deferred tax liability to be
recovered after more than one
year (3.1)
Total deferred income tax liability (4.7)
Deferred tax assets (net) 64.2
90
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
30 . Intangible Assets
Work-in- Computer
Group Progress Goodwill Software Total
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Cost
At 1 March 202 2 27.5 20.0 770.5 818.0
Additions 31.9 -- 4.6 36.5
Transfers (22.1) -- 22.1 --
Disposals (0.7) -- -- (0.7)
At 28 February 202 3 36.6 20.0 797.2 853.8
Accumulated amortisation
A t 1 March 202 2 -- -- (669.4) (669.4)
Charge for the year -- -- (41.8) (41.8)
D isposals -- -- -- --
At 28 February 202 3 -- -- (711.2) (711.2)
Net carrying value
At 28 February 202 3 36.6 20.0 86.0 142.6
Group Computer
Work-in-Progress Goodwill Software Total
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Cost
At 1 March 202 1 44.4 -- 717.6 762.0
A cquisition of TU -- 20.0 18.0 38.0
Additions 26.1 -- 6.9 33.0
Transfers (42.8) -- 42.8 --
Disposals (0.2) -- (14.8) (15.0)
At 28 February 202 2 27.5 20.0 770.5 818.0
Accumulated amortisation
At 1 March 202 1 -- -- (631.1) (631.1)
Charge for the year -- -- (52.6) (52.6)
Disposals -- -- 14.3 14.3
At 28 February 202 2 -- -- (669.4) (669.4)
Net carrying value
At 28 February 202 2 27.5 20.0 101.1 148.6
Work-in-progress at 28 February 2023 relates primarily to the
internal development of IT software assets. Intangible asset
balances are non-current ( 2022 : non-current).
Goodwill
The acquisition of TU on 4 May 2021 resulted in the recognition
of goodwill of GBP20.0m. This goodwill is supported by the expected
increase in cash flows for the combined insurance business.
91
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
30 . Intangible Assets (continued)
Impairment methodology
Goodwill is tested annually for impairment or more frequently
where there are indicators of impairment. Goodwill recognised on
the acquisition of TU is allocated to the insurance segment of the
Group, which is treated as a separate CGU for impairment
testing.
The recoverable amount of the CGU is determined based on VIU
calculations. Head office and central costs are allocated to the
insurance CGU based on its consumption of the Group's supported
services on a cost-plus margin basis.
Estimates for VIU calculations include discount rates, long-term
growth rates and expected changes to future cash flows, including
insurance volumes and pricing. Estimates are based on past
experience and expectations of future changes in the market,
including the prevailing economic climate and global economy,
competitor activity, market dynamics and changing customer
behaviours.
Cash flow projections are based on the Group's three-year
internal forecasts, the results of which are reviewed by the Board.
The forecasts are extrapolated to five years based on Management's
expectations, and beyond five years based on estimated long-term
average growth rates. Long-term growth rates for the Group are
based on inflation and GDP growth forecasts by recognised
bodies.
Management estimate discount rates using pre-tax rates that
reflect the market assessment as at the Statement of Financial
Position date of the time value of money. The pre-tax discount
rates are derived from the Group's post-tax weighted average cost
of capital. Risk-free rates are based on government bond rates and
equity risk premia are based on forecasts by recognised bodies.
Key assumptions and sensitivity
For VIU calculations, the key assumptions to which the
recoverable amount is most sensitive are discount rates, long-term
growth rates and forecast cash flows. The rates for the insurance
CGU to which goodwill has been allocated are as follow s:
2023 2022
% %
Pre-tax discount rate 10.3 8.0
Post-tax discount rate 7.9 6.3
Long-term growth rate 1.7 1.6
The Group has carried out sensitivity analysis on the reasonably
possible changes in these key assumptions in the impairment test
for the insurance CGU. Neither a reasonably possible one percentage
point increase in discount rates, a one percentage point decrease
in long-term growth rates nor a five percentage point decrease in
annual cash flows would indicate impairment in the insurance CGU to
which goodwill has been allocated.
Computer Software
As part of the acquisition of TU on 4 May 2021, the Group
recognised separately identified intangible assets within computer
software. These represent the fair value of the insurance software
acquired .
92
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
31 . Property, Plant and Equipment
Right
Work-in- Plant Fixtures Computer Freehold Leasehold of Use
Group Progress and Equipment and Fittings Hardware Buildings Improvements Assets Total
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Cost
At 1 March 2022 12.3 2.5 17.6 115.2 32.4 20.2 30.4 230.6
Additions 3.7 -- 1.1 9.2 -- -- 0.9 14.9
Transfers (6.6) -- -- 6.2 -- 0.4 -- --
Disposals -- -- (0.2) (24.4) -- -- (0.4) (25.0)
At 28 February
2023 9.4 2.5 18.5 106.2 32.4 20.6 30.9 220.5
Accumulated
depreciation
At 1 March 2022 -- (2.5) (12.9) (92.2) (9.0) (15.2) (19.0) (150.8)
Charge for the
year -- -- (1.9) (6.8) 0.1 (1.3) (1.8) (11.7)
Disposals -- -- -- 24.3 -- -- 0.4 24.7
At 28 February
2023 -- (2.5) (14.8) (74.7) (8.9) (16.5) (20.4) (137.8)
-------------
Net carrying
value
At 28 February
2023 9.4 -- 3.7 31.5 23.5 4.1 10.5 82.7
Group Right
Plant Fixtures Computer Freehold Leasehold of Use
Work-in-Progress and Equipment and Fittings Hardware Buildings Improvements Assets Total
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Cost
At 1 March 202
1 18.4 3.0 21.7 126.3 32.4 20.2 29.4 251.4
Additions 8.2 -- 0.4 5.2 -- -- 0.6 14.4
Acquisition of
TU -- -- -- 0.4 -- -- 0.4 0.8
Transfers (14.3) -- 0.4 13.9 -- -- -- --
Disposals -- (0.5) (4.9) (30.6) -- -- -- (36.0)
At 28 February
2022 12.3 2.5 17.6 115.2 32.4 20.2 30.4 230.6
Accumulated
depreciation
At 1 March 202
1 -- (3.0) (15.9) (115.9) (8.1) (13.8) (17.2) (173.9)
Charge for the
year -- -- (1.9) (6.6) (0.9) (1.4) (1.8) (12.6)
Disposals -- 0.5 4.9 30.3 -- -- -- 35.7
At 28 February
2022 -- (2.5) (12.9) (92.2) (9.0) (15.2) (19.0) (150.8)
-------------
Net carrying
value
At 28 February
2022 12.3 -- 4.7 23.0 23.4 5.0 11.4 79.8
Work-in-progress at 28 February 2023 relates predominantly to
the development of IT assets. Property, plant and equipment
balances are non-current ( 2022 : non-current).
93
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
32 . Deposits from Banks
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Deposits from banks 979.7 1,052.3
979.7 1,052.3
Current 79.7 152.3
Non-current 900.0 900.0
Deposits from banks include balances of GBP 905.8 m ( 2022 : GBP
902.0 m) drawn under the BoE's Term Funding Scheme with incentives
for Small and Medium Sized Entities (TFSME). Also included are
balances of GBP 73.9 m ( 2022 : GBP 150.3 m ) which have been sold
under sale and repurchase agreements.
33 . Deposits from Customers
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Retail deposits 5,771.1 5,326.0
Fair value hedge adjustment (1.5) (0.1)
5,769.6 5,325.9
-------- --------
Current 4,404.9 4,576.4
Non-current 1,364.7 749.5
Fair value hedge adjustments
Fair value hedge adjustments amounting to GBP(1.5)m ( 2022 : GBP
(0.1) m) are in respect of fixed rate Savings products. These
adjustments are largely offset by derivatives, which are used to
manage interest rate risk and are designated as fair value hedges
of deposits from customers.
94
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
34 . Debt Securities in Issue
Par
value Term Maturity 2023 2022
Interest
Group rate GBPm (years) date GBPm GBPm
MREL(1) 3.50% 144.7 6 2025 137.5 244.0
Total debt securities
in issue 137.5 244.0
Company
MREL (1) 3.50% 144.7 6 2025 145.3 250.4
Total debt securities
in issue 145.3 250.4
(1) This bond was issued on 26 July 2019. The scheduled
redemption date is July 2024.
On 1 January 2020, the Group became subject to MREL requirements
, with an interim requirement of 18% of risk-weighted assets until
31 December 2022. In order to meet this requirement, the Company
undertook an initial GBP250.0m issuance of MREL-compliant debt in
July 2019.
On 9 December 2021, the BoE confirmed a change in the Company's
preferred resolution strategy from partial-transfer to a modified
form of insolvency, effective from 1 January 2022. As set out in
its MREL Statement of Policy, the BoE does not expect to set an
MREL in excess of the TCR for firms with a modified form of
insolvency as the preferred resolution strategy. Accordingly, as
part of a tender process undertaken in November 2022, the Company
redeemed GBP105.3m notional of outstanding MREL-compliant debt,
with the remaining GBP144.7m notional still in issue at 28 February
2023. All of the above balances are classified as non-current at
year end (2022: all non-current) , with the exception of accrued
interest of GBP0. 5 m (2022: GBP0.9m) , which is classified as
current.
95
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
35 . Provisions for Liabilities and Charges
Customer Other
Redress Restructuring Expected Credit Provisions
Group Provision Provision Loss Provision (1) Total
2023 GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
At beginning of
year 14.3 -- 16.2 7.1 37.6
Provided during
the year -- 7.8 -- 0.2 8.0
Utilised during
the year (4.0) (6.7) -- (0.2) (10.9)
Transfer to loans
and advances ECL
allowance -- -- (2.9) -- (2.9)
Released during
the year -- -- -- (1.6) (1.6)
At end of year 10.3 1.1 13.3 5.5 30.2
Customer redress provision - Payment protection insurance
(PPI)
The customer redress provision of GBP 10.3 m at 28 February 2023
( 2022 : GBP 14.3 m) relates to potential customer complaints
arising from historic sales of PPI . T he Financial Conduct
Authority's (FCA) general claims deadline passed on 29 August 2019,
albeit legal claims continue to be received. Although a significant
degree of uncertainty remains with regard to the ultimate cost of
settling PPI claims, the provision balance represents Management's
best estimate at the reporting date of that cost and is based on
historical uphold rates, average redress and the associated
administrative expenses. The PPI provision and the impact of
regulatory changes will continue to be monitored as Management
finalise their assessment of existing claims, ongoing legal claims
and levels of redress thereon. The timing of utilisation of the
remaining provision is dependent on the timing of settlement of the
remaining claims. This remains inherently uncertain given their
legal nature. Management do not consider there to be a significant
risk of a material adjustment to the carrying amount of the PPI
provision within the next financial year. Accordingly, no
sensitivity analysis is provided.
Expected credit loss provision
The ECL provision represents the amount of ECL allowance
recognised under IFRS 9 which exceeds the gross carrying amount of
the financial asset as set out at note 45.
Other provisions
Other provisions predominantly reflect:
-- a dilapidations provision related to the anticipated costs of
restoring leased assets to their original condition. Management
expect that the provision will be utilised at the end of the lease
terms, the longest of which is due to end in 2029;
-- a warranty provision in respect of debt sales. This
represents post-determination date customer receipts payable to
debt purchasers and provision for any accounts which may need to be
bought back under the terms of the debt sale agreements. This
balance is classified as current at the year-end; and
-- a provision in respect of the potential cost of refunding
fees to customers. This balance is classified as current at the
year-end.
96
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
36 . Accruals and Deferred Income
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Amounts accrued to Tesco Group subsidiaries 15.1 12.2
Other accruals 85.3 91.7
Deferred income 11.7 15.7
Total accruals and deferred income 112.1 119.6
All of the above balances are classified as current at the
year-end ( 2022 : all current).
37 . Other Liabilities
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Accounts payable and sundry creditors 150.8 118.4
Insurance creditor 0.9 0.8
Taxation and social security payable 12.6 7.9
Contract liabilities - insurance refunds 0.9 1.1
Lease liabilities (refer note 43) 23.8 26.8
Amounts owed to Tesco Group subsidiaries 10.9 9.1
Total other liabilities 199.9 164.1
All of the above balances are classified as current at the
year-end ( 2022 : all current) , with the exception of GBP 19.7 m (
2022 : GBP 22.8 m) of the lease liabilities which are due after
more than one year.
Contract liabilities - insurance refunds
Revenue recognised in the year under IFRS 15 in respect of the
opening contract liability balance was GBP 0.2 m ( 2022 : GBP 0.0
m).
38 . Insurance Funds Withheld
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Insurance funds withheld 123.5 114.8
Total insurance funds withheld 123.5 114.8
Current 24.6 9.6
Non-current 98.9 105.2
T he Group has put in place a QS contract as part of its overall
reinsurance protection strategy. A funds withheld account is
maintained which represents the balance due to reinsurers in
accordance with the terms of this reinsurance agreement. The
balance is the net of premiums payable, commission receivable,
claims recoveries receivable and profit commission receivable or
payable, with the reinsurance margin paid over eight quarterly
instalments. The funds withheld account is made up of QS funds
withheld payable of GBP 132.9 m ( 2022 : GBP 122.5 m) and a profit
commission receivable of GBP9.4m ( 2022 : GBP 7.7 m) (which is part
of the contract but is a separate payable). The contract will be
commuted after four years from inception.
97
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
39 . Insurance Contracts Provisions and Reinsurance Assets
The following tables show the breakdown of the Group's insurance
contract provisions and reinsurance assets at 28 February 202 3
:
Group 2023 2022
Gross Reinsurance Net Gross Reinsurance Net
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Unearned premiums 173.8 (72.8) 101.0 155.8 (64.1) 91.7
Claims 431.1 (144.1) 287.0 494.2 (181.0) 313.2
Total insurance contract
provisions 604.9 (216.9) 388.0 650.0 (245.1) 404.9
2023 2022
Gross Reinsurance Net Gross Reinsurance Net
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Current 570.3 (71.7) 498.6 623.3 (60.9) 562.4
Non-current 34.6 (145.2) (110.6) 26.7 (184.2) (157.5)
Subrogation r ecoveries are not included above. For details see
movement in outstanding claims analysis below.
Gross insurance contract provisions, unlike reinsurance assets,
are classified as current or non-current based on contractual
rights to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the
reporting date in accordance with IAS 1 'Presentation of Financial
Statements', rather than expected timing of settlement. Analysis
presented on a behavioural basis is set out on page 132.
Analysis of movement in insurance provisions
2023 2022
Gross Reinsurance Net Gross Reinsurance Net
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Balance at 1 March 650.0 (245.1) 404.9 -- -- --
Acquisition of TU -- -- -- 650.3 (246.7) 403.6
Claims (paid)/recovered
from insurers (259.4) 108.3 (151.1) (171.3) 65.8 (105.5)
Movement in claims outstanding 196.2 (71.3) 124.9 156.2 (59.3) 96.9
Change in provisions from
unearned premiums 18.1 (8.8) 9.3 14.8 (4.9) 9.9
At 28 February 604.9 (216.9) 388.0 650.0 (245.1) 404.9
98
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3 9 . Insurance Contracts Provisions and Reinsurance Assets (continued)
Analysis of movement in provision for gross unearned premium
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Balance at 1 March 155.8 --
Acquisition of TU -- 141.0
Premium written during the year 326.6 254.0
Less: premiums earned during the year (308.7) (239.2)
At 28 February 173.7 155.8
Analysis of movement in outstanding claims
2023 2022
Gross outstanding claims GBPm GBPm
Balance at 1 March 494.3 --
Acquisition of TU -- 509.3
Current year claims 309.1 213.4
Change in prior year claims (112.9) (57.1)
Current year claims paid (139.9) (103.9)
Prior year claims paid (119.5) (67.4)
At 28 February 431.1 494.3
2023 2022
Salvage and subrogation recoveries GBPm GBPm
Balance at 1 March 22.1 --
Acquisition of TU -- 16.0
Current year claims 34.3 20.5
Change in prior year claims (12.7) (14.4)
At 28 February 43.7 22.1
2023 2022
Gross outstanding claims, net of recoveries GBPm GBPm
Balance at 1 March 472.1 --
Acquisition of TU -- 493.3
Current year claims 274.9 192.9
Change in prior year claims (100.2) (42.8)
Current year claims paid (139.9) (103.9)
Prior year claims paid (119.5) (67.4)
At 28 February 387.4 472.1
99
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3 9 . Insurance Contracts Provisions and Reinsurance Assets (continued)
Process used to determine the assumptions
The sources of data used as inputs for the assumptions behind
insurance provisions are internal, using detailed studies that are
carried out at least annually. The assumptions are checked to
ensure that they are consistent with observable market prices or
other published information. There is more emphasis on current
trends, and where in more recent periods there is insufficient
information to make a reliable best estimate of claims development,
suitable benchmark assumptions are used.
The nature of the business makes it very difficult to predict
with certainty the likely outcome of any particular claim and the
ultimate cost of notified claims. Each notified claim is assessed
on a case-by-case basis with due regard to the claim circumstances
and historical evidence of the size of similar claims. Case
estimates are reviewed regularly and are updated as and when new
information arises. The provisions are based on information
currently available. However, the ultimate liabilities may vary as
a result of subsequent developments. The impact of many of the
items affecting the ultimate costs of the loss is difficult to
estimate. The degree of complexity involved will also differ by
line of business due to differences in the underlying insurance
contract, claim complexity, the volume of claims and the individual
severity of claims, determining the occurrence date of a claim, and
reporting lags.
The cost of outstanding claims and the IBNR provisions are
estimated using various statistical methods. Such methods
extrapolate the development of paid and incurred claims, average
cost per claim and ultimate claim numbers for each accident period
based upon observed development of earlier periods, with reference
to suitable benchmarks.
The key methods are:
-- Development factor methods, which use historical data to
estimate the paid and incurred to date as proportions of the
ultimate claim cost;
-- Individual claim assessment methods, which use claim-specific
details for large individual claims to estimate the ultimate claim
cost; and
-- Benchmarking methods, which use the experience of comparable,
more mature classes, or market data to estimate the cost of
claims.
The actual method or blend of methods used varies by accident
period being considered and the class of business and observed
historical claims development.
To the extent that these methods use historical claims
development information, they assume that the historical claims
development pattern will occur again in the future. There are
reasons why this may not be the case, which, insofar as they can be
identified, have been allowed for by modifying the methods. Such
reasons include:
-- Changes in processes that affect the development and/or
recording of claims paid and incurred (such as changes in claim
reserving procedures and/or the introduction of a new claims
system);
-- Economic, legal, political and social trends (resulting in,
for example, a difference in expected levels of inflation);
-- Changes in mix of business; and
-- Random fluctuations, including the impact of large losses.
IBNR provisions are initially estimated at a gross level and a
separate calculation is carried out to estimate the size of
reinsurance recoveries. The Group is covered by a variety of excess
of loss reinsurance programmes. The methods used by the Group take
account of historical data, specific details for individual large
claims and details of the reinsurance programme, to assess the
expected size of reinsurance recoveries.
100
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3 9 . Insurance Contracts Provisions and Reinsurance Assets (continued)
Process used to determine the assumptions (continued)
The Group considers that the liability for claims reported in
the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position is adequate.
However, it recognises that the process of estimation is based upon
certain variables and assumptions, which could differ when claims
arise.
Recoveries through salvage and subrogation are estimated and
recorded separately within other assets based on a combination of
suitable benchmark assumptions and the observed development to
date.
Ogden rate
The personal injury discount rate (Ogden rate) is set by the
Ministry of Justice and is used by the courts to calculate lump sum
personal injury payments. Reserves are assessed at the current rate
of -0.25%.
Analysis of claims development - gross of reinsurance and net of
salvage and subrogation recoveries
Accident year(1) (, 2)
201 201 201 201 201 201 201 20 202 202 202
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 20 1 2 3 Total
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Estimate of
gross
ultimate
claim costs
At end of
accident
year 390.6 349.3 327.1 370.7 304.3 317.4 282.2 219.7 224.1 47.9 41.0 --
One year
later 388.4 352.7 343.2 372.1 298.8 296.7 288.1 209.0 204.4 278.2 -- --
Two years
later 372.6 379.1 343.1 335.0 269.3 267.9 270.9 184.1 -- -- -- --
Three years
later 382.8 352.9 322.7 324.5 258.3 270.7 234.9 -- -- -- -- --
Four years
later 362.5 359.7 311.5 322.9 252.8 259.4 -- -- -- -- -- --
Five years
later 360.3 346.9 304.9 308.6 251.3 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Six years
later 360.8 349.9 305.4 303.6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Seven years
later 360.3 343.3 305.6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Eight years
later 360.1 345.2 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Nin e years 358.6 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
later
Current
estimate
of
cumulative
claims 358.6 345.2 305.6 303.6 251.3 259.4 234.9 184.1 204.4 278.2 41.0 2,766.2
Cumulative
payments
to date (348.5) (327.6) (298.9) (291.2) (248.0) (239.2) (204.0) (137.4) (138.5) (161.8) (8.7) (2,403.9)
Claims
outstanding
prior to
201
3 still
outstanding -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 18.3
Current
gross
claims
provision 10.1 17.6 6.7 12.4 3.3 20.2 30.9 46.7 65.9 116.4 32.3 380.6
Provision
for
claims
handling
costs -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4.8
Fair value
adjustment
to claims
outstanding
provisions
as
a result of
TU
acquisition -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2.0
Total gross
claims
outstanding
provisions -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 387.4
(1) The information in the above claims development table covers
the period from which the earliest material claim arose in TU for
which there is still uncertainty about the amount and timing of the
claims payments and therefore reflects claims development in
respect of claims arising prior to the acquisition of TU on 4 May
2021.
(2) TU changed its reporting date from 31 December to 28
February during 2022 . However, accident years remained consistent
with a calendar year. Consequently, the first development year from
2022 onwards represents only two months of claims development.
101
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
3 9 . Insurance Contracts Provisions and Reinsurance Assets (continued)
Analysis of claims development - net of reinsurance and net of
salvage and subrogation recoveries
Accident year(1) (, 2)
201 201 201 201 201 201 201 20 202 202 202
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 20 1 2 3 Total
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Estimate of
net ultimate
claim costs
At end of
accident
year 378.8 336.0 319.5 310.5 276.0 259.0 235.7 143.9 127.0 37.2 31.8 --
One year
later 380.3 338.2 327.2 319.2 269.7 259.3 254.7 124.9 119.0 170.6 -- --
Two years
later 367.9 348.9 330.7 302.0 252.0 233.4 243.6 108.8 -- -- -- --
Three years
later 371.5 342.6 314.8 291.7 241.5 246.7 222.2 -- -- -- -- --
Four years
later 358.9 339.1 305.8 292.5 239.4 236.0 -- -- -- -- -- --
Five years
later 355.2 338.0 300.7 286.6 239.2 -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Six years
later 356.2 339.9 300.9 287.5 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Seven years
later 355.1 333.7 301.0 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Eight years
later 354.2 334.9 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Nine years 351.1 -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
later
Current
estimate
of
cumulative
claims 351.1 334.9 301.0 287.5 239.2 236.0 222.2 108.8 119.0 170.6 31.8 2,402.2
Cumulative
payments
to date (347.4) (323.2) (294.8) (280.3) (235.6) (220.4) (197.1) (95.7) (84.1) (94.3) (4.5) (2,177.4)
Claims
outstanding
prior to
2012
accident
year -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 11.6
Current net
claims
provision 3.7 11.7 6.2 7.2 3.6 15.6 25.1 13.1 34.9 76.3 27.3 236.3
Provision for
claims
handling
costs -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4.8
Fair value
adjustment
to claims
outstanding
provisions
as
a result of
TU
acquisition -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 2.0
Total net
claims
outstanding
provisions -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 243.1
(1) The information in the above claims development table covers
the period from which the earliest material claim arose in TU for
which there is still uncertainty about the amount and timing of the
claims payments and therefore reflects claims development in
respect of claims arising prior to the acquisition of TU on 4 May
2021.
(2) TU changed its reporting date from 31 December to 28
February during 2022 . However, accident years remained consistent
with a calendar year. Consequently, the first development year from
2022 onwards represents only two months of claims development.
102
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
40 . Subordinated Liabilities and Notes
Group and Company 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Amortised cost:
Floating rate subordinated loans 191.5 190.5
Undated floating rate notes 45.4 45.1
Total subordinated liabilities and notes 236.9 235.6
------ ------
Subordinated liabilities and notes comprise loan capital issued
to T esco . This includes GBP 190.0 m notional ( 2022 : GBP 190.0
m) of subordinated loans maturing in 2030 and GBP 45.0 m notional (
2022 : GBP 45.0 m) of undated notes with no fixed maturity date.
All of the above balances are classified as non-current at the
year-end ( 2022 : all non-current) with the exception of accrued
interest of GBP1.9m ( 2022 : GBP0.6m) which is classified as
current.
Interest payable on the floating rate subordinated loans and
notes is based on three-month SONIA plus a margin of 67 to 227
basis points ( 2022 : three-month SONIA plus a margin of 67 to 227
basis points).
41 . Share Capital and Share Premium Account
Group and Company 2023 2023 2022 2022
Number GBPm Number GBPm
Authorised
A Ordinary shares of 10p
each Unlimited Unlimited
B Ordinary shares of 10p
each Unlimited Unlimited
C Ordinary shares of 10p
each 1 1
Allotted, called up and
fully paid
A Ordinary shares of 10p
each 991,090,000 99.1 991,090,000 99.1
B Ordinary shares of 10p
each 229,089,000 22.9 229,089,000 22.9
C Ordinary shares of 10p
each 1 -- 1 --
1,220,179,001 122.0 1,220,179,001 122.0
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Share premium reserve 1,098.2 1,098.2
1,098.2 1,098.2
103
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
42 . Other Reserves
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Fair value reserve (43.9) (12.8)
Cash flow hedge reserve 0.1 0.2
Share based payment reserve 20.4 26.1
Total reserves (23.4) 13.5
Fair value reserve
The cumulative net change in the fair value of investment
securities measured at FVOCI is included in the fair value reserve,
less the impairment allowance recognised in the Consolidated Income
Statement.
Cash flow hedge reserve
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of
derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges are
included in the cash flow hedge reserve. The gain or loss relating
to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the
Consolidated Income Statement.
Share based payment reserve
The fair value of Tesco equity-settled share options granted to
employees of the Group is included in the share based payment
reserve.
104
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
43 . Leases
Leasing activities
The Group has entered into leases for office buildings. These
lease contracts contain a wide range of terms and conditions,
including extension options. These options are exercisable only by
the Group and not by the respective Lessor.
Consolidated Income Statement Amounts Relating to Leases
The Consolidated Income Statement includes the following amounts
relating to leases:
2023 2022
Group GBPm GBPm
Depreciation charge on right-of-use assets(1) 1.8 1.8
Interest expense on lease liabilities(2) 1.8 2.1
Total 3.6 3.9
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position Amounts Relating to
Leases
The Consolidated Statement of Financial Position includes the
following amounts relating to leases :
2023 2022
Group GBPm GBPm
Right-of-use assets(3)
Office buildings 10.5 11.4
Total right-of-use assets 10.5 11.4
Lease liabilities(4)
Current 4.1 4.0
Non-current 19.7 22.8
Total lease liabilities 23.8 26.8
Consolidated Cash Flow Statement amounts relating to leases
The Consolidated Cash Flow Statement includes the following
amounts relating to leases:
2023 2022
Group GBPm GBPm
Interest paid on lease liabilities 2.7 3.5
Principal payments on lease liabilities 3.0 2.2
Total cash outflow for lease liabilities 5.7 5.7
Possible future cash outflows not included in lease
liability
Potential future lease payments (undiscounted) in relation to
extension options not included in the reasonably certain lease
term, and hence not included in lease liabilities, total GBP 65.3 m
( 2022 : GBP 65.3 m).
(1) Included in Depreciation and amortisation in the
Consolidated Income Statement (refer to note 31)
(2) Included in Net interest income in the Consolidated Income
Statement (refer to note 6 ).
(3) Included in Property, plant and equipment in the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position (refer to note
31).
(4) Included in Other liabilities in the Consolidated Statement
of Financial Position (refer to note 37).
105
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
44 . Employee Benefit Liability
Defined benefit plans
The Group made contributions in the year to a closed funded
defined benefit scheme operated by TSL. The principal pension plan
is the Tesco pension scheme, a funded defined benefit pension
scheme in the UK, the assets of which are held as a segregated fund
and administered by the Trustee. TSL has recognised the appropriate
net liability of the Tesco pension scheme in accordance with IAS
19.
Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution scheme operated by TSL is open to all
Group employees in the UK.
Detailed disclosures, in line with the requirements of IAS 19,
are included in the Tesco 2023 Financial Statements.
45 . Risk Management
Unless otherwise stated, there are no differences in the manner
in which risks are managed and measured between the Group and the
Company. Therefore, the explanations of the management, the control
responsibilities and the measurement of risk described in this
section are those for the Group unless otherwise stated. The
amounts included in this note are those for the Group unless
otherwise stated.
Through its normal operations, the Group is exposed to a number
of risks, the most significant of which are credit risk,
operational risk, liquidity and funding risk, market risk,
insurance risk, residual price risk, legal and regulatory
compliance risk and insurance capital risk. The key risk management
processes and tools are described in detail on pages 10 to 25
within the Strategic Report.
(a) Credit Risk
Credit risk within the Group arises principally from retail
lending activities but also from placement of surplus funds with
other banks, holdings in transferable securities and interest rate
and foreign exchange derivatives. In addition, credit risk arises
from contractual arrangements with third-parties where payments and
commissions are owed to the Group for short periods of time. Credit
risk may also materialise when an adverse change in an entity's
credit rating causes a fall in the fair value of the Group's
holding of that entity's financial instrument.
-- Types of credit risk
Retail credit risk
Retail credit risk is the risk that a borrower, who is a
personal customer, will default on a debt or obligation by failing
to make contractually obligated payments. The Group is following
FCA guidance, updated due to the Covid-19 pandemic, in relation to
those Credit Card customers defined as being in persistent
debt.
Controls and risk mitigants
To minimise the potential for the Group to be exposed to levels
of default that are outside Risk Appetite, processes, systems and
limits have been established that cover the end-to-end retail
credit risk customer life cycle, the key components of which are
outlined below:
Credit scoring: The quality of new lending is controlled using
appropriate credit scoring and associated rules. Judgemental
analysis is used for more complex cases.
Affordability : The Group aims to be a responsible lender and
accordingly employs affordability models, including minimum free
income thresholds based on customers' income and outgoings, to
confirm that they have the ability to repay the advances they are
seeking.
Credit policies and guides: A suite of retail credit risk
policies and supporting guides are maintained by the Credit Risk
function. These policies define the minimum requirements for the
management of credit activities across the credit life cycle. The
guides also comprise specific product and customer related
thresholds that in turn seek to ensure that the Group is operating
within agreed retail credit Risk Appetite parameters.
106
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Controls and risk mitigants (continued)
Monitoring and reporting: Management information is produced
covering all lending portfolios which is tailored to meet the
requirements of different audiences within the overall governance
framework. Risk Appetite Measures (RAMs) with supporting limits and
tolerances allow the Group to track performance against Risk
Appetite and identify any emerging trends that could act as an
early warning that performance could move outside approved Risk
Appetite thresholds, thereby allowing mitigating actions to be
taken to address such trends.
Wholesale credit risk
Wholesale credit risk is the risk that the counterparty to a
transaction will default before the final settlement of the
transaction's cash flows. Such transactions relate to contracts for
derivative financial instruments, securities financing transactions
(SFTs) and long-dated settlement transactions. As at 28 February
2023 , the Group had an undrawn GBP 200.0 m ( 2022 : GBP 200.0 m)
committed structured repurchase facility and has no long-dated
settlement transactions.
The Group does not operate in the mainstream commercial or
corporate lending market. However, the Group is exposed to
wholesale credit risk primarily through t reasury activities, as a
result of cash management, liquidity and market risk management,
with the inherent risk that these counterparties could fail to meet
their obligations.
Controls and risk mitigants
Daily monitoring of exposures is undertaken, with oversight from
the Risk function . Monthly reporting of RAMs is provided to the
Executive Risk Committee (ERC). Escalation processes are in place
for the reporting of any breached limits directly to the ERC.
The RAM limits are set out in the Wholesale Credit Risk Policy
which is approved by the Board. The limits contained in the Policy
are approved by the Board. The Treasury Director is responsible for
ensuring that the Treasury function complies with counterparty
credit risk limits.
The Group's approach to investing funds focuses on
counterparties with capacity to meet financial commitments and
requires approved counterparties to have investment grade ratings.
Counterparty types include financial institutions, sovereigns and
multilateral development banks, with approved instrument types
including cash, certificates of deposit, bonds, treasury bills,
gilts, repurchase agreements and interest rate and foreign exchange
derivatives. Ratings issued by external credit assessment
institutions are taken into account as part of the process to set
limits.
Wholesale credit risk limits restrict the amounts that can be
invested based on counterparty credit-worthiness by country,
instrument type and remaining tenor. As part of the credit
assessment process for wholesale credit risk exposures, the Group
uses the external credit ratings issued by Fitch (as the nominated
external credit assessment institution) to help determine the
appropriate risk-weighting to apply under the Standardised Approach
(SA) to credit risk exposures. The Wholesale Credit Risk Policy is
set by the Board and any new counterparty limits, Policy exceptions
or overrides must follow delegated authorities agreed by the
Board.
The Wholesale Credit Risk Policy also provides that credit risk
mitigation techniques are applied to reduce wholesale credit risk
exposures. International Swaps Derivatives Association (ISDA)
master agreements are in place with all derivative counterparties,
Global Master Repurchase Agreements are in place for all repurchase
counterparties and ISDA Credit Support Annexes have been executed
with all of the Group's derivative counterparties. The Group uses
central counterparties in order to clear specified derivative
transactions (predominantly interest rate swaps) thereby mitigating
counterparty credit risk. Positions are continuously
marked-to-market and margin in the form of collateral is exchanged
on at least a daily basis. As at 28 February 202 3 , no additional
credit risk mitigation was deemed necessary.
107
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
-- Credit risk: ECL measurement
The Group assesses, on a forward-looking basis, the ECLs
associated with its financial assets carried at amortised cost and
FVOCI and its exposure arising from loan commitments in relation to
Credit Card products . The Group has not recognised an ECL
allowance for cash, loans and advances to banks, and other
financial assets balances at 28 February 202 3 due to the
short-term nature of these balances, the frequency of origination
and settlement of balances and collateral held.
ECLs are calculated in line with the requirements of IFRS 9
using the three-stage model for impairment:
Stage 1 Financial asset is not credit impaired and has not had a
significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition.
Stage 2 Financial asset is not credit impaired but has had a
significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition.
Stage 3 Financial asset is credit impaired.
The measurement of ECLs is dependent on the classification stage
of the financial asset. For financial assets in stage 1, loss
allowances are calculated based on ECLs arising from default events
that are possible within 12 months from the reporting date. For
financial assets in stages 2 and 3, loss allowances are calculated
based on lifetime ECLs.
The measurement of ECLs for financial assets measured at
amortised cost or FVOCI is an area that requires the use of complex
models and significant assumptions about future economic conditions
and credit behaviour. A number of significant judgements are also
required in applying the accounting requirements for measuring
ECLs.
The sections below provide further explanations of the factors
taken into account in the measurement of ECLs.
Significant increase in credit risk
At each reporting date, the change in credit risk of the
financial asset is observed using a set of quantitative and
qualitative criteria, together with a backstop based on arrears
status.
Quantitative criteria:
For each financial asset, the Group compares the lifetime
probability of default (PD) at the reporting date with the lifetime
PD that was expected at the reporting date at initial recognition
(PD thresholds). The Group has established PD thresholds for each
type of product which vary depending on initial term and term
remaining.
Qualitative criteria:
A number of qualitative criteria are in place such as:
-- Forbearance offered to customers in financial difficulty;
-- Credit indebtedness;
-- Credit limit decrease; and
-- Pre-delinquency information.
Backstop
As a backstop, the Group considers that if an account's
contractual payments are more than 30 days past due then a
significant increase in credit risk has taken place.
108
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Definition of default
An account is deemed to have defaulted when the Group considers
that a customer is in significant financial difficulty and that the
customer meets certain quantitative and qualitative criteria
regarding their ability to make contractual payments when due.
This includes instances where:
-- the customer makes a declaration of significant financial
difficulty and is placed on a temporary interest-free repayment
plan or permanent reduction in annual percentage rate;
-- the customer or third-party agency communicates that it is
probable that the customer will enter bankruptcy or another form of
financial restructuring such as insolvency or repossession;
-- the account has been transferred to recoveries and the relationship is terminated;
-- the customer is more than 90 days past due (the equivalent of
four payments down) for Personal Loans and Credit Cards; or
-- where the customer is deceased.
An account is considered to no longer be in default when it no
longer meets any of the default criteria and has remained
up-to-date on its contractual payments for a period of at least
three months.
Inputs, assumptions and techniques used for estimating
impairment
The ECL is determined by multiplying together the PD, exposure
at default (EAD) and loss given default (LGD) for the relevant time
period and for each collective segment and by discounting back to
the balance sheet date. Each of these inputs is explained further
below.
Probability of default: Represents the likelihood a customer
will default over the relevant period, being either 12 months or
the expected lifetime.
Exposure at default: Represents the expected amount due from the
customer at the point of default. The Group derives the EAD from
the current exposure to the customer a nd future changes to that
exposure to the point of default.
Loss given default: Represents the Group's expectation of the
extent of the loss if there is a default. The LGD assumes that once
an account has defaulted, the portion of the defaulted balance will
be recovered over a maximum period of 60 months from the point of
default. LGD models take into account, when relevant, the valuation
of collateral, collection strategies and receipts from debt
sales.
These inputs are adjusted to reflect forward-looking information
as described below.
Expected lifetime
The expected lifetime of a fina ncial asset is generally the
contractual term. In the case of Personal Loans, the expected
lifetime is the behavioural life. In the case of revolving
products, the Group measures credit losses over the period that it
will be exposed to credit risk. This is estimated using historical
customer data. The current expected lifetime of the Group's Credit
Card portfolio is s even years (2022: six years) .
Incorporation of forward-looking information
The ECL calculation and the measurement of significant
deterioration in credit risk both incorporate forward-looking
information using a range of macro-economic scenarios. The key
economic variables are based on historical patterns observed over a
range of economic cycles.
Past due and impaired definitions
The Group considers exposures to be past due where a customer
does not make the minimum contractual monthly payment of principal,
interest or fee. Accounts remain as past due but not impaired until
the point where a loss trigger has occurred.
109
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
The definition of default set out above aligns to both statutory
and regulatory reporting and complies with the requirements of
each. The Group has no past-due exposures of more than 90 days that
are not considered to be impaired.
The Group has engaged a third-party supplier to provide relevant
economic data which, prior to incorporation into the ECL
calculation, is subject to internal review and challenge with
reference to other publicly available market data and
benchmarks.
At 28 February 2023 , the Group continued to use four economic
scenarios. These scenarios included a Base scenario, an Upside
scenario and two different downside scenarios. These scenarios were
assigned weightings of 40%, 30%, 25% and 5% respectively .
-- The Base scenario assumes a continued conflict in Ukraine and
the resulting effects on worldwide energy flows and inflation. A
recession in the first half of 2023 is assumed and the GDP is not
expected to return to pre-pandemic levels until Q2 2025 . This is
discussed in more detail below .
-- The Upside scenario assumes that the Ukraine conflict
diminishes and sanctions are gradually lifted, thus dissipating
global supply chain disruption as goods and energy flow more freely
. Unemployment is expected to peak at 4. 4 % in 2024 and average
CPI inflation of 5.8% is expected for 2023 .
-- The Downside 1 scenario builds on the assumptions in the Base
scenario but assumes Western sanctions on Russia build and
intensify, leading to disruption in supplies of oil, gas and other
commodities such as wheat and grain. Energy prices rise as the gas
supply to Europe is cut off and inflation remains higher for longer
than in the Base scenario. As company balance sheets deteriorate,
cut-backs see the unemployment rate peak at 7.3% in 2025 .
-- The Downside 2 scenario assumes that gas and oil are cut off
to Europe causing a spike in energy prices, CPI remains higher for
longer and depreciation of Sterling against the Dollar further
embeds high inflation. Profitability of UK businesses is impeded
and business investment stalls. Unemployment is expected to peak at
9.6% in 2025 and remain over 8% until 2028 under this scenario.
These scenarios are also reviewed to ensure an unbiased estimate
of ECLs by ensuring the credit loss distribution under a larger
number of scenarios is adequately captured using these scenarios
and their respective weightings .
Base Scenario
The Group's Base scenario projects a recession during the first
half of 2023 and a return to pre-Covid-19 pandemic levels in Q2
2025 . The Base scenario applied by the Group at 31 August 2022
projected a technical recession in late 2022 .
Fiscal restraint is expected to reduce the pressure to tighten
monetary policy further, though with high inflation, the BoE base
rate is still expected to rise and peak at 4.5% in 2023. Household
finances remain under pressure and real disposable incomes are
projected to decline in 2023, underpinning a contraction in
consumer spending .
The Base scenario employed at 28 February 202 3 is less
optimistic than the one in place at 31 August 202 2, with higher
unemployment and BoE base rates and lower GDP growth. The current
Base scenario expects unemployment to peak at 5.7% by Q4 2024
compared to a peak of 5.1% in Q2 2024 predicted at 31 August 2022
.
The pressures of a high inflation environment on household
finances and company balance sheets are expected to continue and
the Group has applied uncertainty PMA's of GBP90.0m in respect of
this.
110
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
The tables below show the key macro-economic variables in each
scenario, averaged over a five-year period.
The economic scenarios used include the following ranges of key
indicators:
2023
Sensitivity
(100% 202 202 202 202 202
Scenario Weighting weighted)(1) Economic measure 3 4 5 6 7
GBPm % % % % %
Bank of England base
Base 40 % (11.0) rate(2) 4.1 4.3 3.7 3.5 3.4
Gross domestic product(3) (0.6) 1.0 1.4 1.5 1.6
Unemployment rate 4.3 5.4 5.7 5.5 5.3
Unemployment rate
peak in year 4.7 5.7 5.7 5.6 5.4
Bank of England base
Upside 30 % (58.6) rate(2) 3.4 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
Gross domestic product(3) 0.9 1.8 1.7 1.5 1.6
Unemployment rate 3.9 4.3 4.3 4.2 4.1
Unemployment rate
peak in year 4.1 4.4 4.3 4.2 4.2
Downside Bank of England base
1 25 % 64.7 rate(2) 4.9 5.6 4.8 4.3 4.0
Gross domestic product(3) (2.2) (0.1) 1.4 1.5 1.6
Unemployment rate 5.1 6.7 7.3 7.0 6.4
Unemployment rate
peak in year 5.8 7.2 7.3 7.2 6.6
Downside Bank of England base
2 5 % 160.6 rate(2) 5.9 7.0 6.0 5.4 4.9
Gross domestic product(3) (3.6) (1.4) 1.2 1.5 1.6
Unemployment rate 6.2 8.8 9.6 9.1 8.3
Unemployment rate
peak in year 7.4 9.5 9.6 9.4 8.6
Bank of England base
Weighted scenarios rate(2) 4.2 4.3 3.8 3.6 3.5
Gross domestic product(3) (0.7) 0.8 1.5 1.5 1.6
Unemployment rate 4.5 5.6 5.9 5.7 5.4
Unemployment rate
peak in year 4.9 5.9 5.9 5.8 5.5
(1) Represents the impact on ECL provision if 100% weighting
applied to each macro-economic scenario.
(2) Simple average.
(3) Annual growth rates. GDP annual growth is calculated by
comparing the relative change between the last calendar quarter of
each year.
111
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
2022
Sensitivity
(100% 202 202 202 202 202
Scenario Weighting weighted)(1) Economic measure 2 3 4 5 6
GBPm % % % % %
Bank of England base
Base 40 % (12.8) rate(2) 0.7 1.2 1.2 1.0 0.8
Gross domestic product(3) 2.4 2.1 1.3 1.6 1.6
Unemployment rate 4.5 4.1 4.0 3.9 3.9
Unemployment rate
peak in year 4.7 4.2 4.0 3.9 3.9
Bank of England base
Upside 30 % (27.3) rate(2) 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.2 1.0
Gross domestic product(3) 4.5 2.1 1.3 1.6 1.6
Unemployment rate 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
Unemployment rate
peak in year 4.0 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9
Downside Bank of England base
1 25 % 31.1 rate(2) 0.3 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6
Gross domestic product(3) 0.9 2.1 1.3 1.6 1.6
Unemployment rate 5.9 5.5 4.8 4.3 4.1
Unemployment rate
peak in year 6.2 5.8 5.0 4.4 4.1
Downside Bank of England base
2 5 % 110.4 rate(2) 0.2 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.4
Gross domestic product(3) (0.8) 2.0 1.3 1.6 1.6
Unemployment rate 7.5 7.5 6.5 5.5 4.7
Unemployment rate
peak in year 8.0 7.8 7.0 5.8 4.9
Bank of England base
Weighted scenarios rate(2) 0.7 1.2 1.1 1.0 0.8
Gross domestic product(3) 2.5 2.1 1.3 1.6 1.6
Unemployment rate 4.8 4.6 4.3 4.1 4.0
Unemployment rate
peak in year 5.0 4.7 4.4 4.1 4.0
(1) Represents the impact on ECL provision if 100% weighting
applied to each macro-economic scenario.
(2) Simple average.
(3) Annual growth rates. GDP annual growth is calculated by
comparing the relative change between the last calendar quarter of
each year.
112
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Sensitivity analysis
As the calculation of ECLs is complex and involves use of
judgement, sensitivity analysis has been performed to illustrate
the impact on ECLs of any changes to the main components of the
calculation. The effect of applying a 100% weighting to each of the
macro-economic scenarios, as well as the impact on ECLs as a result
of changes in LGD, staging, PD and expected lifetime, have been
assessed.
Most of the sensitivities have been calculated as single-factor
sensitivities and any impact on ECL reflects the sensitivity of the
estimate to each key component in isolation. However, the PD and
macro-economic sensitivities also include a rebasing of the staging
allocation and thresholds. The impact of these is therefore
incorporated within the impact disclosed for these
sensitivities.
The most significant assumptions affecting the ECL calculation
are as follows:
-- PD;
-- LGD;
-- Macro-economic scenarios and their relative weightings;
-- PD threshold (staging); and
-- Expected lifetime of revolving credit facilities.
Set out below are changes in the ECL allowance that would arise
from reasonably possible changes in these assumptions over those
used in the Group's calculations at 28 February 2023 :
Impact on loss allowance
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Credit Other Total Credit Other Total
Cards Personal Cards Personal
Lending Lending
Closing ECL allowance 346.8 114.1 460.9 330.4 158.4 488.8
Macro-economic (100%
weighted) Upside (44.7) (13.9) (58.6) (12.7) (14.6) (27.3)
Base (9.1) (1.9) (11.0) (6.6) (6.2) (12.8)
Downside 1 46.7 18.0 64.7 13.8 17.3 31.1
Downside 2 112.3 48.3 160.6 60.2 50.2 110.4
Increase of
10% (2022:
PD 2.5% ) 25.3 7.2 32.5 4.5 1.3 5.8
Decrease of
10% (2022:
2.5% ) (23.9) (7.1) (31.0) (4.3) (1.3) (5.6)
Increase of
LGD 2.5% 7.0 2.5 9.5 4.6 2.6 7.2
Decrease of
2.5% (7.1) (2.5) (9.6) (4.7) (2.5) (7.2)
Staging - change Increase of
in threshold 20% (7.7) (1.1) (8.8) (8.3) (0.3) (8.6)
Decrease of
20% 11.5 1.3 12.8 12.2 0.5 12.7
Expected lifetime
(revolving credit Increase of
facilities) 1 year 3.4 -- 3.4 10.9 -- 10.9
Decrease of
1 year (5.4) -- (5.4) (9.6) -- (9.6)
113
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Management Overlays
While credit loss experience remains low, the increased risk
from a high inflationary environment and the cost of living crisis
creates uncertainty in respect of future loss projections and the
current model outputs.
As a result, Management ha ve recognised PMAs of GBP90.0m at 28
February 2023 in respect of economic uncertainty to address these
prevailing downside risks , which have been captured in two
ways:
-- Customer Uncertainty - GBP22.0m (2022: GBP75.0m): The current
cost of living crisis makes a portion of customers more vulnerable
to rises in inflation and a deterioration in their ability to repay
unsecured lending balances. During the year, Management refined
their approach by calculating income and expenditure estimations
and specifically identifying customers with a current monthly
negative net free income (prior year: identified solely on age and
income group). This information is derived from both internal and
external sources and is then complemented with internal
affordability metrics which are aligned to the Group's credit
policy and used in lending decisions. Once identified, these
accounts are moved into Stage 2 and the associated lifetime loss is
included in the ECL estimates. Sensitivity analysis shows that
including customers with a monthly net free income up to GBP200
would increase ECLs by GBP3.0m. As the economic outlook
deteriorated, many of these customers were transferred to Stage 2
during the year through the Group's quantitative triggers as set
out in this note, resulting in a reduction in the level of PMA
held.
-- Model Underestimation and Uncertainty - GBP68.0m (2022:
GBPnil): This PMA a ddress es the underestimation risk caused by
uncertainty in respect of recent performance data and model
limitations (PD and EAD) recognised through the last three years of
unexpected low credit loss performance. This is specifically
evident when the accuracy of lifetime loss calculations of up to
seven years is calculated. Comparing historical trends to the most
recent projected lifetime PD and EAD curves has identified some
gaps in this estimation and Management believe the Group's current
lifetime loss trends are too low and not wholly representative of
current risk. For each of the segments identified in the gap
analysis, and taking into consideration recent strategy decisions
and other changes, lifetime loss trends have been reshaped and are
now more in line with longer-term actual lifetime credit loss
trends. The PD and EAD outputs from this PMA are already captured
within the sensitivity outputs on page 113. For clarity, a further
10% relative increase in the Group's lifetime PD estimates equates
to a GBP32.5m increase in ECLs .
In the prior year, the Group held the following PMAs , which
have now been fully released or replaced with the above:
-- Management had assessed that the beneficial impact of lower
consumer spending through the Covid-19 pandemic, which ha d
resulted in an improvement in credit scores, as well as other
inputs to ECLs such as lower EADs on the Credit Cards portfolio, w
ou l d have suppressed ECLs. A PMA of GBP112.6m was held due to the
beneficial impact observed of lower consumer spending through the
Covid-19 pandemic, which resulted in improved credit scores. This
PMA was released during the year as the impact of the Covid-19
pandemic on credit scores is no longer having a significant impact
on the ECLs.
-- Management had assessed that the emergence of customer
defaults w ould be more aligned with the economic downturn
experienced through the 2008/2009 global financial crisis. A PMA of
GBP19.5m wa s held in respect of this uncertainty. Management have
reviewed the current model outputs and concluded that the emergence
of defaults is now aligned to historical patterns.
-- Management had assessed the projected impact on its business
and results, at 28 February 2022, of the ongoing conflict in
Ukraine. Current Scenarios now capture the impacts from the
conflict and this PMA has now been incorporated into the underlying
models .
Grouping of instruments for losses measured on a collective
basis
For ECL provisions modelled on a collective basis, a grouping of
exposures is performed on the basis of shared credit risk
characteristics that include instrument type and credit risk
gradings. The groupings are subject to regular review to ensure
that these remain appropriate.
114
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
-- Credit risk: Credit risk exposure
Maximum exposure to credit risk
The table below represents the Group's maximum exposure to
credit risk, by IFRS 9 stages at the reporting date, in respect of
financial assets held.
For financial assets, the balances are based on gross carrying
amounts as reported in the Company and Consolidated Statements of
Financial Position. For loan commitments in relation to Credit Card
products , the amounts in the table represent the amounts for which
the Group is contractually committed. For all financial assets at
FVPL and reinsurance assets, the maximum exposure to credit risk is
their carrying amount.
Stage Stage
1 Stage 2 3 Total
Not past <30 days >30 days
2023 due past due past due Total
Group(1) GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Gross Exposure
Loans and advances
to customers 5,791.6 1,559.4 39.9 23.5 1,622.8 202.4 7,616.8
- Credit cards 3,112.6 820.2 21.3 13.4 854.9 133.1 4,100.6
- Other personal
lending 2,679.0 739.2 18.6 10.1 767.9 69.3 3,516.2
Investment securities
at FVOCI 564.8 -- -- -- -- -- 564.8
Investment securities
at amortised cost 883.1 -- -- -- -- -- 883.1
Loan commitments -
Loans and advances
to customers (2) 11,508.1 689.5 6.0 0.9 696.4 7.7 12,212.2
Total gross exposure 18,747.6 2,248.9 45.9 24.4 2,319.2 210.1 21,276.9
Loss allowance
Loans and advances
to customers(2) 57.4 258.3 19.1 13.7 291.1 112.4 460.9
- Credit cards 35.8 212.9 10.8 7.9 231.6 79.4 346.8
- Other personal
lending 21.6 45.4 8.3 5.8 59.5 33.0 114.1
Investment securities
at FVOCI(3) 1.3 -- -- -- -- -- 1.3
I nvestment securities
at amortised cost 0.2 -- -- -- -- -- 0.2
Total loss allowance 58.9 258.3 19.1 13.7 291.1 112.4 462.4
Net Exposure
Loans and advances
to customers 5,734.2 1,301.1 20.8 9.8 1,331.7 90.0 7,155.9
Investment securities
at FVOCI 563.5 -- -- -- -- -- 563.5
Investment securities
at amortised cost 882.9 -- -- -- -- -- 882.9
Total net exposure 7,180.6 1,301.1 20.8 9.8 1,331.7 90.0 8,602.3
Coverage
Loans and advances
to customers 1.0 % 16.6 % 47.9 % 58.3 % 17.9 % 55.6 % 6.1 %
(1) On a Company basis, loans and advances to subsidiary
companies of GBP 382.1 m are considered to be low risk and stage 1.
T he related loss allowance of GBP 2.8m is also considered to be
stage 1 .
(2) The loss allowance in respect of loan commitments in
relation to Credit Card products is included within the total loss
allowance for loans and advances to customers as above to the
extent that it is below the gross carrying amount of loans and
advances to customers. Where the loss allowance exceeds the gross
carrying amount, any excess is included within provisions as set
out at note 35.
(3) The loss allowance for investment securities at FVOCI is not
recognised in the carrying amount of investment securities as the
carrying amount is their fair value.
115
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
2022 Stage Stage 2 Stage Total
1 3
Not past <30 days >30 days Total
due past due past due
Group (1) GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Gross Exposure
Loans and advances
to customers 5,973.1 797.1 22.5 15.9 835.5 200.9 7,009.5
- Credit cards 2,869.3 498.7 11.2 7.8 517.7 124.5 3,511.5
- Other personal
lending 3,103.8 298.4 11.3 8.1 317.8 76.4 3,498.0
Investment securities
at FVOCI 584.7 -- -- -- -- -- 584.7
Investment securities
at amortised cost 857.6 -- -- -- -- -- 857.6
Loan commitments -
Loans and advances
to customers (2) 12,028.9 325.1 2.4 0.6 328.1 6.0 12,363.0
Total gross exposure 19,444.3 1,122.2 24.9 16.5 1,163.6 206.9 20,814.8
Loss allowance
Loans and advances
to customers (2) 95.2 247.3 9.4 9.5 266.2 127.4 488.8
- Credit cards 62.9 181.6 4.7 4.2 190.5 76.9 330.3
- Other personal
lending 32.3 65.7 4.7 5.3 75.7 50.5 158.5
Investment securities
at FVOCI (3) 0.8 -- -- -- -- -- 0.8
Investment securities
at amortised cost 0.2 -- -- -- -- -- 0.2
Total loss allowance 96.2 247.3 9.4 9.5 266.2 127.4 489.8
Net exposure
Loans and advances
to customers 5,877.9 549.8 13.1 6.4 569.3 73.5 6,520.7
Investment securities
at FVOCI 583.9 -- -- -- -- -- 583.9
Investment securities
at amortised cost 857.4 -- -- -- -- -- 857.4
Total net exposure 7,319.2 549.8 13.1 6.4 569.3 73.5 7,962.0
Coverage
Loans and advances
to customers 1.6 % 31.0 % 41.8 % 59.7 % 31.9 % 63.4 % 7.0 %
(1) On a Company basis, loans and advances to subsidiary
companies of GBP486.5m are considered to be low risk and stage 1. T
he related loss allowance of GBP1.8m is also considered to be stage
1 .
(2) The loss allowance in respect of loan commitments in
relation to Credit Card products is included within the total loss
allowance for loans and advances to customers as above to the
extent that it is below the gross carrying amount of loans and
advances to customers. Where the loss allowance exceeds the gross
carrying amount, any excess is included within provisions as set
out at note 35.
(3) The loss allowance for investment securities at FVOCI is not
recognised in the carrying amount of investment securities as the
carrying amount is their fair value.
116
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
The table below shows a breakdown of Stage 2 loans and advances
to customers.
Group Maximum exposure to
credit risk
Gross Loans Total ECL
and Advances
GBPm GBPm
2023
Currently > 30 days past due 23.5 13.7
Total currently >30 days past due 23.5 13.7
Quantitative triggers 1,111.7 227.1
Qualitative triggers 487.6 50.3
Total currently <30 days past due 1,599.3 277.4
Total Stage 2 at 28 February 2023 1,622.8 291.1
Group Maximum exposure to
credit risk
Gross Loans Total ECL
and Advances
GBPm GBPm
2022
Currently > 30 days past due 15.9 9.5
Total currently >30 days past due 15.9 9.5
Quantitative triggers 520.4 171.2
Qualitative triggers 299.2 85.5
Total currently <30 days past due 819.6 256.7
Total Stage 2 at 28 February 2022 835.5 266.2
Credit quality of loans and advances to customers
The table below provides details of the credit quality of loans
and advances to customers and loan commitments in relation to
Credit Card products for which an ECL allowance is recognised.
The Group defines four classifications of credit quality for all
credit exposures; High, Satisfactory, Low quality and below
standard, and Credit impaired. Credit exposures are segmented
according to the IFRS 9 12-month PD, with credit impaired
reflecting a PD of 100%. The classifications are the same for the
current and prior year.
IFRS 9
12 Month
PD (%)
High quality <=3.02%
Satisfactory quality >3.03% - 11.10%
Low quality and below => 11.11%
standard
Credit impaired 100%
117
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Group (1) 2023
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Other Other Other
Credit Personal Credit Personal Credit Personal
Cards Lending Total Cards Lending Total Cards Lending Total
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Loans and advances to customers
High quality 2,965.5 2,631.7 5,597.2 252.8 489.5 742.3 -- -- -- 6,339.5
Satisfactory
quality 139.0 47.2 186.2 359.4 250.1 609.5 -- -- -- 795.7
Low quality
and below standard 8.1 0.1 8.2 242.7 28.3 271.0 -- -- -- 279.2
Credit impaired -- -- -- -- -- -- 133.1 69.3 202.4 202.4
Total 3,112.6 2,679.0 5,791.6 854.9 767.9 1,622.8 133.1 69.3 202.4 7,616.8
Loan Commitments
High quality 11,418.6 -- 11,418.6 517.1 -- 517.1 -- -- -- 11,935.7
Satisfactory
quality 86.7 -- 86.7 143.3 -- 143.3 -- -- -- 230.0
Low quality
and below standard 2.8 -- 2.8 36.0 -- 36.0 -- -- -- 38.8
Credit impaired -- -- -- -- -- -- 7.7 -- 7.7 7.7
Total 11,508.1 -- 11,508.1 696.4 -- 696.4 7.7 -- 7.7 12,212.2
Total exposure 14,620.7 2,679.0 17,299.7 1,551.3 767.9 2,319.2 140.8 69.3 210.1 19,829.0
Group (1) 2022
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Other Other Other
Credit Personal Credit Personal Credit Personal
Cards Lending Total Cards Lending Total Cards Lending Total
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Loans and advances to customers
High quality 2,684.0 2,982.4 5,666.4 167.2 132.6 299.8 -- -- -- 5,966.2
Satisfactory
quality 170.7 116.6 287.3 256.3 134.1 390.4 -- -- -- 677.7
Low quality
and below standard 14.6 4.8 19.4 94.2 51.1 145.3 -- -- -- 164.7
Credit impaired -- -- -- -- -- -- 124.5 76.4 200.9 200.9
Total 2,869.3 3,103.8 5,973.1 517.7 317.8 835.5 124.5 76.4 200.9 7,009.5
Loan Commitments
High quality 11,924.1 -- 11,924.1 246.0 -- 246.0 -- -- -- 12,170.1
Satisfactory
quality 98.3 -- 98.3 71.1 -- 71.1 -- -- -- 169.4
Low quality
and below standard 6.5 -- 6.5 11.0 -- 11.0 -- -- -- 17.5
Credit impaired -- -- -- -- -- -- 6.0 -- 6.0 6.0
Total 12,028.9 -- 12,028.9 328.1 -- 328.1 6.0 -- 6.0 12,363.0
Total exposure 14,898.2 3,103.8 18,002.0 845.8 317.8 1,163.6 130.5 76.4 206.9 19,372.5
(1) On a Company basis, loans and advances to subsidiary
companies of GBP382.1m (2022: GBP486.5m) are considered to be low
risk, high quality and stage 1.
118
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Counterparty credit rating
Group 2023 2022
Long-term
Rating GBPm GBPm
Investment securities at amortised
cost AAA to BBB 882.9 857.4
Investment securities at FVOCI AAA to BBB 564.8 584.7
Total 1,447.7 1,442.1
Concentration risk
Concentration risk is the risk of losses arising as a result of
concentrations of exposures to a specific counterparty, economic
sector, segment or geographical region.
The Group could become exposed to this risk were it to become
concentrated in certain geographic areas or product profiles e.g. a
disproportionate level of high value unsecured Personal Loans .
Such concentrations could produce unacceptable levels of default in
some adverse but plausible situations.
Controls and risk mitigants
The Group mitigates these potential concentration risks by
establishing appropriate limits and trigger thresholds that are
regularly monitored and reported to the appropriate Senior
Management team and risk committees. An assessment of credit
concentration is also undertaken as part of the ICAAP. The Group
does not consider itself to be overly concentrated, other than its
geographic concentration as a UK business.
Concentration profiles
The following tables provide concentration profiles in terms of
the geographic distribution of the Group's exposures and analysis
of material asset class by industry type.
Geographical distribution profile
The Group is primarily focused on providing financial services
and products to UK personal customers.
The table below provides the geographical distribution of the
Group's total credit risk exposures. For on balance sheet assets,
the balances set out below are based on net carrying amounts as
reported in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
2023 2022
Group GBPm GBPm
UK 20,645.7 20,462.6
Europe (excluding UK) 538.2 330.3
Other 368.3 623.2
Total 21,552.2 21,416.1
Industry type profile
The table below represents the distribution of exposures by
industry type. The Group is primarily focused on providing
financial services and products to personal customers in the UK,
although it also has exposure to wholesale counterparties as
detailed below. For on balance sheet assets, the balances set out
below are based on net carrying amounts as reported in the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
2023 2022
Group GBPm GBPm
Financial institutions 1,470.2 1,473.9
Government 483.4 785.4
Individuals 19,306.9 18,866.9
Wholesale and retail trade 291.7 289.9
Total 21,552.2 21,416.1
119
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
-- Credit risk: Loss allowance
Loss allowance reconciliation
The following table provides a reconciliation of the movements
in the loss allowance in the year:
2023 Stage Stage Stage
1 2 3 Total
Group (1) GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Loans and advances to customers
At 1 March 2022 95.2 266.2 127.4 488.8
Transfers (2, 4)
Transfers from stage 1 to stage
2 (21.0) 21.0 -- --
Transfers from stage 2 to stage
1 19.7 (19.7) -- --
Transfers to stage 3 (2.8) (21.5) 24.3 --
Transfers from stage 3 0.9 1.7 (2.6) --
Income statement charge
Net remeasurement (3) following
transfer of stage(4) (8.4) 27.1 54.7 73.4
New financial assets originated(5) 24.9 63.2 6.8 94.9
Financial assets derecognised
during year (5.6) (4.9) (3.4) (13.9)
Changes in risk parameters and
other movements(6) (47.6) (41.2) 10.7 (78.1)
Other movements
Write-offs and asset disposals(7) -- (1.6) (105.5) (107.1)
Transfer from provisions for liabilities
and charges(8) 2.1 0.8 -- 2.9
ECL allowance at 28 February
2023 57.4 291.1 112.4 460.9
Investment securities at FVOCI
- loss allowance
At 1 March 2022 0.8 -- -- 0.8
Income statement charge
New financial assets originated 0.4 -- -- 0.4
Changes in risk parameters and
other movements 0.1 -- -- 0.1
ECL allowance at 28 February
2023 1.3 -- -- 1.3
Investment securities at amortised
cost - loss allowance
At 1 March 2022 0.2 -- -- 0.2
Income statement charge -- -- -- --
ECL allowance at 28 February
2023 0.2 -- -- 0.2
Reconciliation to income statement
Net expected credit loss charge (36.2) 44.2 68.8 76.8
Recoveries and write-offs -- -- (15.4) (15.4)
Total income statement credit (36.2) 44.2 53.4 61.4
(1) On a Company basis, the movements in loss allowance for the
year ended 28 February 2023 of GBP1.0m relating to loans and
advances to subsidiary companies arise entirely due to changes in
risk parameters and is considered to be stage 1 .
(2) Transfers - The opening loss allowance on financial assets
which transferred stage during the year.
(3) Net remeasurement - The increase/(decrease) in the opening
loss allowance as a result of a stage transfer.
(4) Includes a c harge in stage s 1 and 2 ECL of GBP116.3m due
to a change in the macro-economic scenarios assumptions.
(5) New financial assets originated or purchased - The loss
allowance on new financial assets originated or purchased during
the year, representing their stage at 28 February 2023 .
(6) Changes in risk parameters and other movements - The change
in loss allowance due to changes in macro-economic scenarios, PD,
LGD and EAD during the year.
(7) Write-offs and asset disposals - The release of the loss
allowance following the write-off and/or disposal of a financial
asset during the year.
(8) Transfer from provisions for liabilities and charges - The
movement in loss allowance which exceeds the gross carrying amount
of the financial asset.
120
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
2022 Stage Stage
1 Stage 2 3 Total
Group(1) GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Loans and advances to customers
At 1 March 202 1 132.3 339.3 153.0 624.6
Transfers (2) (,) (4)
Transfers from stage 1 to stage
2 (18.7) 18.7 -- --
Transfers from stage 2 to stage
1 44.6 (44.6) -- --
Transfers to stage 3 (5.4) (37.4) 42.8 --
Transfers from stage 3 1.5 3.1 (4.6) --
Income statement charge
Net remeasurement(2) following
transfer of stage (4) (34.0) 11.8 58.3 36.1
New financial assets originated
(5) 21.3 8.9 3.5 33.7
Financial assets derecognised
during year (15.3) (15.6) (3.6) (34.5)
Changes in risk parameters and
other movements (6) (35.8) (23.3) 10.3 (48.8)
Other movements
Write-offs and asset disposals
(7) (0.3) (1.8) (132.3) (134.4)
Transfer from provisions for
liabilities and charges (8) 5.0 7.1 -- 12.1
ECL allowance at 28 February
2022 95.2 266.2 127.4 488.8
Investment securities at FVOCI
- loss allowance
At 1 March 202 1 -- -- -- --
Income statement charge
New financial assets originated 1.1 -- -- 1.1
F inancial assets derecognised
during year (0.1) -- -- (0.1)
C hanges in risk parameters and
other movements (0.2) -- -- (0.2)
ECL allowance at 28 February
2022 0.8 -- -- 0.8
Investment securities at amortised
cost - loss allowance
At 1 March 202 1 0.8 -- -- 0.8
Income statement charge
Changes in risk parameters and
other movements (6) 0.1 -- -- 0.1
Changes in models (0.6) -- -- (0.6)
Other movements
TU sub debt(9) (0.1) -- -- (0.1)
ECL allowance at 28 February
2022 0.2 -- -- 0.2
Reconciliation to income statement
Net expected credit loss charge (63.5) (18.2) 68.5 (13.2)
Recoveries and write-offs -- -- (16.7) (16.7)
Total income statement charge (63.5) (18.2) 51.8 (29.9)
(1) On a Company basis, the movements in loss allowance for the
year ended 28 February 2022 of GBP0.5m relating to loans and
advances to subsidiary companies arise entirely due to changes in
risk parameters and is considered to be stage 1 .
(2) Transfers - The opening loss allowance on financial assets
which transferred stage during the year.
(3) Net remeasurement - The increase/(decrease) in the opening
loss allowance as a result of a stage transfer.
(4) Includes a credit in stage s 1 and 2 ECL of GBP 199.8 m due
to a change in the macro-economic scenarios assumptions.
(5) New financial assets originated or purchased - The loss
allowance on new financial assets originated or purchased during
the year, representing their stage at 28 February 2022.
(6) Changes in risk parameters and other movements - The change
in loss allowance due to changes in macro-economic scenarios, PD,
LGD and EAD during the year.
(7) Write-offs and asset disposals - The release of the loss
allowance following the write-off and/or disposal of a financial
asset during the year.
(8) Transfer from provisions for liabilities and charges - The
movement in loss allowance which exceeds the gross carrying amount
of the financial asset.
(9) The Group's holding in subordinated debt issued by TU is now
fully eliminated in the Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position following the acquisition of TU on 4 May 2021.
121
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
The following table provides a reconciliation of the movements
in the gross carrying amounts of financial instruments to help
explain their significance to the changes in the loss allowance
during the year as set out in the above table:
2023 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Group(1) GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Loans and advances to customers
Gross carrying amount
At 1 March 2022 5,973.1 835.5 200.9 7,009.5
Transfers (2)
Transfers from stage 1 to stage
2 (1,121.7) 1,121.7 -- --
Transfers from stage 2 to stage
1 289.2 (289.2) -- --
Transfers to stage 3 (47.8) (74.6) 122.4 --
Transfers from stage 3 1.7 3.5 (5.2) --
Other movements
New financial assets originated(3) 2,058.2 325.9 8.8 2,392.9
Net decrease in lending(4) (1,356.6) (299.0) (19.6) (1,675.2)
Write-offs and asset disposals(5) (2.8) (1.9) (118.1) (122.8)
Changes in interest accrual and
other movements (1.7) 0.9 13.2 12.4
At 28 February 2023 5,791.6 1,622.8 202.4 7,616.8
Investment securities at FVOCI
Gross carrying amount
At 1 March 2022 584.7 -- -- 584.7
New financial assets purchased 187.1 -- -- 187.1
Financial assets derecognised
during the year (152.4) -- -- (152.4)
Reclassification to FVPL during
the year (54.6) -- -- (54.6)
At 28 February 2023 564.8 -- -- 564.8
Investment securities at amortised
cost
Gross carrying amount
At 1 March 2022 857.6 -- -- 857.6
New financial assets purchased(3) 135.8 -- -- 135.8
Financial assets derecognised
during the year (74.2) -- -- (74.2)
Other movements (36.1) -- -- (36.1)
At 28 February 2023 883.1 -- -- 883.1
(1) On a Company basis, loans and advances to subsidiary
companies of GBP382.1m are considered to be low risk and stage
1.
(2) Transfers - The opening gross carrying amount of financial
assets held which transferred stage as at year-end.
(3) New financial assets originated or purchased - The gross
carrying amount of financial assets originated or purchased during
the year, representing their stage as at 28 February 2023 .
(4) Net decrease in lending - The changes in gross carrying
amount of financial assets after taking account of additional
borrowing and/or payments received from customers.
(5) Write-offs and asset disposals - The write-off of the gross
carrying amount when a financial asset is deemed uncollectable
and/or has been disposed of.
122
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
2022 Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
Group(1) GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Loans and advances to customers
Gross carrying amount
At 1 March 202 1 5,748.5 1,030.0 241.6 7,020.1
Transfers (2)
Transfers from stage 1 to stage
2 (325.7) 325.7 -- --
Transfers from stage 2 to stage
1 294.7 (294.7) -- --
Transfers to stage 3 (57.5) (91.2) 148.7 --
Transfers from stage 3 3.1 6.0 (9.1) --
Other movements
New financial assets originated
(3) 1,757.6 83.1 4.6 1,845.3
Net decrease in lending (4) (1,442.9) (219.2) (24.5) (1,686.6)
Write-offs and asset disposals
(5) (0.1) (1.9) (155.5) (157.5)
Changes in interest accrual and
other movements (4.6) (2.3) (4.9) (11.8)
At 28 February 2022 5,973.1 835.5 200.9 7,009.5
Investment securities at FVOCI
Gross carrying amount
At 1 March 202 1 5.1 -- -- 5.1
Acquisition of TU 616.1 -- -- 616.1
New financial assets purchased 89.9 -- -- 89.9
Financial assets derecognised
during the year (91.4) -- -- (91.4)
Reclassification to FVPL during
the year(6) (5.1) -- -- (5.1)
Other movements (29.9) -- -- (29.9)
At 28 February 2022 584.7 -- -- 584.7
Investment securities at amortised
cost
Gross carrying amount
At 1 March 202 1 949.2 -- -- 949.2
New financial assets purchas ed
(3) 130.0 -- -- 130.0
Financial assets derecognised
during the year (177.0) -- -- (177.0)
Other movements (23.5) -- -- (23.5)
TU sub debt (7) (21.1) -- -- (21.1)
At 28 February 2022 857.6 -- -- 857.6
(1) On a Company basis, loans and advances to subsidiary
companies of GBP486.5m are considered to be low risk and stage
1.
(2) Transfers - The opening gross carrying amount of financial
assets held which transferred stage as at year-end.
(3) New financial assets originated or purchased - The gross
carrying amount of financial assets originated or purchased during
the year, representing their stage as at 28 February 2022 .
(4) Net decrease in lending - The changes in gross carrying
amount of financial assets after taking account of additional
borrowing and/or payments received from customers.
(5) Write-offs and asset disposals - The write-off of the gross
carrying amount when a financial asset is deemed uncollectable
and/or has been disposed of.
(6) During the year, following a review of industry practice and
the requirements of IFRS 9, the Group reclassified its holding in
preferred stock issued by VISA Inc. from FVOCI to FVPL.
(7) The Group's holding in subordinated debt issued by TU is now
fully eliminated in the Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position following the acquisition of TU on 4 May 2021.
123
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
-- Credit risk: Write off policy
When a loan is deemed uncollectable it is written off against
the related provision after all of the necessary procedures have
been completed and the amount of the loss has been determined. A
loan is deemed uncollectable when the Group believes there is no
realistic prospect of future recoveries as a result of the
customer's insolvency or the account being sold through a debt
sale.
The Group may write off loans that are still subject to
enforcement activity. The outstanding contractual amount of such
assets written off during the year ended 28 February 2023 was
GBP115.3m ( 2022 : GBP 110.2 m). Expected recoveries from written
off financial assets subject to enforcement activity are recognised
in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
-- Credit risk: Forbearance
The Group provides support to customers who are experiencing
financial difficulties. Forbearance is relief granted by a lender
to assist customers in financial difficulty, through arrangements
which temporarily allow the customer to pay an amount other than
the contractual amounts due. These temporary arrangements may be
initiated by the customer or the Group where financial distress
would prevent repayment within the original terms and conditions of
the contract.
The main aim of forbearance is to support customers in returning
to a position where they are able to meet their contractual
obligations.
The Group has adopted the definition of forbearance as published
in Regulation EU 2015/227 . The Group reports all accounts meeting
this definition, providing for them appropriately.
Controls and risk mitigants
The Group has well defined forbearance policies and processes. A
number of forbearance options are made available to customers by
the Group. These routinely, but not exclusively, include the
following:
-- Arrangements to repay arrears over a period of time, by
making payments above the contractual amount, that ensure the loan
is repaid within the original repayment term.
-- Short-term concessions, where the borrower is allowed to make
reduced repayments (or in exceptional circumstances, no repayments)
on a temporary basis to assist with short-term financial
hardship.
The table below details the values of secured and unsecured
advances that are subject to forbearance programmes, in accordance
with the European Banking Authority (EBA) definition.
Gross loans and advances subject Forbearance programmes as a Proportion of forbearance
to forbearance programmes proportion of total loans and programmes covered by impairment
advances by category provision
Group 2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm % % % %
Credit Cards 101.9 106.4 2.5 3.1 49.2 51.2
Loans 29.6 39.4 0.9 1.2 31.3 46.7
124
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
(b) Operational risk
Operational risk is the risk of a potential error, loss, harm or
failure caused by ineffective or inadequately defined processes,
system failures, improper conduct, human error or from external
events. The Group is subject to the SA method to calculate Pillar 1
operational risk capital, as outlined in the Capital Requirements
Regulation (CRR).
Financial crime and fraud are significant drivers of operational
risk and the external threat continues to grow across the Financial
Services industry. The industry remains under significant threat
from cyber attacks. This includes various organised groups
targeting institutions through phishing, malware, denial of service
and other sophisticated methods.
The Group has an appropriate risk framework and continually
monitors emerging risks and threats.
Controls and risk mitigants
The Group's risks are assessed utilising the R CSA process which
is defined as part of the Enterprise-Wide RMF. Accountabilities are
aligned to the Three Lines of Defence model.
The CRO and the Risk function are responsible for:
-- developing and maintaining the Operational Risk Policy;
-- developing and maintaining the EWRMF;
-- working with relevant business areas to make sure that Risk
Management responsibilities across Business Areas a re understood
and that those responsibilities are executed as defined in t he EW
R MF ;
-- supporting relevant business areas to embed policies and
controls, instilling a positive risk management culture; and
-- independently monitoring, assessing and reporting on O
perational R isk profiles and losses.
The Risk function maintains the EWRMF which d efin es the
minimum requirements for the management o f risk including the
Policy Framework.
Business units and functions assess their operational risks on
an ongoing basis via a prescribed Risk and Control Self-Assessment
(RCSA) process and Operational Risk Scenario Analysis (ORSA). The
RCSA process is reviewed and updated on a timely basis by the
Business Areas to reflect the risk and control environment and any
changes arising from changes in products, processes and systems.
The RCSA outputs are reported to relevant governance bodies,
including the BRC. This is supplemented further by an event
management process and regular reporting of the Operational Risk
profile to the ERC, which provides oversight of the Group's
operational risk profile. The ORSA builds on the RCSA process and
event management process to identify the forward-looking risk
profile and the results are used to inform the Board's decision on
any additional requirement for operational risk capital under
Pillar II.
The ERC provides oversight of the Group's operational risk
profile and provides regular reports and recommendations to the
Board Risk Committee (BRC) and the Board.
(c) Liquidity and funding risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is not able to meet
its obligations as they fall due. It also covers the risk that a
given security cannot be traded quickly enough in the market to
prevent a loss if a credit rating falls. Funding risk is the risk
that the Group does not have sufficiently stable and diverse
sources of funding.
The Group operates within a Liquidity and Funding Control
Framework designed to ensure that sufficient funds are available at
all times to meet demands from depositors; to fund agreed advances;
to meet other commitments as and when they fall due; and to ensure
the Board's Risk Appetite is adhered to.
125
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Controls and risk mitigants
Liquidity and funding risk is assessed through the ILAAP on at
least an annual basis. The ILAAP process involves detailed
consideration of the following:
-- identification of sources of liquidity risk;
-- quantification of those risks through stress testing;
-- consideration of management processes and controls to manage the risk;
-- assessment of the type and quality of liquid asset holdings
required to mitigate the risk; and
-- consideration of the levels of contingent funding required to mitigate the risk.
The Group sets formal limits within the Liquidity and Funding
Risk Management Policy to maintain liquidity risk exposures within
the liquidity and funding Risk Appetite set by the Board. The key
liquidity and funding measures monitored on a daily basis are:
-- the internal liquidity requirement;
-- the total liquidity requirement;
-- the net stable funding ratio;
-- minimum eligible collateral floor;
-- the asset encumbrance ratio; and
-- the unencumbered assets to retail liabilities ratio.
The Group measures and manages liquidity in line with the above
metrics and maintains a liquidity and funding profile to enable it
to meet its financial obligations under normal and stressed market
conditions.
The Group monitors and reports on the composition of its funding
base against defined thresholds to avoid funding source and
maturity concentration risks.
The Group prepares both short-term and long-term forecasts to
assess liquidity requirements and takes into account factors such
as Credit Card payment cycles, expected utilisation of undrawn
credit limits, investment maturities, customer deposit patterns,
and wholesale funding (including TFSME) maturities. These reports
support daily liquidity management and are reviewed on a daily
basis by Senior Management, along with early warning
indicators.
Stress testing of current and forecast financial positions is
conducted to inform the Group of required liquidity resources.
Reverse stress testing is conducted to inform the Group of the
circumstances that would result in liquidity resources being
exhausted. Liquidity stress tests are presented to the Treasury
Committee (TCo) and Asset and Liability Management Committee (ALCo)
on a regular basis to provide evidence that sufficient liquidity is
held to meet financial obligations in a stress.
126
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
The Treasury Director is responsible for formulating, and
obtaining Board approval for, an annual funding plan as part of the
overall business planning process. The Group is predominantly
funded by its retail deposit base which reduces reliance on
wholesale funding and, in particular, results in minimal short-term
wholesale funding.
A significant p o rt ion of these retail deposits are repayable
on demand on a contractual basis. The Group continuously monitors
retail deposit activity so that it can reasonably predict expected
maturity flows. Management consider that t hese instruments form a
stable funding base for the Group's operations because of the broad
customer base and the historical behaviours exhibited.
The table below shows the Group's primary funding sources:
2023 2022
Group GBPm GBPm
On balance sheet
Deposits from banks 979.7 1,052.3
Deposits from customers 5,769.6 5,325.9
Subordinated liabilities and notes 236.9 235.6
Debt securities in issue 137.5 244.0
Total on balance sheet funding 7,123.7 6,857.8
127
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
The tables below show cash flows payable up to a period of 20
years on an undiscounted basis. These differ from the Statement of
Financial Position values due to the effects of discounting on
certain Statement of Financial Position items and due to the
inclusion of contractual future interest flows.
Derivatives designated in a hedging relationship are included
according to their contractual maturity.
Group Within Between Between Between Between
2023 1 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 and Beyond
year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 5 years Total
On balance sheet GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Financial assets:
Cash and balances
at
central banks 462.2 -- -- -- -- -- 462.2
Loans and advances
to banks 26.7 -- -- -- -- -- 26.7
Loans and advances
to customers 6,233.4 1,601.7 1,127.9 701.5 344.1 258.3 10,266.9
Derivatives settled
on a net basis
- Derivatives in
economic but not
accounting hedges 0.3 0.3 0.1 -- -- -- 0.7
- Derivatives in
accounting hedge
relationships 51.1 33.3 14.3 7.6 3.3 4.9 114.5
Investment securities
- FVOCI 62.2 107.6 102.1 99.0 81.2 225.0 677.1
- FVPL 0.9 -- -- -- -- 19.2 20.1
- Loans and receivables 331.3 100.1 134.0 189.1 136.8 126.5 1,017.8
- Amortised cost -- -- -- -- -- -- --
Other assets 181.7 -- -- -- -- -- 181.7
Total financial
assets 7,349.8 1,843.0 1,378.4 997.2 565.4 633.9 12,767.7
Financial liabilities:
Deposits from banks 124.3 141.5 814.2 -- -- -- 1,080.0
Deposits from customers 4,593.0 934.7 160.3 29.0 119.2 0.6 5,836.8
Debt securities
in issue 5.1 147.2 -- -- -- -- 152.3
Other liabilities
- Lease liabilities 5.6 5.3 4.0 4.0 4.0 6.4 29.3
- Other liabilities
excluding lease
liabilities 170.6 -- -- -- -- -- 170.6
Subordinated liabilities 7.4 7.3 192.9 1.5 1.5 67.2 277.8
Total financial
liabilities 4,906.0 1,236.0 1,171.4 34.5 124.7 74.2 7,546.8
Off balance sheet
Contractual lending
commitments 12,212.2 -- -- -- -- -- 12,212.2
Total off balance
sheet 12,212.2 -- -- -- -- -- 12,212.2
128
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Company Within Between Between Between Between
2023 1 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 and Beyond
year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 5 years Total
On balance sheet GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Financial assets:
Cash and balances
at central banks 8.1 -- -- -- -- -- 8.1
Investment securities
Loans and advances
to subsidiary companies 12.5 154.5 192.9 1.5 1.5 67.2 430.1
Total financial
assets 20.6 154.5 192.9 1.5 1.5 67.2 438.2
Financial liabilities:
Debt securities
in issue 5.1 147.2 -- -- -- -- 152.3
Subordinated liabilities 7.4 7.3 192.9 1.5 1.5 67.2 277.8
Total financial
liabilities 12.5 154.5 192.9 1.5 1.5 67.2 430.1
129
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Group Within Between Between Between Between
2022 1 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 and Beyond
year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 5 years Total
On balance sheet GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Financial assets:
Cash and balances
at central banks 780.9 -- -- -- -- -- 780.9
L oans and advances
to bank s 50.3 -- -- -- -- -- 50.3
Loans and advances
to customers 4,825.5 976.7 677.9 410.7 204.2 116.6 7,211.6
Derivatives settled
on a net basis
- Derivatives in
accounting hedge
relationships 3.8 9.4 3.9 (0.5) 0.5 0.1 17.2
Investment securities -- -- -- -- -- -- --
- FVOCI 151.3 65.0 89.1 63.0 48.9 214.6 631.9
- FV PL 1.8 -- -- -- -- 23.0 24.8
- Amortised cost 247.3 430.1 126.9 116.2 98.5 92.5 1,111.5
Other assets 219.7 -- -- -- -- -- 219.7
Total financial
assets 6,280.6 1,481.2 897.8 589.4 352.1 446.8 10,047.9
Financial liabilities:
Deposits from banks 162.9 17.3 115.0 805.0 -- -- 1,100.2
Deposits from customers 4,677.4 443.8 160.2 23.7 25.0 -- 5,330.1
Debt securities
in issue 8.8 8.8 254.4 -- -- -- 272.0
Other liabilities
- Lease liabilities 5.8 5.6 5.2 3.8 3.8 9.6 33.8
- Other liabilities
excluding lease
liabilities 130.3 -- -- -- -- -- 130.3
Subordinated liabilities 5.8 7.5 7.3 192.9 1.5 52.5 267.5
Total financial
liabilities 4,991.0 483.0 542.1 1,025.4 30.3 62.1 7,133.9
Off balance sheet
Contractual lending
commitments 12,363.0 -- -- -- -- -- 12,363.0
Total off balance
sheet 12,363.0 -- -- -- -- -- 12,363.0
130
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Company Within Between Between Between Between
2022 1 1 and 2 and 3 and 4 and Beyond
year 2 years 3 years 4 years 5 years 5 years Total
On balance sheet GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Financial assets:
Cash and balances
at central banks 7.8 -- -- -- -- -- 7.8
Loans and advances
to subsidiary companies 16.0 16.2 261.7 192.9 1.5 52.5 540.8
Total financial
assets 23.8 16.2 261.7 192.9 1.5 52.5 548.6
Financial liabilities:
Debt securities
in issue 8.8 8.8 254.4 -- -- -- 272.0
Subordinated liabilities 5.8 7.5 7.3 192.9 1.5 52.5 267.5
Total financial
liabilities 14.6 16.3 261.7 192.9 1.5 52.5 539.5
131
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
The table below shows information about the estimated timing of
cash flows in relation to insurance claims liabilities at 28
February 2023 . The estimated phasing is based on current estimates
and the actual timing of future settlement cash flows may differ
from that disclosed below.
Group 2023 2023 2023 2023
Salvage
and subrogation
Gross recoveries Net
GBPm GBPm GBPm %
Payment period:
0-1 year 126.2 (24.6) 101.6 26.2
2-5 years 179.7 (18.7) 161.0 41.6
5 years and above 125.2 (0.4) 124.8 32.2
Total 431.1 (43.7) 387.4 100.0
Group 2022 2022 2022 2022
Salvage
and subrogation
Gross recoveries Net
GBPm GBPm GBPm %
Payment period:
0-1 years 95.7 (12.7) 83.0 17.6
2-5 years 203.3 (9.2) 194.1 41.1
5 years and above 195.3 (0.3) 195.0 41.3
Total 494.3 (22.2) 472.1 100.0
132
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Encumbrance
The table below summarises the Group's assets which are
available to support future funding and collateral needs and shows
the extent to which these assets are currently pledged for this
purpose.
The Group has adopted the definition of encumbrance in
accordance with the Prudential Regulation Authority's (PRA's)
Rulebook. Asset encumbrance represents a claim to an asset by
another party usually in the form of a security interest such as a
pledge. Encumbrance reduces the assets available to, and therefore
the recovery rate of , its depositors and other unsecured bank
creditors.
Group Encumbered Unencumbered Total
2023 GBPm GBPm GBPm
Encumbered asset summary
Investment securities - FVOCI -- 564.8 564.8
Investment securities - FVPL -- 20.1 20.1
Investment securities - amortised cost 86.9 796.0 882.9
Loans and advances to customers 1,530.1 5,551.2 7,081.3
Cash and balances with central banks 43.4 417.7 461.1
Other assets 30.6 151.1 181.7
1,691.0 7,500.9 9,191.9
Encumbered investment securities -
FVOCI
Debt securities at FVOCI 86.9
86.9
Encumbered loans and advances to customers
Securitisation - Delamare Master Trust 1,136.5
Personal Loans 393.6
1,530.1
Encumbered cash and balances with central
banks
Cash ratio deposit 23.4
Reserves Collateralisation Account 20.0
43.4
Encumbered other assets
Initial margin held at Clearing Houses 30.6
30.6
133
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Group Encumbered Unencumbered Total
2022 GBPm GBPm GBPm
Encumbered asset summary
Investment securities - FVOCI -- 584.7 584.7
I nvestment securities - FV PL -- 24.8 24.8
Investment securities - amortised cost -- 857.4 857.4
Loans and advances to customers 1,796.9 4,693.4 6,490.3
Cash and balances with central banks 41.6 739.0 780.6
Other assets 21.9 197.8 219.7
1,860.4 7,097.1 8,957.5
Encumbered loans and advances to customers
Securitisation - Delamare Master Trust 1,170.9
Personal Loans 626.0
1,796.9
Encumbered cash and balances with central
banks
Cash ratio deposit 21.6
Reserves Collateralisation Account 20.0
41.6
Encumbered other assets
Initial margin held at Clearing Houses 21.9
21.9
-- Loans and advances assigned for use as collateral in securitisation transactions
At 28 February 2023 , GBP 2,880.8 m ( 2022 : GBP 2,966.8 m) of
the Credit Cards portfolio had its beneficial interest assigned to
a securitisation special purpose entity, Delamare Cards Receivables
Trustee Limited, for use as collateral in securitisation
transactions. The total encumbered portion of this portfolio is GBP
1,136.5 m ( 2022 : GBP 1,170.9 m ).
At 28 February 2023 , Delamare Cards MTN Issuer plc had GBP
1,840.0 m ( 2022 : GBP 1,840.0 m) notes in issue in relation to
securitisation transactions .
At 28 February 2023 , GBP 1,550.0 m ( 2022 : GBP 1,380.0 m) of
the class A retained Credit Card-backed notes are held within their
single collateral pool.
-- Loans and advances prepositioned with the BoE
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Credit Card-backed notes(1) 1,550.0 1,380.0
Unsecured personal Loans 1,606.8 2,063.5
Total assets prepositioned as collateral with the BoE 3,156.8 3,443.5
-------- --------
Collateralised TFSME drawings 900.0 900.0
Total 900.0 900.0
-------- --------
(1) Issued by Delamare Cards MTN Issuer plc.
134
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Undrawn Committed Facilities
The Group has the following undrawn committed facilities
available to it :
2023 2022
Group GBPm GBPm
Expiring in less than one year -- --
Expiring between one and two years 200.0 200.0
Expiring in more than two years -- --
Total 200.0 200.0
The undrawn committed facility is a GBP 200.0 m ( 2022 : GBP
200.0 m) committed repurchase facility. All facilities incur
commitment fees at market rates and would provide funding at
floating rates. There were no withdrawals from the facilities
during the year.
(d) Market risk
The Group defines Market Risk as the risk that movements in
market prices (such as interest rates and foreign exchange rates)
lead to a reduction in either the Bank's earnings or economic
value.
The Group assesses IRRBB by measuring:
(a) the value risk to equity capital; and
(b) future earnings sensitivity under specific interest rate
scenarios.
The Group assesses its exposure to foreign exchange risk by
measuring its net open currency position.
Control and risk mitigants
With the exception of portfolio management in respect of TU,
which is undertaken by the TU Investment Committee, with oversight
and challenge provided by the Group's Finance function, control of
market risk exposure is managed by the ALCo and the TCo. These
bodies provide oversight of the Group's market risk position at a
detailed level, providing regular reports and recommendations to
the BRC and the Board.
The Board approved market risk policy provides direction to all
staff with responsibility for managing market risk and defines the
approach the Group must apply to measure, monitor, and control
market risk. The Group's market Risk Appetite statement is
documented within this policy which includes specific limits on
market risk measures.
The Treasury f unction implements and operates systems and
standards for measuring Market Risk including a comprehensive
reporting suite for the BRC and the ALCo including timely updates
in response to changing market conditions. The Treasury f unction
ensures compliance with the Board's market risk appetite statement
by implementing hedging strategies such as the use of derivatives
to hedge any residual risks.
The Risk function independently validates measurement systems
and models used to assess the Group's market risk exposures; and
provides oversight and challenge on market risk reporting,
management strategies and other related matters.
Und er the Senior Managers Regime and via the ALCo, the Chief
Financial Officer (CFO) is responsible for understanding and
assessing the performance of the Treasury f unction in monitoring
and controlling market risk within Board approved limits. The
purpose of the Group's ALCo is to support the CFO by providing
oversight and challenge in relation to principal Treasury risks
including market risk; the ALCo has representation from various
Business Areas including Treasury, Finance and Commercial plus the
Risk function and Internal Audit function .
-- Interest rate risk in the Banking Book
IRRBB is the current or prospective risk to both earnings and
economic value arising from movements in interest rates. The main
sub-types of IRRBB include gap risk (or repricing risk), basis risk
and customer optionality risk.
The Group offers lending and savings products with varying
interest rate features and maturities which create re-pricing
mismatches and therefore potential interest rate risk exposures.
The Group is therefore exposed to interest rate risk through its
retail banking products as well as through its limited wholesale
market activities.
IRRBB is the main market risk that could affect the Group's net
interest income.
135
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Control and risk mitigants
The main hedging instruments used to hedge IRRBB exposures are
interest rate swaps. Any residual exposures are then assessed
against Board approved limits under various interest rate scenarios
which consider changes in the slope and/or shape of the yield
curve, and changes in the relationship between different rate
indexes.
On a monthly basis the Treasury function measures and reports
the Group's Capital at Risk (CaR) and Annual Earnings at Risk
(AEaR) results to the TCo, ALCo, ERC , BRC and the Board.
The Group measures and controls its IRRBB exposures by assessing
both its earnings and valuation sensitivities to movements in
interest rates against Board approved risk appetites. The interest
rate shock scenarios include both parallel and non-parallel
movements of the yield curve and have been designed to assess
impacts across a suitable range of severe but plausible movements
in interest rates.
In addition to the Group's internal IRRBB measures, the Group
monitors its EVE/NII sensitivities which are described and
disclosed below:
Changes to Economic Value of Equity (<DELTA>EVE) :
measures the market value risk where equity is excluded from the
cash flows and is measured by subtracting the net present value of
total liabilities from the net present value of total assets.
Similar to CaR, the measure is based on conditional cash flow
modelling and is modelled on a run-off basis.
Changes to Net Interest Income (<DELTA>NII) : measures
changes in future interest income over a rolling 12--month period,
which includes expected cash flows (such as commercial margins and
other spread components) arising from all interest rate--sensitive
assets, liabilities and off--balance sheet items in the banking
book. It is computed assuming a constant balance sheet, where
maturing or repricing cash flows are replaced by new cash flows
with identical features.
<DELTA>EVE <DELTA>NII
Group 2023 2022 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Parallel shock up (34.1) (29.5) (4.5) 9.9
Parallel shock down (4.9) (10.4) (11.6) (25.9)
Steepener shock 3.3 (0.1) n/a n/a
Flattener shock (12.4) (11.1) n/a n/a
Short rates shock up (21.5) (18.6) n/a n/a
Short rates shock down 10.4 0.2 n/a n/a
Maximum (34.1) (29.5) (11.6) (25.9)
Tier 1 capital 1,623.2 1,668.4 n/a n/a
Maximum/Tier 1 Capital 2.1% 1.8 % n/a n/a
-- Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk is the risk that the value of transactions
in currencies other than Sterling is altered by the movement of
exchange rates .
The Group's Risk Appetite permits investment in non-sterling
denominated bonds and the Group may raise funding from the
wholesale markets in currencies other than sterling. Foreign
exchange exposure would arise if these are not hedged. Foreign
exchange exposure may also arise through the Group's 'Click and
Collect' Travel Money provision and invoices received which are
denominated in foreign currencies.
136
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Control and risk mitigants
Substantially all non-domestic currency exposure is hedged to
reduce exposure to a minimum level, within Board-approved limits.
The residual exposure is not material and, as such, no sensitivity
analysis is disclosed.
The Group's maximum exposure to foreign exchange risk at 28
February 2023 was GBP 2.6 m ( 2022 : GBP 3.8 m), representing the
Group's net assets ( 2022 : net assets) denominated in foreign
currencies.
( e ) Pension obligation risk
Pension obligation risk is the risk relating to a firm's
contractual or other liabilities relating to a pension scheme
(whether established for its employees or those of a related
company or otherwise). The Group is a participating employer in the
Tesco Pension Scheme (operated by TSL) and is exposed to pension
obligation risk through its obligation to the scheme. TSL has
recognised the appropriate net liability of the Tesco pension
scheme in accordance with IAS 19 (refer note 44).
Controls and risk mitigants
The Group undertakes an assessment of the impact of its share of
the pension scheme under a stress as part of its annual ICAAP.
( f ) Insurance risk
The Group is exposed to insurance risk through its wholly owned
subsidiary, TU, an authorised insurance company.
The Group defines insurance risk as the risks accepted through
the provision of insurance products in return for a premium. These
risks may or may not occur as expected and the amount and timing of
these risks are uncertain and determined by events outside of the
Group's control (e.g. flood or vehicular accident).
TU operates a separate EWRMF with dedicated risk and compliance
teams and a suite of TU risk policies to ensure that the TU
insurance portfolio is operating within agreed Risk Appetite.
-- Types of insurance risk
Underwriting risk
Underwriting risk is the risk that future claims experience on
business written is materially different from the results expected
based on the assumptions made at the point of underwriting
policies, resulting in current year losses.
Contracts are typically issued on an annual basis, meaning that
the Group's liability usually extends for a 12--month period, after
which the Group is entitled to decline to renew or can revise
renewal terms by amending the premium or other policy terms and
conditions such as the excess.
Controls and risk mitigants
Products are priced based on the Group's knowledge using past
exposures, historical losses (plus an appropriate allowance for
IBNR losses) and external data sources, with the appropriate
adjustments to reflect anticipated future market conditions and
expenses.
The Group reinsures a portion of the risks it underwrites in
order to control its exposure to losses and protect capital
resources. The Group buys primarily excess of loss
(non--proportional) reinsurance treaties to reduce its net exposure
to agreed levels for each line of business in accordance with the
Group's Risk Appetite. The Group has also purchased ADC against the
risk of low frequency high impact scenarios. The Group is also
party to a QS reinsurance treaty in which the Group and the
reinsurer share premiums and losses at an agreed percentage.
Claims reserving risk
Reserving and the ultimate cost of claims risk occurs where the
Group's estimates of its insurance liabilities prove to be
insufficient through inaccurate forecasting, adverse random
variation and additional expenses.
The methods used to estimate the insurance liabilities in
respect of outstanding claims and provisions are detailed in note
39.
137
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
Controls and risk mitigants
The aim of the reserving policy of the Group is to provide
estimates of insurance liabilities that are accurate and reliable
across each line of business and are consistent over the time
period required to settle all the claims.
The Group's reserving position is reviewed at the TU Reserving
Committee and is presented to the TU Board. In addition, an
independent reserve review is undertaken as appropriate .
Claims management risk
Claims management risk may arise in the event of inaccurate or
incomplete case reserving or settlement, poor customer service,
claims fraud, ineffective or inefficient claim processes or
excessive costs of handling claims.
Controls and risk mitigants
The Group's approach to claims management focuses upon creating
a successful balance between satisfying the needs of the customer
against control of the overall cost of the provision of the service
that meets those needs. Customers include both the insured as well
as others that believe the insured has breached a duty of care.
Reinsurance risk
Reinsurance is placed to reduce the Group's exposure to specific
risks, events and accumulations. The risk is that the reinsurance
contracts fail to perform as planned and do not reduce the gross
cost of claims in terms of the limits purchased, either by risks
not being appropriately covered, reinsurance defaults or by there
not being gaps in the programme.
Controls and risk mitigants
The reinsurance programme is subject to considerable scenario
planning, including by the Group's reinsurance brokers, and is
approved by the TU Reinsurance Committee and the TU Board. All
reinsurers in the reinsurance programme have a minimum credit
rating of A.
-- Sensitivity of insurance risk
A well-designed and executed Stress and Scenario Testing
programme is part of the Group 's contingency planning, consistent
with previous years.
Insurance stresses tested will consider:
-- The Group 's market competitiveness - to assess the impact of
lower profitability from writing lower than expected volumes or the
capital strain from writing higher than expected volumes;
-- Multiple weather events - to model events as a result of
increasing aggravating climate changes and the impact on TU's
catastrophe reinsurance covers;
-- Large bodily injury claims - to assess the impact of insufficient loss reserves;
-- Reinsurance contracts - to assess the benefits versus the
costs of the Group 's QS reinsurance contract and ADC contact;
and
-- Ogden discount rate - to assess the impact of a reduction in
the Ogden rate that is used in discounting large bodily injury
claims.
-- Concentration of insurance risk
Concentration of insurance risk may exist where a particular
event or series of events could impact significantly upon the
Group's liabilities. Such concentrations may arise from a single
insurance contract or through a small number of related
contracts.
Concentrations of risk can arise in both high-severity, low
frequency events, such as natural and other disasters and in
situations where underwriting is biased towards a particular group,
such as a particular geographical concentration or demographic
trend. Material geographical concentrations or risk can exist in
property portfolios such that natural perils of windstorm and
floods may give rise to a large number of material damage and
business interruption claims.
138
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 5 . Risk Management (continued)
High-severity, low frequency event concentrations
The timing and frequency of high severity events are, by their
nature, uncertain. They represent a material risk as the occurrence
of such an event would have a significant adverse impact on the
Group 's cash flows and profitability.
T he Group manages these risks by making appropriate allowance
within the price calculated by underwriters and by purchasing a
reinsurance programme that limits the impact of these events. T he
Group uses non-proportional reinsurance treaties to manage
retention levels and the limits of protection.
Geographic and demographic concentrations
Material geographical concentrations o f risk exist in property
portfolios such that natural perils of windstorm and floods may
give rise to a large number of material damage and business
interruption claims. T he Group only writes policies in the UK. T
he Group models its exposure to this risk to estimate its probable
maximum loss and purchases reinsurance to significantly reduce its
exposure to such events.
Economic conditions
T he Group 's insurance portfolio exposes it to a potential
accumulation of different risks in the event of difficult economic
conditions or more challenging points in the underwriting cycle. T
he Group 's strategy has been to ensure that it charges the right
premium for the business underwritten and it focuses on maintaining
prices in such difficult market conditions. It also monitors claims
closely to identify any that may be exaggerated or fraudulent.
Total aggregate exposure
T he Group identifies the total aggregate exposure that it is
prepared to accept in relation to concentrations of risk. It
monitors these exposures on a regular basis by reviewing reports
which show the key aggregations to which the Group is exposed. T he
Group uses a number of modelling tools to monitor aggregation and
to simulate catastrophe losses in order to measure the
effectiveness of the reinsurance programmes, and to quantify the
net exposure to which the Group is exposed. Additional stress and
scenario tests are run using these models during the year.
( g ) Residual price risk
Residual price risk is the risk that the fair value of a
financial instrument and its associated hedge will fluctuate
because of changes in market prices, for reasons other than
interest rate or credit risk. The Group has debt and equity
investment securities which are held at fair value in the
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position.
Controls and risk mitigants
The Group has established appropriate hedging strategies to
mitigate interest rate and foreign exchange risks. Residual price
risk remains.
The table below demonstrates the Group's exposure to residual
price risk at the year-end. Included in the table is the expected
impact of a 10% shock in market prices on the Group's FVOCI and
FVPL investment securities.
Fair value Impact of 10% Value after
shock 10% shock
2023 2022 2023 2022 2023 2022
Group GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Government-backed investment
securities 56.0 34.6 (5.6) (3.5) 50.4 31.1
Supranational investment
securities 31.0 31.6 (3.1) (3.2) 27.9 28.4
Corporate bonds 469.2 516.9 (46.9) (51.7) 422.3 465.2
Other investment securities 8.6 1.6 (0.9) (0.2) 7.7 1.4
Equity securities - FVPL 20.1 24.8 (2.0) (2.5) 18.1 22.3
584.9 609.5 (58.5) (61.1) 526.4 548.4
139
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
45 . Risk Management (continued)
( h ) Legal and regulatory compliance
Regulatory risk is the risk of poor customer outcomes,
reputational damage, liability, loss or regulatory censure arising
from failure to comply with the requirements of the financial
services regulators or related codes of best practice. The risk of
business conduct leading to poor outcomes can arise as a result of
an over-aggressive sales strategy; poor management of sales
processes, credit assessments and credit processes; or failure to
comply with other regulatory requirements. The Group's Risk
Appetite is to comply with the relevant rules, regulations and data
protection legislation. Where breaches occur, the Group will take
appropriate rectifying action. The Group seeks to deliver fair
outcomes for customers.
Controls and risk mitigants
As part of the Group's Policy Framework, the Risk function i s
responsible for the Compliance and Conduct Risk Policy which is
approved by the Group's Board, as well as for monitoring, challenge
and oversight of regulatory risk and compliance across the Group's
business. Guidance and advice to enable the business to operate in
a compliant manner is provided by the Risk function and the Legal
team.
The Risk function is responsible for the detailed regulatory
policies which underpin the Compliance and Conduct Risk Policy.
These are further supported by practical guidance documents
supplied to business and operational areas to enable them to comply
with the regulatory policies.
The Group has also established the Regulatory Change Forum which
is responsible for the oversight of communications from all
external regulators and monitoring regulatory change, including
impact analysis and action tracking.
The Group's Legal function has responsibility for commercial
legal work, regulatory legal compliance, litigation/dispute
resolution matters, advising on competition law and supporting the
Group's t reasury activity. The Legal team also comprises the
Company Secretariat function which, in addition to its role
supporting the Board and maintaining statutory books, ensures the
Company complies with all applicable governance codes.
Business areas manage conduct risk and use a range of management
information to monitor the fair treatment of customers. A framework
of product-led conduct management information has been developed
and is reviewed by Senior Management in the business lines.
Customer outcomes are also assessed as part of the development and
design of new products and through annual product reviews of
existing products. The ERC and the Board review and challenge
delivery of fair outcomes for customers.
( i ) Insurance Capital
Insurance capital management is the collection of processes and
activities undertaken by TU to provide sufficient capital to enable
TU to meet its liabilities and ultimately ensure it remains a going
concern, particularly in the case of losses arising from adverse
events. Insurance capital management includes the assessment of
capital required to support TU's plans and objectives, the
structure of its shareholders' funds, arrangements to secure
capital and the ongoing monitoring of capital against business
requirements, as well as the assessments required by the PRA under
the Solvency II (SII) regime, including the minimum capital
requirement (TU's minimum capital requirement) and solvency capital
requirement (SCR), assessed using TU's approved SII partial
internal model (PIM), which was approved by the PRA in 2020. There
have been no significant changes to the PIM during the period to 28
February 2023 . TU models a range of stress and scenario tests that
are published in its annual Solvency and Financial Condition
Report, which will be published in due course and will be available
at the following link:
https://www.tescounderwriting.com/publications-and-reports/ .
These show that TU's capital position is resilient to a range of
possible scenarios. TU also maintains a capital contingency plan
supported by its shareholder, TPF. TU's unaudited available capital
has remained above its SCR requirement during the period to 28
February 2023; and capital coverage of TU's SCR of GBP122.8m
(unaudited) at the end of February 2023 was 159.0% (unaudited)
(2022: capital coverage of TU's SCR of GBP 121.1 m (unaudited) was
151.0 % (unaudited)). TU has met all relevant capital requirements
throughout the year.
T he Group owns 100% of TU's ordinary share capital (GBP 129.7
m) and provides 100% of its subordinated debt of GBP 42.3 m.
140
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
46 . Financial Instruments
Classification of financial assets and liabilities
The following tables analyse the financial assets and financial
liabilities in accordance with the categories of financial
instruments in IFRS 9.
FVPL -
Designated FVOCI
Amortised at initial - Debt
Group cost recognition instruments Total
2023 GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Financial assets
Cash and balances with central banks 429.0 32.1 -- 461.1
Loans and advances to banks 26.7 -- -- 26.7
Loans and advances to customers 7,081.3 -- -- 7,081.3
Derivative financial instruments -- 121.4 -- 121.4
Investment securities:
- FVPL -- 20.1 -- 20.1
- FVOCI -- -- 564.8 564.8
- Amortised cost 882.9 -- -- 882.9
Other assets 181.7 -- -- 181.7
Total financial assets 8,601.6 173.6 564.8 9,340.0
Financial liabilities
Deposits from banks 979.7 -- -- 979.7
Deposits from customers 5,769.6 -- -- 5,769.6
Debt securities in issue 137.5 -- -- 137.5
Derivative financial instruments -- 16.9 -- 16.9
Other liabilities 199.9 -- -- 199.9
Subordinated liabilities 236.9 -- -- 236.9
Total financial liabilities 7,323.6 16.9 -- 7,340.5
(1) On a Company basis, cash and balances with central banks is
GBP8.1m and loans and advances to subsidiary companies is
GBP379.3m, both of which are held at amortised cost.
All derivative financial instruments are held for economic
hedging purposes, although not all derivatives are designated as
hedging instruments under the terms of IFRS 9.
141
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 6 . Financial Instruments (continued)
FVPL - Designated
Amortised a t initial FVOCI -
Group (1) cost recognition Debt instruments Total
2022 GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Financial assets
Cash and balances with central
banks 754.3 26.3 -- 780.6
Loans and advances to banks 50.3 -- -- 50.3
Loans and advances to customers 6,490.3 -- -- 6,490.3
Derivative financial instruments -- 45.3 -- 45.3
Investment securities:
- FV PL -- 24.8 -- 24.8
- FVOCI -- -- 584.7 584.7
- Amortised cost 857.4 -- -- 857.4
Other assets 219.7 -- -- 219.7
Total financial assets 8,372.0 96.4 584.7 9,053.1
Financial liabilities
Deposits from banks 1,052.3 -- -- 1,052.3
Deposits from customers 5,325.9 -- -- 5,332.0
Debt securities in issue 244.0 -- -- 244.0
Derivative financial instruments -- 27.2 -- 27.2
Other liabilities 164.1 -- -- 164.1
Subordinated liabilities 235.6 -- -- 235.6
Total financial liabilities 7,021.9 27.2 -- 7,049.1
(1) On a Company basis, cash and balances with central banks is
GBP7.8m and loans and advances to subsidiary companies is
GBP484.7m, both of which are held at amortised cost.
142
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 6 . Financial Instruments (continued)
Offsetting
The following tables show those financial assets and liabilities
subject to offsetting, enforceable master netting arrangements and
similar agreements.
Group Related amounts
not offset
2023 Gross and net Financial Collateral Net
amounts instruments (received)/pledged amounts
presented in
Statement
of Financial
Position
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Financial assets
Derivative financial instruments 121.4 (16.9) (104.5) --
Total financial assets 121.4 (16.9) (104.5) --
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments (16.9) 16.9 -- --
Repurchases, securities lending
and similar agreements (73.9) -- 73.9 --
Total financial liabilities (90.8) 16.9 73.9 --
Group Related amounts
not offset
2022 Gross and net Financial Collateral Net
amounts instruments (received)/ amounts
presented in pledged
Statement
of Financial
Position
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Financial assets
Derivative financial instruments 45.3 (27.2) (18.1) --
Total financial assets 45.3 (27.2) (18.1) --
Financial liabilities
Derivative financial instruments (27.2) 27.2 -- --
Repurchases, securities lending
and similar agreements (150.3) -- 150.3 --
Total financial liabilities (177.5) 27.2 150.3 --
In the above tables, the net amount presented for financial
assets and financial liabilities is restricted to GBPnil where the
total of the related amounts not offset exceeds the amount of the
financial assets or financial liabilities.
143
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 6 . Financial Instruments (continued)
For the financial assets and financial liabilities subject to
enforceable master netting arrangements above, each agreement
between the Group and the counterparty allows for net settlement of
the relevant financial assets and financial liabilities when both
elect to settle on a net basis. In the absence of such an election,
financial assets and financial liabilities will be settled on a
gross basis. However, each party to the master netting agreement or
similar agreement will have the option to settle all such amounts
on a net basis in the event of default of the other party.
Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities
Except as detailed in the following table, the Directors
consider that the carrying value amounts of financial assets and
financial liabilities recorded on the Statement of Financial
Position are approximately equal to their fair values.
Group(1) (,2) 2023 2022
Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
value Value value value
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Financial assets
Loans and advances to customers 7,081.3 7,058.4 6,490.3 6,565.5
Investment securities - amortised cost 882.9 884.5 857.4 867.4
7,964.2 7,942.9 7,347.7 7,432.9
Financial liabilities
Deposits from customers 5,769.6 5,640.1 5,325.9 5,296.1
Debt securities in issue 137.5 135.3 244.0 252.4
Subordinated liabilities 236.9 183.8 235.6 214.2
6,144.0 5,959.2 5,805.5 5,762.7
(1) On a Company basis, loans and advances to subsidiary
companies have a carrying value of GBP379.3m (2022: GBP484.7m),
with a fair value of GBP317.5m (2022: GBP445.9m). On a Company
basis, subordinated liabilities and debt securities in issue have
the same carrying value and fair value as set out in the Group
table above.
(2) Fair value disclosures are not required for lease
liabilities.
The only financial assets and financial liabilities which are
carried at fair value in the Consolidated Statement of Financial
Position at year-end are cash balances relating to the Group's
Travel Money offering, FVPL and FVOCI investment securities and
derivative financial instruments. The valuation techniques and
inputs used to derive fair values at the year-end are described
below.
144
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 6 . Financial Instruments (continued)
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset
or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date. Where an active market
is considered to exist, fair values are based on quoted prices. For
instruments which do not have active markets, fair value is
calculated using present value models, which take individual cash
flows together with assumptions based on market conditions and
credit spreads, and are consistent with accepted economic
methodologies for pricing financial instruments.
In each case the fair value is calculated by discounting future
cash flows using benchmark, observable market interest rates.
The table below categorises all financial instruments held at
fair value (recurring measurement) and the fair value of financial
instruments held at amortised cost according to the method used to
establish the fair value disclosed.
Group (1) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
2023 GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Financial assets carried at
fair value
Cash in hand (2) -- 32.1 -- 32.1
Investment securities - FVOCI 564.8 -- -- 564.8
Investment securities - FVPL -- -- 20.1 20.1
Derivative financial instruments:
- Interest rate swaps -- 121.2 -- 121.2
- Forward foreign currency contracts -- 0.2 -- 0.2
Financial assets carried at
amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers -- -- 7,058.4 7,058.4
Investment securities - amortised
cost 884.5 -- -- 884.5
Total 1,449.3 153.5 7,078.5 8,681.3
Financial liabilities carried
at fair value
Derivative financial instruments:
- Interest rate swaps -- 16.8 -- 16.8
- Forward foreign currency contracts -- 0.1 -- 0.1
Financial liabilities carried
at amortised cost
Deposits from customers -- -- 5,640.1 5,640.1
Debt securities in issue 135.3 -- -- 135.3
Subordinated liabilities -- 183.8 -- 183.8
Total 135.3 200.7 5,640.1 5,976.1
(1) On a Company basis, loans and advances to subsidiary
companies of GBP317.5m are categorised as level 2. On a Company
basis, subordinated liabilities and debt securities in issue have
the same fair value and categorisation as set out in the Group
table above.
(2) Cash balances relating to the Group's Travel Money offering
are carried at fair value under IFRS 9.
145
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 6 . Financial Instruments (continued)
Group (1) Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
2022 GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Financial assets carried at
fair value
Cash in hand(2) -- 26.3 -- 26.3
Investment securities - FVOCI 584.7 -- -- 584.7
I nvestment securities - FV
PL -- 23.0 1.8 24.8
Derivative financial instruments:
- Interest rate swaps -- 45.0 -- 45.0
- Forward foreign currency
contracts -- 0.3 -- 0.3
Financial assets carried at
amortised cost
Loans and advances to customers -- -- 6,565.5 6,565.5
Investment securities - amortised
cost 867.4 -- -- 867.4
Total 1,452.1 94.6 6,567.3 8,114.0
Financial liabilities carried
at fair value
Derivative financial instruments:
- Interest rate swaps -- 27.2 -- 27.2
Financial liabilities carried
at amortised cost
Deposits from customers -- -- 5,296.1 5,296.1
Debt securities in issue 252.4 -- -- 252.4
Subordinated liabilities -- 214.2 -- 214.2
Total 252.4 241.4 5,296.1 5,789.9
(1) On a Company basis, loans and advances to subsidiary
companies of GBP445.9m are categorised as level 2. On a Company
basis, subordinated liabilities and debt securities in issue have
the same fair value and categorisation as set out in the Group
table above.
(2) Cash balances relating to the Group's Travel Money offering
are carried at fair value under IFRS 9.
146
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 6 . Financial Instruments (continued)
There are three levels to the hierarchy as follows:
Level 1
Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical
assets or liabilities.
Level 2
Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are
observable for the asset or liability, either directly (for
example, as prices) or indirectly (for example, derived from
prices).
Fair values of cash balances relating to the Group's Travel
Money offering are considered to equate to their carrying value as
they are short-term in nature.
Derivative financial instruments which are categorised as Level
2 are those which either:
-- Have future cash flows which are on known dates and for which
the cash flow amounts are known or calculable by reference to
observable interest and foreign exchange rates; or
-- Have future cash flows which are not pre-defined, but for
which the fair value of the instrument has very low sensitivity to
changes in estimate of future cash flows.
In each case the fair value is calculated by discounting future
cash flows using benchmark, observable market interest rates.
Fair values of investment in subordinated debt classified as
amortised cost are calculated using quoted prices, where available,
or by using discounted cash flows applying market rates.
The estimated fair value of subordinated liabilities is
calculated using a discounted cash flow model based on a current
yield curve appropriate for the remaining term to maturity.
Financial assets classified as FVPL comprise the Group's holding
in VISA Inc, and TU's holding in a property fund. The estimated
fair value of the Group's holding in VISA Inc. is described in note
24 . The estimated fair value of the Group's holding in a property
fund is derived from market prices.
Level 3
Inputs for the asset or liability are not based on observable
market data (unobservable inputs).
Loans and advances to customers are net of charges for
impairment. The estimated fair value of loans and advances
represents the discounted amount of estimated future cash flows
expected to be received. Expected cash flows are discounted at
current market rates to determine fair value.
The estimated fair value of deposits from customers represents
the discounted amount of estimated future cash flows expected to be
paid. Expected cash flows are discounted at current market rates to
determine fair value.
The estimated fair value of financial assets classified as FVPL
relating to the Group's holding in VISA Inc. is described in note
24. The estimated fair value of the Group's holding in a property
fund is derived from market prices but reflects an illiquidity
discount relating to the suspension during the year of transfers
from the fund. These restrictions are expected to be lifted by June
2023.
Transfers
There were no transfers between Levels 1 and Level 2 in the year
to 28 February 2023 ( 2022 : no transfers).
The Group transferred investment securities totalling GBP 19.2 m
from Level 2 to Level 3 (2022: no transfers) and investment
securities totalling GBP 1.9 m from Level 3 to Level 2 ( 2022 : no
transfers) during the year .
147
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
47 . Cash and cash equivalents
Group Company
2023 2022 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Cash and balances with central
banks (refer note 19) 417.7 739.0 8.1 7.8
Loans and advances to banks
(refer note 20 ) 26.7 50.3 -- --
Total cash and cash equivalents 444.4 789.3 8.1 7.8
------ ------ ----- -----
148
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
48 . C ash Flows from Operating Activities
Group Company
2023 2022 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Non-cash and other items included in
operating
profit before taxation
Expected credit loss charge /(credit)
on loans and advances (refer notes 15
& 45) 60.9 (30.2) 1.0 0.3
Expected credit loss charge on investment
securities at FVOCI (refer note 15 ) 0.5 0.8 -- --
Expected credit loss credit on investment
securities at amortised cost (refer
note 15 ) -- (0.5) -- --
Depreciation and amortisation (refer
notes 30 & 31) 53.5 65.2 -- --
Loss on disposal of investment securities (0.1) 0.3 -- --
Loss on disposal of non-current assets 1.0 1.0 -- --
Loss on redemption of debt securities 2.8 -- 0.4 --
Deferred acquisition costs (0.9) (13.9) -- --
Provisions for liabilities and charges
(refer note 35) 6.4 1.8 -- --
Share of profit of joint venture -- (2.6) -- --
Dividend from joint venture -- -- -- --
Gain on share of pre-acquisition reserves
of joint venture -- (5.0) -- --
Fair value gain on investment in joint
venture -- (4.6) -- --
Equity-settled share based payments (5.1) 3.5 -- --
Interest paid on debt securities in
issue 7.9 8.9 7.9 8.9
Interest (received)/ paid on assets
held to hedge subordinated liabilities
and notes (2.6) 1.0 -- --
Interest on subordinated liabilities 8.2 3.5 8.1 3.5
Interest on lease liabilities (refer
note 43) 1.8 2.1 -- --
Research and development tax claim -- (0.9) -- --
Fair value movements 5.2 (0.3) -- --
Total 139.5 30.1 17.4 12.7
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Net movement in mandatory balances with
central banks (1.8) (17.0) -- --
Net movement in loans and advances to
customers (699.2) (106.9) -- --
Net movement in reinsurance assets 28.2 1.7 -- --
Net movement in prepayments and accrued
income (5.2) 1.0 -- (0.1)
Net movement in other assets 38.9 34.3 -- --
Net movement in deposits from banks (72.6) 452.3 -- --
Net movement in deposits from customers 445.1 (411.7) -- --
Net movement in accruals and deferred
income (4.9) 20.0 (0.9) --
Provisions utilised (10.9) (12.3) -- --
Net movement in other liabilities 43.6 (21.4) -- --
Net movement in insurance funds withheld 8.7 14.6 -- --
Net movement in insurance contract provisions (45.1) (0.3) -- --
Total (275.2) (45.7) (0.9) (0.1)
149
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
49 . Reconciliation of Liabilities Relating to Financing Activities
Non-cash movements
Group At 1 March Financing Fair Accrued Other At 28
2022 Cash value Interest February
flows change 2023
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Debt securities in issue (243.2) 101.1 1.9 -- 3.2 (137.0)
Subordinated liabilities
and notes (235.0) -- -- -- -- (235.0)
Interest payable (1.4) 14.9 -- (16.0) -- (2.5)
Assets held to hedge
fixed rate bonds(1) (6.5) 2.6 (4.3) (0.5) -- (8.7)
Lease liabilities (2) (26.8) 5.7 -- (1.8) (0.9) (23.8)
Total liabilities from
financing activities (512.9) 124.3 (2.4) (18.3) 2.3 (407.0)
Non-cash movements
Company At 1 March Financing Fair Accrued Other At 28
2022 Cash value Interest February
flows change 2023
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Debt securities in issue (249.6) 101.1 -- -- 3.8 (144.7)
Subordinated liabilities
and notes (235.0) -- -- -- -- (235.0)
Interest payable (1.4) 14.9 -- (16.0) -- (2.5)
Total liabilities from
financing activities (486.0) 116.0 -- (16.0) 3.8 (382.2)
Non-cash movements
Group At 1 March Financing Fair Accrued Other At 28
202 1 Cash value Interest February
flows change 2022
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Debt securities in issue (251.0) -- 8.3 (0.2) (0.3) (243.2)
Subordinated liabilities
and notes (235.0) -- -- -- -- (235.0)
Interest payable (1.3) 12.2 -- (12.3) -- (1.4)
Assets held to hedge
fixed rate bonds(1) 2.0 1.1 (9.5) (0.1) -- (6.5)
Lease liabilities(2) (29.6) 5.7 -- (2.1) (0.8) (26.8)
Total liabilities from
financing activities (514.9) 19.0 (1.2) (14.7) (1.1) (512.9)
150
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
4 9 . Reconciliation of Liabilities Relating to Financing Activities (continued)
Non-cash movements
Company At 1 March Financing Fair Accrued Other At 28
202 1 Cash value Interest February
flows change 2022
GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm GBPm
Debt securities in issue (249.4) -- -- (0.2) -- (249.6)
Subordinated liabilities
and notes (235.0) -- -- -- -- (235.0)
Interest payable (1.3) 12.2 -- (12.3) -- (1.4)
Total liabilities from
financing activities (485.7) 12.2 -- (12.5) -- (486.0)
(1) Assets held to hedge fixed rate bonds and securitisation
bonds are included within derivative financial instruments in the
Consolidated Statement o f Financial Position on page 42.
(2) Lease liabilities are included within total other
liabilities in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position on
page 42.
50 . Capital Resources
IFRS 9 became effective for annual periods beginning on or after
1 January 2018 and is reflected in the Group disclosures. The Group
has elected to use the transitional arrangements available under
Article 473a of CRR. These arrangements allow the IFRS 9 impact on
capital to be phased in over a period of five years. On 27 June
2020, due to the Covid-19 pandemic, CRR was further amended to
accelerate specific measures and implement a new IFRS 9
transitional relief calculation which applies additional relief to
increases in ECL provisions arising as a result of the Covid-19
pandemic. As a result, the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements have
been extended by two years and a new modified calculation has been
introduced.
151
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
50 . Capital Resources (continued)
The following tables analyse the regulatory capital resources of
the Company applicable as at the year-end on a 'transitional' and
'end point' position for the current year as related to the IFRS 9
transitional period:
Transitional End Point Transitional
2023 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm GBPm
Common equity tier 1
Shareholders' equity (accounting capital) 1,683.5 1,683.5 1,668.6
Regulatory adjustments
Unrealised (gains)/losses on cash flow hedge
reserve (0.1) (0.1) (0.2)
Adjustment to own credit/additional value
adjustments (0.1) (0.1) --
Intangible assets (108.8) (108.8) (111.9)
Material holdings in financial sector entities (26.6) (26.6) (28.4)
IFRS 9 transitional add back 75.7 -- 140.3
Insufficient coverage for non-performing
exposures (0.4) (0.4) --
Common equity tier 1 capital 1,623.2 1,547.5 1,668.4
Tier 2 capital (instruments and provisions)
Undated subordinated notes 45.0 45.0 45.0
Dated subordinated notes net of regulatory
amortisation 190.0 190.0 190.0
Tier 2 capital (instruments and provisions)
before regulatory adjustments 235.0 235.0 235.0
Regulatory adjustments
Material holdings in financial sector entities (42.0) (42.0) (42.2)
Total regulatory adjustments to tier 2 capital
(instruments and provisions) (42.0) (42.0) (42.2)
Total tier 2 capital (instruments and provisions) 193.0 193.0 192.8
Total capital 1,816.2 1,740.5 1,861.2
Total risk-weighted assets (unaudited) 7,059.4 7,025.9 6,832.0
Common equity tier 1 ratio (unaudited) 23.0% 22.0% 24.4%
Tier 1 ratio (unaudited) 23.0% 22.0% 24.4%
Total capital ratio (unaudited) 25.7% 24.8% 27.2%
152
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
50 . Capital Resources (continued)
Total Capital Requirement (TCR) refers to the amount and quality
of capital the Company must maintain to comply with the CRR Pillar
1 and 2A capital requirements. The TCR for TPFG as at 28 February
202 3 is 9.8 % (2022: 11.59 %) of risk-weighted assets plus GBP 68
m (2022: GBP 52 m) as a static add-on for pension obligation
risk.
The table below reconciles shareholders' equity of the Group to
shareholders' equity of the Company:
2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Tesco Personal Finance Group plc (Group) shareholders'
equity 1,685.5 1,665.4
Subsidiaries' retained earnings (45.9) (9.6)
Subsidiary's fair value reserve 43.9 12.8
Tesco Personal Finance Group plc shareholders'
equity for regulatory purposes 1,683.5 1,668.6
It is the Group's policy to maintain a strong capital base, to
expand it as appropriate and to utilise it efficiently throughout
its activities to optimise the return to shareholders while
maintaining a prudent relationship between the capital base and the
underlying risks of the business. In carrying out this policy, the
Group has regard to the supervisory requirements of the PRA.
The Group is required to submit ICAAP reports to the PRA which
set out future business plans, the impact on capital availability,
capital requirements and the risk to capital adequacy under stress
scenarios.
The Group also maintains a Recovery Plan that provides a series
of recovery options which could be deployed in a severe stress
event impacting capital or liquidity positions. The Recovery Plan
is reviewed and approved by the Board on at least an annual
basis.
The Group has met all relevant capital requirements throughout
the year.
Leverage ratio (unaudited)
The Leverage Ratio was introduced under the Basel III reforms as
a simple, transparent, non-risk-based ratio intended to restrict
the build-up of leverage in the banking sector to avoid distressed
de-leveraging processes that can damage the broader financial
system and the economy.
The Leverage Ratio is defined as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to
the total Leverage Ratio exposures excluding claims on central
banks and applies an equal weighting to all assets regardless of
their risk.
The following Leverage Ratio disclosures for the year ended 28
February 2023 are laid out in accordance with the requirements of
the Disclosure (CRR) Part of the PRA Rulebook.
153
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
50 . Capital Resources (continued)
The Group has published the leverage ratio on a Capital
Requirements Directive IV basis using the existing exposure
approach:
Exposures for leverage ratio (unaudited) Transitional End point Transitional
2023 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Total balance sheet exposures 9,896.7 9,896.7 9,636.5
Adjustments for entities which are consolidated
for accounting purposes but outside scope
of regulatory consolidation (747.1) (747.1) (774.4)
Adjustment for exemption of exposures to
central bank (307.9) (307.9) (639.9)
Removal of accounting value of derivatives
and SFTs (121.4) (121.4) (45.3)
Exposure value for derivatives and SFTs 31.1 31.1 37.6
Off balance sheet: unconditionally cancellable
(10%) 1,221.2 1,221.2 1,236.3
Regulatory adjustment - intangible assets (108.8) (108.8) (111.9)
Regulatory adjustment - other, including
IFRS 9 38.0 (37.7) 115.6
Total 9,901.8 9,826.1 9,454.5
Common equity tier 1 1,623.2 1,547.5 1,668.4
Leverage ratio 16.4% 15.7 % 17.6 %
Capital Management
The Group operates an integrated risk management process to
identify, quantify and manage risk in the Group. The quantification
of risk includes the use of both stress and scenario testing. Where
capital is considered to be an appropriate mitigant for a given
risk, this is identified and reflected in the Group's internal
capital assessment. The capital resources of the Group are
regularly monitored against the higher of this internal assessment
and regulatory requirements. Capital adequacy and performance
against the Group's capital plan are monitored closely, with
monthly reporting provided to the Board and ALCo.
Pillar 2 capital methodologies
The PRA updated its Pillar 2 capital methodologies in July 2016
following the publication of prudential requirements for
implementation of ring-fencing and issued a policy statement in
October 2017 refining the Pillar 2A framework.
These proposals are aimed at promoting the safety and soundness
of PRA-regulated firms, to facilitate a more effective banking
sector and to make the PRA's Pillar 2A capital assessment more
proportionate by addressing some of the concerns over the
differences between SA and internal ratings-based risk weights.
This will continue to be managed as part of the Group's ICAAP in
line with the PRA policy statement issued in October 2017. The PRA
general safety and soundness objectives in relation to continuity
of core services in the UK and ring-fencing of banking activities
where core deposits are in excess of GBP25bn came into effect from
1 January 2019. The Group has not exceeded this threshold and was
not therefore automatically required to ring-fence the Group's core
activities by the 2019 implementation date.
Leverage
At present the Group is not subject to the minimum Tier 1
leverage ratio requirement of 3.25% as it is currently exempt from
the UK Leverage Framework Regime, which only applies to LREQ firms
with retail deposit levels equal to or greater than GBP50 billion.
However, although the PRA has confirmed that the minimum 3.25%
ratio will be an LREQ requirement, as a smaller domestic deposit
taker, the regulator has stated it still expects the Group to
maintain a minimum leverage ratio of 3.25%.
154
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
50 . Capital Resources (continued)
The European Commission's minimum requirements for own funds and
eligible liabilities (MREL)
On 1 January 2020, the Group became subject to MREL, with an
interim requirement of 18% of risk-weighted assets until 31
December 2022. In order to meet this requirement, the Company
undertook an initial GBP250.0m issuance of MREL-compliant debt in
July 2019.
From 1 January 2022, following a change in the Company 's
resolution strategy confirmed by the BoE in December 2021, the
Company no longer has a requirement to issue MREL-compliant debt
since the MREL requirement is equal to the TCR. Following a tender
process completed in November 2022, GBP144.7m of the MREL-compliant
debt issued by the Company in July 2019 remains in issue.
At 28 February 202 3 , the MREL ratio was 27.8 % (unaudited) (
2022 : 30.9% unaudited ).
51 . Related Party Transactions
During the year the Group had the following transactions with
related parties:
Transactions involving Directors and other key connected
persons
For the purposes of IAS 24, 'Related Party Disclosures', the
Group's key Management personnel comprises Directors of the Group.
The captions in the Group's primary Financial Statements include
the following amounts attributable, in aggregate, to key connected
persons of both the Group and Tesco, the Company's ultimate parent
undertaking.
Group 2023 2022
GBPm GBPm
Deposits from customers(1)
Deposits at the beginning of the year 0.1 0.1
Deposits received during the year -- --
Deposits at the end of the year 0.1 0.1
Interest expense on deposits -- --
(1) The opening and closing balances reported are in respect of
related parties of the Group during and at the reporting date in
each year.
Remuneration of key Management personnel
The total Directors' r emuneration is set out below in
aggregate. Further information about the remuneration of Directors
is provided in note 16.
Group 2023 2022
GBPm
Short-term employee benefits 3.3 3.2
Other long-term benefits (1) 1.9 1.7
Share based payments 0.6 0.5
Total emoluments 5.8 5.4
(1) Other long-term benefits, being aggregate amounts receivable
under long-term incentive schemes, represent the maximum amounts
awarded in the year. Actual amounts payable under long-term
incentive schemes may vary depending on the level of performance
achieved against specific measures.
155
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
51 . Related Party Transactions (continued)
Trading transactions
Group 2023 2023 2022 2022 2022
Tesco
Tesco Tesco Tesco Tesco Underwriting
PLC subsidiaries PLC subsidiaries - JV
GBPm GBPm GBPm
Interest received and other
income -- 2.0 -- 3.2 7.3
Interest paid (8.1) 0.2 (3.5) -- --
Provision of services -- (50.7) -- (45.9) (1.1)
Company 2023 2023 2022 2022 2022
Tesco
Tesco Tesco Tesco Tesco Underwriting
PLC subsidiaries PLC subsidiaries - JV
GBPm GBPm GBPm
Interest received and other
income -- 16.1 -- 12.3 --
Dividend income -- 54.4 -- 80.0 --
Interest paid (8.1) -- (3.5) -- --
Provision of services -- (1.0) -- 0.1 --
Balances owing to/from related parties are identified in notes
26, 27, 36, 37, 40, 41 and 42.
Prior to 4 May 2021 TU was a joint venture of the Group. Trading
transactions with TU as a joint venture are shown separately in the
table above. From 4 May 2021 TU became a subsidiary of the Group.
Trading transactions with TU from this date are shown within the
Tesco subsidiaries column in the table s above. Transactions with
TU are eliminated in the Group disclosures from this date.
Investment transactions with TU are identified in note 28.
Ultimate parent undertaking
The Company's ultimate parent undertaking and controlling party
is Tesco PLC which is incorporated in England. The Financial
Statements for Tesco PLC can be obtained from its registered office
at Tesco House, Shire Park, Kestrel Way, Welwyn Garden City, AL7
1GA.
156
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
52 . Contingent Liabilities and Commitments
Contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities are possible obligations arising from
past events, whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain
future events, or present obligations arising from past events that
are not recognised because either it is not probable that an
outflow of economic benefits will be required or the amount of the
obligation cannot be reliably estimated.
Contingent liabilities are not recognised but information about
them is disclosed unless the possibility of any outflow of economic
benefits is remote. There are a number of contingent liabilities
that arise in the normal course of business which, if realised, are
not expected to result in a material liability to the Group.
Lending commitments
Under an undrawn Credit Card commitment, the Group agrees to
make funds available to a customer in the future. Undrawn Credit
Card commitments may be unconditionally cancelled or may continue,
providing all facility conditions are satisfied or waived.
Further detail on undrawn lending commitments is included in the
liquidity and funding risk disclosure in note 45.
The contractual amounts do not represent the amounts at risk at
the reporting date but the amounts that would be at risk should the
available facilities be fully drawn upon.
Capital commitments
At 28 February 202 3 the Group had capital commitments related
to property, plant and equipment of GBP6.0 k ( 2022 : GBP 1.7 m )
and intangible assets of GBP 2.7 m ( 2022 : GBP 1.3 m). This is in
respect of IT software development and IT hardware. The Group's
Management is confident that future net revenues and funding will
be sufficient to cover these commitments.
53 . Share Based Payments
The Group charge for the year recognised in respect of share
based payments is GBP 4.0 m ( 2022 : GBP 7.9 m), which is made up
of share option schemes and share bonus payments. Of this amount,
GBP 3.5 m ( 2022 : GBP 6.8 m) will be equity-settled and GBP 0.5 m
( 2022 : GBP 1.1 m ) cash-settled representing employee tax and
National Insurance contributions.
157
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5 3 . Share Based Payments (continued)
Share option schemes
The Group had three share option schemes in operation during the
year, all of which are equity-settled schemes using Tesco
shares:
Arrangement Participants Term Vesting requirements
Savings-related option schemes
The Savings-related UK colleagues Three or five years The options are capable
Share Option of being exercised
Scheme (2021) at the end of the term
at a subscription price
of not less than 80%
of the average of the
middle-market quotations
of an Ordinary share
over the three dealing
days immediately preceding
the offer date.
Executive option schemes
The Performance Selected senior Normally exercisable Conditional upon the
Share Plan (2011) executives between the vesting achievement of specified
date(s) set at grant performance targets
and 10 years from over a three-year period
the date of grant and/or continuous employment.
for nil consideration.
No further options
will be granted under
this scheme.
The Long Term Selected senior Normally exercisable
Incentive Plan executives between the vesting
(2015) date(s) set at grant
and 10 years from
the date of grant
for nil consideration.
Long-term incentive plans
The Performance Selected senior Awards made under Conditional on the
Share Plan (2011) executives and these plans will achievement of specified
and the Long senior managers normally vest on performance targets
Term Incentive the vesting date(s) over a three year performance
Plan (2021) set on the date of period and/or continuous
the award for nil employment.
consideration.
Share bonus schemes
The Group Bonus Selected senior Granted based on Conditional on completion
Plan and the executives and a percentage of salary, of continuous employment
Deferred Bonus senior managers which is determined and achievement of
Plan (2019) by the achievement corporate and individual
of corporate and performance targets..
individual performance
targets. The bonus
awards are paid partly
in cash and partly
in deferred shares.
The fair value of
shares awarded under
these schemes is
their market value
on the date of award.
Expected dividends
are not incorporated
into the fair value.
158
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5 3 . Share Based Payments (continued)
The following table reconciles the total number of share options
outstanding under each share option scheme and the weighted average
exercise price (WAEP):
Savings- Savings- Approved
related related Approved share Unapproved Unapproved
share share share option share share
option option option scheme options options
scheme scheme scheme WAEP scheme scheme
Options WAEP (pence) Options (pence) Options WAEP (pence)
Outstanding at
1 March 2022 3,907,901 210.58 -- -- -- --
Granted 1,527,445 182.00 -- -- -- --
Forfeited (800,933) 220.87 -- -- -- --
Exercised (740,115) 190.05 -- -- -- --
Outstanding at
28 February 2023 3,894,298 201.16 -- -- -- --
Exercisable at
28 February 2023 1,914 188.00 -- -- -- --
Exercise price
range (pence) -- 188.00 -- -- -- --
Weighted average
remaining contractual
life (years) -- 0.00 -- -- -- --
Savings- Savings- Approved
related related Approved share Unapproved Unapproved
share share share option share share
option option option scheme options options
scheme scheme scheme WAEP scheme scheme
Options WAEP (pence) Options (pence) Options WAEP (pence)
Outstanding at
1 March 202 1 3,859,640 192.89 -- -- -- --
Granted 1,146,690 242.00 -- -- -- --
Forfeited (353,867) 206.14 -- -- -- --
Exercised (744,562) 169.39 -- -- -- --
Outstanding at
28 February 2022 3,907,901 210.58 -- -- -- --
Exercisable at
28 February 2022 26,835 190.00 -- -- -- --
Exercise price
range (pence) -- 190.00 -- -- -- --
Weighted average
remaining contractual
life (years) -- 0.42 -- -- -- --
159
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5 3 . Share Based Payments (continued)
Share options were exercised on a regular basis throughout the
financial year. The average Tesco share price during the year ended
28 February 2023 was 248.40 p ( 2022 : 2 54.05 p).
The fair value of savings related share options schemes are
estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option
pricing model. The following table gives the assumptions applied to
the options granted in the respective periods shown. No assumption
has been made to incorporate the effects of expected early
exercise.
Group 2023 2022
Savings Savings
- related - related
share options share options
schemes schemes
4.96% - 4.10% -
Expected dividend yield (%) 5.43% 4.17%
22.25% - 21.79% -
Expected volatility (%) 22.53% 21.89%
3.54% - 1.38% -
Risk free interest rate (%) 3.59% 1.39%
Expected life of option (years) 3 or 5 3 or 5
Weighted average fair value (WAFV) of options
granted (pence) 46.82 38.47
7.00% - 7.40% -
Probability of forfeiture (%) .009% 9.50%
Share price (pence) 202.35 268.5
WAEP (pence) 182.00 242.00
Volatility is a measure of the amount by which a price is
expected to fluctuate in the period. The measure of volatility used
in Tesco's option pricing models is the annualised standard
deviation of the continuously compounded rates of return on the
share over a period of time. In estimating the future volatility of
Tesco's share price, the Tesco Board considers the historical
volatility of the share price over the most recent period that is
generally commensurate with the expected term of the option, taking
into account the remaining contractual life of the option.
Share Bonus Schemes
Selected executives participate in the Annual Bonus Plan, a
performance-related bonus scheme. The amount paid to colleagues is
based on a percentage of salary and is paid partly in cash and
partly in shares. Bonuses are awarded to selected executives who
have completed a required service period and depend on the
achievement of corporate and individual performance targets.
Selected executives participate in the Performance Share Plan
(2011), the Long-Term Incentive Plan (2015) and the Long-Term
Incentive Plan (2021). Awards made under these plans will normally
vest on the vesting date(s) set on the date of the award for nil
consideration. Vesting will normally be conditional on the
achievement of specified performance targets over a three-year
performance period and/or continuous employment.
The fair value of shares awarded under these schemes is their
market value on the date of the award. Expected dividends are not
incorporated into the fair value.
The number of Tesco shares and WAFV of share bonuses awarded
during the year were:
2023 2023 2022 2022
WAFV WAFV
Shares (number) (pence) Shares (number) (pence)
Group Bonus Plan 1,028,816 266.80 -- --
Performance Share Plan 2,495,698 253.60 2,318,344 227.76
160
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
54 . Adoption of New and Amended International Financial Reporting Standards
Standards, amendments and interpretations issued which became
effective in the current year
During the year the Group did not adopt any new accounting
standards or amendments to standards which became effective in the
current year which had any impact on the Group .
Early adoption of new standards
During the year the Group did not adopt early adopt any new
accounting standards or amendments to standards .
Standards, amendments and interpretations issued but not yet
effective
Standards, amendments and interpretations issued and effective
on or after 1 January 202 3 that are expected to have an impact on
the Group are as follows:
IFRS 17 'Insurance Contracts'
IFRS 17 was endorsed for adoption by the UK Endorsement Board in
May 2022 and will be implemented by the Group with effect from 1
March 2023.
The standard is a replacement for IFRS 4 'Insurance Contracts '.
It requires insurance liabilities to be measured at a current
fulfilment value. IFRS 17 includes an optional simplified premium
allocation approach which is permitted for contracts with a
coverage period of one year or less.
IFRS 17 is most relevant to the Group's subsidiary, TU, which
provides the insurance underwriting service for a number of the
Group's general insurance products.
Under IFRS 17, insurance contract liabilities will include both
a liability for incurred claims and a liability for remaining
coverage.
The liability for incurred claims, which represents outstanding
claims and incurred but not reported claims, will be measured as
the weighted average of discounted cash flows plus a risk
adjustment for the uncertainty of the cash flows.
The liability for remaining coverage is the obligation for
insured events related to the unexpired portion of the coverage
period. TU will apply the premium allocation approach to all
material insurance and reinsurance contract groups, resulting in
the liability for remaining coverage being equal to the current
unearned premium reserve less deferred acquisition costs. As the
Group is required to assess the impact of IFRS 17 by reference to
contract inception on 4 May 2021, being the date from which TU
became a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, rather than the
original contract inception date, the Group is required to account
for the acquired claims liability as at that date as part of the
liability for remaining coverage using the General Model for
measurement of insurance contracts rather than the simplified
premium allocation approach. The acquired claims liability for the
Group will be measured as the weighted average of discounted cash
flows plus a risk adjustment for the uncertainty of the cash flows,
plus any contractual service margin or loss component.
Contracts will be grouped into Motor and Home portfolios. In
addition, within these portfolios, IFRS 17 requires grouping by
'onerous', 'no significant possibility of becoming onerous' or
'other'. The Group has grouped all its business as 'other' at the
opening balance sheet date .
The Group will take the option to disaggregate part of the
movement in liability for incurred claims from changes in discount
rates and present this in other comprehensive income. Liabilities
for remaining coverage will not be discounted, other than those
which relate to acquired claims, whereas all liabilities for
incurred claims will be discounted.
The Group will fully restate comparative periods on initial
application of IFRS 17 for the financial year ending 28 February
2024.
The impact to net equity at 1 March 2022 on application of IFRS
17 has been calculated by Management but is still subject to final
governance procedures and has not yet been audited and therefore
has not been disclosed in these Financial Statements. The Group
continues to work to fully implement IFRS 17 throughout the
financial year to 29 February 2024.
161
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
NOTES TO THE FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (continued)
5 4 . Adoption of New and Amended International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Future changes in presentation of the statement of consolidated
income statement include, but are not limited to:
-- 'Insurance revenue' will replace 'Insurance premium income' .
-- 'Insurance service expense' will replace 'Insurance claims
incurred' and will also include acquisition and directly
attributable administration expenses.
-- Reinsurance will be separated from gross insurance, and both
premiums and claim recoveries will be captured in 'Net expenses
from reinsurance contracts held'.
-- A new item, 'Net insurance finance result' will capture the
net impact of the unwind of the discount on insurance
liabilities.
Future changes in presentation of the consolidated statement of
financial position include, but are not limited to:
-- 'Insurance contract liabilities' will replace 'Insurance
contract provisions', and will be net of deferred acquisition
costs, insurance premium debtors and salvage and subrogation
recoveries.
-- 'Reinsurance contract assets' will replace 'Reinsurance
assets' and will include all reinsurance receivables and reinsurers
share of deferred acquisition costs, and be net of reinsurance
funds withheld and reinsurance payables.
55 . Events After the Reporting Date
There were no events after the reporting date which have
required either adjustment or disclosure in these Financial
Statements.
162
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBER OF TESCO PERSONAL
FINANCE GROUP PLC
1. Opinion
In our opinion:
-- the Financial Statements of Tesco Personal Finance Group plc
(the parent Company) and its subsidiaries (the Group) give a true
and fair view of the state of the Group's and of the parent
Company's affairs as at 28 February 202 3 and of the Group's profit
for the year then ended;
-- the Group Financial Statements have been properly prepared in
accordance with United Kingdom adopted International Accounting
Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs)
as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board
(IASB);
-- the parent Company Financial Statements have been properly
prepared in accordance with United Kingdom adopted IASs and as
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act
2006; and
-- the financial statements have been prepared in accordance
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the Financial Statements which comprise:
-- the Consolidated Income Statement;
-- the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income;
-- the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Financial Position;
-- the Consolidated and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity;
-- the Consolidated and Parent Company Cash Flow Statements;
-- the Accounting Policies; and
-- the related notes 1 to 55.
The financial reporting framework that has been applied in the
preparation of the group financial statements is applicable law ,
United Kingdom adopted international accounting standard s and
IFRSs as issued by the IASB. The financial reporting framework that
has been applied in the preparation of the parent Company Financial
Statements is applicable law and United Kingdom adopted
international accounting standards and as applied in accordance
with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006 .
2 Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International
Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and applicable law. Our
responsibilities under those standards are further described in the
auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the financial
statements section of our report.
We are independent of the Group and the parent Company in
accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our
audit of the financial statements in the UK, including the
Financial Reporting Council's (FRC's) Ethical Standard as applied
to public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We
confirm that we have not provided any non-audit services prohibited
by the FRC's Ethical Standard to the Group or the parent
Company.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is
sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
163
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBER OF TESCO PERSONAL
FINANCE GROUP PLC (continued)
3. Summary of our audit approach
Key audit matters The key audit matters that we identified in the current
year were:
* expected credit loss (ECL) provisions; and
* valuation of insurance contract liabilities and
reinsurance assets in Tesco Underwriting Limited (TU)
.
Within this report, key audit matters are identified
as follows: Newly identified
Increased level of risk
Similar level of risk
Decreased level of risk
Materiality The materiality that we used for the Group Financial
Statements was GBP 10.11 m, which represents 0.6 %
of net assets.
Scoping Our audit scoping provides full scope audit coverage
of 100% of revenue, profit before tax and net assets.
Significant changes In the prior year, we identified a key audit matter
in our approach related to the recognition of revenue in respect of
the revenue streams from financial products that must
be recognised using the effective interest rate method
(EIR), specifically in relation to the repayment assumptions
used to estimate the EIR asset on Credit Cards. Following
the year-on-year decline in the EIR asset balance related
to Credit Cards and the fact that reasonable possible
changes in repayment assumptions do not have a material
impact on the asset, we no longer consider revenue
recognition to be a key audit matter. There are no
other significant changes in our approach in the current
year .
4. Conclusions relating to going concern
In auditing the Financial Statements, we have concluded that the
Directors' use of the going concern basis of accounting in the
preparation of the Financial Statements is appropriate.
Our evaluation of the Directors' assessment of the Group's and
parent Company's ability to continue to adopt the going concern
basis of accounting included:
-- Obtaining an understanding of the relevant controls around
Management's going concern assessment ;
-- Assessing Management's considerations regarding whether they
consider it appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of
accounting;
-- Assessing the Group's and parent Company's compliance with
regulation including capital and liquidity requirements;
-- Assessing the assumptions, such as cash flows, capital and
liquidity, used in the forecasts prepared by Management , including
those used in stress testing scenarios with reference to recent
market events ;
-- Assessing historical accuracy of forecasts prepared by Management;
-- Involving prudential risk specialists in assessing the
information supporting the liquidity and capital forecasts; and
-- Assessing the appropriateness of the going concern disclosures.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any
material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that,
individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on the
Group's and parent Company's ability to continue as a going concern
for a period of at least twelve months from when the Financial
Statements are authorised for issue .
164
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBER OF TESCO PERSONAL
FINANCE GROUP PLC (continued)
4. Conclusions relating to going concern (continued)
In relation to the reporting on how the group has applied the UK
Corporate Governance Code, we have nothing material to add or draw
attention to in relation to the directors' statement in the
financial statements about whether the directors considered it
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the Directors
with respect to going concern are described in the relevant
sections of this report.
5. Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional
judgement, were of most significance in our audit of the Financial
Statements of the current period and include the most significant
assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to
fraud) that we identified. These matters included those which had
the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy, the allocation
of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the
engagement team.
These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the
Financial Statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion
thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these
matters.
5.1 Expected credit loss provisions
Key audit matter As disclosed in note 15 (Expected Credit Loss on
description Financial Assets) and note 21 (Loans and Advances
to Customers), the Group held an ECL provision
of GBP 460.9 m at 28 February 2023 (28 February
2022 : GBP 488.8 m) . The ECL on loans and advances
to customers charged to the income statement was
GBP61.4m in the year to 28 February 2023 (28 February
2022 : GBP29.9m credit). The increase in provision
compared to the prior year is primarily due to
the impact of the worsening macro-economic outlook
in the current year partially offset by a reduction
in post-model adjustments (PMAs), including the
release of COVID-19 related PMAs.
Loan impairment remains one of the most significant
judgements made by Management. We consider the
most significant areas of judgement within the
Group's collective provisioning methodologies,
and therefore the key audit matters within loan
impairment, to be:
* Macro-economic scenarios - ECL provisions are
required to be calculated on a forward-looking basis
under IFRS 9. Management , with the assistance of
external economic specialists, apply significant
judgement in determining the forecast macro-economic
scenarios and the probability-weighting of each
scenario that are incorporated into the ECL model.
* Post-model adjustments - Management has included a
customer uncertainty PMA of GBP22.0m (28 February
2022: GBP75.0m) and model underestimation and
uncertainty PMA of GBP68.0m (28 February 2022:
GBPnil) to capture the potential downside risks and
model limitations arising as a result of the
continued macro-economic uncertainty and cost of
living crisis on the Group's customers .
Other material judgements include the determination
of the expected life time , the definition of a
significant increase in credit risk, the determination
of probability of default and exposure at default,
the identification of loss events and the determination
of loss given default.
Given the material impact of the significant judgements
taken by Management in the measurement of the ECL
provision, we also consider there is an inherent
risk of fraud through manipulation of this balance.
Management's associated accounting policies are
detailed in note 1 with detail about the judgments
made in applying accounting policies and critical
accounting estimates in note 3 .
165
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBER OF TESCO PERSONAL
FINANCE GROUP PLC (continued)
5.1 Expected credit loss provisions (continued)
How the scope Our audit work to address the key audit matter
of our audit included the procedures noted below.
responded to We have obtained an understanding of, and assessed
the key audit the relevant controls, including model governance
matter forums, model monitoring and calibrations including
the determination of PMAs, the review and approval
of macro-economic scenarios, the flow of data from
the Group's information systems into the model,
and the flow of the output of the model to the
general ledger.
Macro-economic scenarios and related model refinements
With support from internal economic modelling specialists,
we challenged the macro-economic scenario forecasts
that were incorporated into the ECL model, including
Management's selection of the relevant macro-economic
variables. We assessed Management's forecasts and
their probability against external sources to assess
their reasonableness, considering the forecasts
in light of any contradictory information.
We also assessed the competence, capabilities and
objectivity of Management's ex ternal economic
specialist , who supplies the macro-economic forecasts
to Management and considered whether the methodology
adopted by the expert was reasonable.
We also evaluated whether there was appropriate
disclosure regarding the macro-economic scenarios
selected by Management, their probability-weighting,
and the related sensitivities.
Post-model adjustments (PMAs)
With support from internal credit risk specialists,
we challenged the customer uncertainty and model
underestimation risk uncertainty PMA s recorded
by Management as well as the completeness of PMAs
with reference to our observations in the broader
market and understanding of the risk profile of
the portfolio.
We evaluated the accuracy of the calculation of
the PMA, which included an assessment of the completeness
and accuracy of the underlying data used by Management
in their calculation.
We also evaluated whether there was adequate disclosure
regarding the significant PMAs including how they
were determined and the range of possible outcomes.
Key observations Based on our audit procedures above, we concluded
that Management's ECL provision is reasonably stated,
and is supported by a methodology that is consistently
applied and compliant with IFRS 9.
166
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBER OF TESCO PERSONAL
FINANCE GROUP PLC (continued)
5.2 Valuation of insurance contract liabilities and reinsurance
assets within Tesco Underwriting Limited ( TU )
Key audit matter The Group's gross insurance contract provisions
description total GBP604.9m as at 28 February 2023 (GBP 650.0
m as at 28 February 2022 ). Under IFRS 4 Insurance
Contracts, provisions are required to be recognised
for expected ultimate losses on claims occurring
prior to the period end. Estimating these provisions
is inherently subjective and requires the use of
complex models and the consistent application of
judgment and estimation using appropriate methodologies
and assumptions .
Within gross insurance contract provisions, bodily
injury (BI) claims relating to motor insurance
policies represent the most significant area of
management judgment and materiality to the Group
's financial position. Our key audit matter is
focused on the key assumptions of the reserves
for large BI claims. This includes, frequency,
severity and sufficiency of the allowance for excess
future inflation and the appropriateness of reinsurance
recovery assumptions .
Management uses a range of IT systems to maintain
data used in the reserving models, including the
primary underwriting and claims systems.
Given the material impact of the significant judgements
taken by management in the measurement of the insurance
contract liabilities and reinsurance assets, we
also consider there is an inherent risk of fraud
through manipulation of this balance.
Notes 1 and 3 of the financial statements provide
further detail on critical judgements and key sources
of estimation uncertainty in relation to this matter.
How the scope Our audit work to address the key audit matter
of our audit included the procedures noted below.
responded to We obtained an understanding of relevant controls
the key audit in the process of estimating the reserves.
matter With the involvement of our actuarial specialists,
we have performed the following procedures:
- Calculated an independent projection of the
large BI claims;
- Assessed the reasonableness of any differences
noted between our independent projection and management's
results;
- Tested the reconciliation of paid and incurred
claims development data to the policy administration
system and general ledger; and
- Evaluated paid, incurred and outstanding case
reserves by checking correspondences and policy
documents include in the policyholders' files,
where this data was used in reserving.
Key observations Based on our audit procedures above, we concluded
that insurance contract liabilities and reinsurance
assets within Tesco Underwriting Limited is reasonably
stated .
167
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBER OF TESCO PERSONAL
FINANCE GROUP PLC (continued)
6. Our application of materiality
6.1 Materiality
We define materiality as the magnitude of misstatement in the
Financial Statements that makes it probable that the economic
decisions of a reasonably knowledgeable person would be changed or
influenced. We use materiality both in planning the scope of our
audit work and in evaluating the results of our work.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality
for the Financial Statements as a whole as follows:
Group Financial Statements Parent Company Financial
Statements
Group materiality GBP 10.11 m ( 2022 : GBP9.32m) GBP7.35m ( 2022 : GBP
6.86 m)
Basis for determining Materiality has been determined Parent Company materiality
materiality as 0.6% of net assets has been determined as
( 2022 : 0.6% of net assets). 0.6% of net assets ( 2022
: 0.6% of net assets)
.
Rationale for We believe that the use We believe that the use
the benchmark of net assets is appropriate of net assets is appropriate
applied given the overall capital given the overall capital
base is a key focus area base is a key focus area
for the stakeholders and for the stakeholders and
regulators. regulators.
6.2 Performance materiality
We set performance materiality at a level lower than materiality
to reduce the probability that, in aggregate, uncorrected and
undetected misstatements exceed the materiality for the Financial
Statements as a whole. Group performance materiality was set at 70%
of Group materiality for the 2023 audit ( 2022 : 70%). In
determining performance materiality, we considered the following
factors:
-- The quality of the control environment and that we were able
to rely on controls for a number of business cycles; and
-- The low number of corrected and uncorrected misstatements identified in previous audits.
6.3 Error reporting threshold
We agreed with the Board Audit Committee (BAC) that we would
report to the Committee all audit differences in excess of GBP 0.50
m ( 2022 : GBP 0.46 m), as well as differences below that threshold
that, in our view, warranted reporting on qualitative grounds. We
also report to the BAC on disclosure matters that we identified
when assessing the overall presentation of the Financial
Statements.
168
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBER OF TESCO PERSONAL
FINANCE GROUP PLC (continued)
7. An overview of the scope of our audit
7.1 Identification and scoping of components
Our Group audit was scoped by obtaining an understanding of the
Group and its environment, including Group-wide controls, and
assessing the risks of material misstatement at the Group level.
Audit work to respond to the risks of material misstatement was
performed by the Group engagement team. Our audit scoping provides
full scope audit coverage of 100% of the Group's revenue, profit
before tax and net assets.
7.2 Our consideration of the control environment
We planned to rely on controls in our audit of the following
areas: Credit Cards, Savings, Loans, Insurance , common operations
processes (products, payments and reconciliations) and all material
money services products . In doing so we obtained an understanding
and tested the relevant controls. The Group is reliant upon the
effectiveness of a number of IT applications and controls to ensure
that financial transactions are processed and recorded completely
and accurately and we involved our IT specialists to obtain an
understanding of general IT controls across the systems relevant to
the areas listed.
We relied upon the controls tested as planned.
7.3 Our consideration of climate-related risks
We obtained an understanding of management's process for
considering the impact of climate-related risks and controls that
are relevant to the entity. We assessed whether the risks
identified by management are complete and consistent with our
understanding and risk assessment of the entity as part of our own
risk assessment procedures.
We have evaluated management's climate-based risk assessment in
order to consider the potential impact of climate change on the
Group's financial statements. We used this to assess the
completeness of the Group's identified risks and to develop audit
procedures to respond to these risks, as well as considering
climate-related risks throughout our risk assessments on each
financial statement account balance.
In considering the disclosures presented as part of the
Strategic Report, we have read the disclosures in the Strategic
Report to consider whether they are materially consistent with the
financial statements and our knowledge obtained in the audit.
7. 4 Working with other auditors
Work on TU, the Group's insurance underwriting subsidiary, was
performed by component auditors. The timing of our engagement with
the component auditors was planned to enable us to be involved
during the planning and risk assessment process in addition to the
execution of detailed audit procedures. We attended key meetings
with TU Management and the component auditor, and reviewed the
audit files of the component auditor to understand the audit
approach adopted, with specific focus over the claims reserves
recognised. The materiality level applied by the component auditor
of TU was GBP 3.5 m ( 2022 : GBP 3.7 m).
8. Other information
The other information comprises the information included in the
Annual Report, other than the Financial Statements and our
auditor's report thereon. The Directors are responsible for the
other information contained within the Annual Report.
Our opinion on the Financial Statements does not cover the other
information and, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated
in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion
thereon.
Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in
doing so, consider whether the other information is materially
inconsistent with the Financial Statements or our knowledge
obtained in the course of the audit, or otherwise appears to be
materially misstated.
If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent
material misstatements, we are required to determine whether this
gives rise to a material misstatement in the Financial Statements
themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude
that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we
are required to report that fact.
We have nothing to report in this regard.
169
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBER OF TESCO PERSONAL
FINANCE GROUP PLC (continued)
9. Responsibilities of Directors
As explained more fully in the Directors' responsibilities
statement, the Directors are responsible for the preparation of the
Financial Statements and for being satisfied that they give a true
and fair view, and for such internal control as the Directors
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of Financial
Statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to
fraud or error.
In preparing the Financial Statements, the Directors are
responsible for assessing the Group's and the parent Company's
ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing as applicable,
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis
of accounting unless the Directors either intend to liquidate the
Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no
realistic alternative but to do so.
10. Auditor's responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether
the Financial Statements as a whole are free from material
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an
auditor's report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is
a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit
conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a
material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from
fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in
the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these Financial
Statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of
the Financial Statements is located on the FRC's website at:
http://www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities . This description
forms part of our auditor's report.
11. Extent to which the audit was considered capable of
detecting irregularities including fraud
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance
with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our
responsibilities, outlined above, to detect material misstatements
in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which
our procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including
fraud is detailed below.
11.1 Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities
In identifying and assessing risks of material misstatement in
respect of irregularities, including fraud and non-compliance with
laws and regulations, we considered the following:
-- the nature of the industry and sector, control environment
and business performance including the design of the Group's
remuneration policies, key drivers for Directors' remuneration,
bonus levels and performance targets;
-- results of our enquiries of Management, Internal Audit and
the BAC about their own identification and assessment of the risks
of irregularities including those that are specific to the Group's
sector ;
-- any matters we identified having obtained and reviewed the
Group's documentation of their policies and procedures relating
to:
o identifying, evaluating and complying with laws and
regulations and whether they were aware of any instances of
non-compliance;
o detecting and responding to the risks of fraud and whether
they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;
o the internal controls established to mitigate risks of fraud
or non-compliance with laws and regulations;
-- the matters discussed among the audit engagement team and
involving relevant internal specialists, including tax, IT,
actuarial specialists, credit risk specialists and industry
specialists regarding how and where fraud might occur in the
Financial Statements and any potential indicators of fraud.
As a result of these procedures, we considered the opportunities
and incentives that may exist within the organisation for fraud and
identified the greatest potential for fraud in the following areas:
ECL provisions and valuation of insurance contract liabilities and
reinsurance assets in TU. In common with all audits under ISAs
(UK), we are also required to perform specific procedures to
respond to the risk of management override.
170
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBER OF TESCO PERSONAL
FINANCE GROUP PLC (continued)
11.1 Identifying and assessing potential risks related to irregularities (continued)
We also obtained an understanding of the legal and regulatory
frameworks that the Group operates in, focusing on provisions of
those laws and regulations that had a direct effect on the
determination of material amounts and disclosures in the Financial
Statements. The key laws and regulations we considered in this
context included the UK Companies Act, UK Pensions Act and the HM
Revenue and Customs (HMRC) Tax Legislation.
In addition, we considered provisions of other laws and
regulations that do not have a direct effect on the Financial
Statements but compliance with which may be fundamental to the
Group's ability to operate or to avoid a material penalty. These
included the requirements of the United Kingdom's Prudential
Regulation Authority (PRA) and Financial Conduct Authority
(FCA).
11.2 Audit response to risks identified
As a result of performing the above, we identified expected
credit loss provisions and valuation of insurance contract
liabilities and reinsurance assets in TU as key audit matters
related to the potential risk of fraud. The key audit matters
section of our report explains the matters in more detail and also
describes the specific procedures we performed in response to those
key audit matters.
In addition to the above, our procedures to respond to risks
identified included the following:
-- reviewing the Financial Statement disclosures and testing to
supporting documentation to assess compliance with provisions of
relevant laws and regulations described as having a direct effect
on the Financial Statements;
-- enquiring of Management, the BAC, in-house and external legal
counsel concerning actual and potential litigation and claims;
-- performing analytical procedures to identify any unusual or
unexpected relationships that may indicate risks of material
misstatement due to fraud;
-- reading minutes of meetings of those charged with governance,
reviewing Internal Audit reports and reviewing correspondence with
HMRC, the PRA and the FCA; and
-- in addressing the risk of fraud through Management override
of controls, testing the appropriateness of journal entries and
other adjustments; assessing whether the judgements made in making
accounting estimates are indicative of a potential bias; and
evaluating the business rationale of any significant transactions
that are unusual or outside the normal course of business.
We also communicated relevant identified laws and regulations
and potential fraud risks to all engagement team members including
internal specialists, and remained alert to any indications of
fraud or non-compliance with laws and regulations throughout the
audit.
171
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBER OF TESCO PERSONAL
FINANCE GROUP PLC (continued)
Report on other legal and regulatory requirements
12. Opinions and other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of
the audit:
-- the information given in the Strategic Report and the
Directors' Report for the financial year for which the Financial
Statements are prepared is consistent with the Financial
Statements; and
-- the Strategic Report and the Directors' Report have been
prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In the light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and
the parent Company and their environment obtained in the course of
the audit, we have not identified any material misstatements in the
Strategic Report or the Directors' Report.
13. Corporate Governance Statement
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have
concluded that each of the following elements of the Corporate
Governance Statement is materially consistent with the financial
statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:
-- the Directors' statement with regards to the appropriateness
of adopting the going concern basis of accounting and any material
uncertainties identified set out on pages 30 and 31;
-- the Directors' explanation as to its assessment of the
Group's prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the
period is appropriate set out on pages 25 to 27;
-- the Directors' statement on fair, balanced and understandable set out on page s 38 to 39 ;
-- the Board's confirmation that it has carried out a robust
assessment of the emerging and principal risks, set out on page
10;
-- the section of the Annual Report that describes the review of
effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems set
out on pages 11 to 25; and
-- the section describing the work of the BAC set out on pages 36 to 37.
14. Matters on which we are required to report by exception
14.1 Adequacy of explanations received and accounting records
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you
if, in our opinion:
-- we have not received all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
-- adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent
Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received
from branches not visited by us; or
-- the parent Company Financial Statements are not in agreement
with the accounting records and returns.
We have nothing to report in respect of these matters.
14.2 Directors' remuneration
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are also required to report if
in our opinion certain disclosures of Directors' remuneration have
not been made.
We have nothing to report in respect of th is matter.
15. Other matters
15.1 Auditor tenure
Following the recommendation of the BAC, we were appointed by
the Board of Directors on 30 June 2015 to audit the Financial
Statements for the year ending 29 February 2016 and subsequent
financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted engagement
including previous renewals and reappointments of the firm is eight
years, covering the years ending 29 February 2016 to 28 February
202 3 .
15.2 Consistency of the audit report with the additional report to the BAC
Our audit opinion is consistent with the additional report to
the BAC we are required to provide in accordance with ISAs
(UK).
172
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
INDEPENT AUDITOR'S REPORT TO THE MEMBER OF TESCO PERSONAL
FINANCE GROUP PLC (continued)
16. Use of our report
This report is made solely to the Company's member, as a body,
in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006.
Our audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the
Company's member those matters we are required to state to them in
an auditor's report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to
anyone other than the Company and the Company's member as a body,
for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have
formed.
Matt Perkins ACA (Senior statutory auditor)
For and on behalf of Deloitte LLP
Statutory Auditor
Birmingham , United Kingdom
11 April 202 3
173
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
ABBREVIATIONS
ABE Actuarial best estimate
ADC Adverse development cover
AEaR Annual earnings at risk
AGEAS AGEAS (UK) Limited
ALCo Asset and Liability Management Committee
APM Alternative Performance Measure
BAC Board Audit Committee
BoE Bank of England
BI Bodily injury
BRC Board Risk Committee
CaR Capital at risk
CCB Capital conservation buffer
CCyB Countercyclical capital buffer
CEO Chief Executive Officer
CFO Chief Financial Officer
CGU Cash-generating unit
CRD Capital Requirements Directive
CRO Chief Risk Officer
CRR Capital Requirements Regulation
DisCo Disclosure Committee
EAD Exposure at default
EBA European Banking Authority
ECLs Expected credit losses
EIR Effective interest rate
EPG Energy Price Guarantee
ERC Executive Risk Committee
ESG Environmental, Social and Governance
EU European Union
EVM Every Voice Matters
EWRMF Enterprise-Wide Risk Management Framework
ExCo Executive Committee
FCA Financial Conduct Authority
FPC Financial Policy Committee
FRC Financial Reporting Council
FVOCI Fair value through other comprehensive income
FVPL Fair value through profit or loss
HMRC HM Revenue and Customs
HQLA High quality liquid assets
IAS International Accounting Standard
IAS 19 IAS 19 'Employee Benefits'
IAS 39 IAS 39 'Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement'
IASB International Accounting Standards Board
IBNR Incurred but not reported
ICAAP Internal capital adequacy assessment process
IFRS International Financial Reporting Standard
IFRS 9 IFRS 9 'Financial Instruments'
IFRS 15 IFRS 15 'Revenue from Contracts with Customers'
IFRS 17 IFRS 17 'Insurance Contracts'
ILAAP Internal liquidity adequacy assessment process
IRRBB Interest rate risk in the Banking Book
ISAs (UK) International Standards on Auditing (UK)
ISDA International Swaps Derivatives Association
IT P In surance Transformation Programme
KPI Key performance indicator
LGD Loss given default
MREL Minimum requirements for own funds and eligible liabilities
MRT Material Risk Taker
NomCo Nomination Committee
NSFR Net stable funding ratio
ORSA Operational risk scenario analysis
PD Probability of default
PIM Partial internal model
PMA Post-model adjustment
PPI Payment protection insurance
PPO Periodic payment order
PRA Prudential Regulation Authority
QS Quota share
RAM Risk Appetite measure
RemCo Remuneration Committee
RCSA Risk and control self-assessment
SA Standardised approach
SCR Solvency capital requirement
SFTs Securities financing transactions
SII Solvency II
SMF Senior Management Function
SONIA Sterling Overnight Index Average
TCo Treasury Committee
tCO(2) e Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent
TCR Total capital requirement
Tesco Tesco PLC
TFSME TFS for small and medium sized entities
TPF Tesco Personal Finance plc
TPFG Tesco Personal Finance Group plc
TSL Tesco Stores Limited
TU Tesco Underwriting Limited
UK United Kingdom
VIU Value-in-use
WAEP Weighted average exercise price
WAFV Weighted average fair value
2018 UK Corporate Governance
Code Code 2018
174
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
GLOSSARY OF TERMS
A
Actuarial best An estimate of ultimate claims or claims reserve that
estimate is intended to be neither too high, nor too low, taking
into account known information.
Adverse development Reinsurance cover that will pay the reinsured if claims
cover develop adversely over a certain limit.
Alternative In the reporting of financial information, the Directors
performance have adopted various APMs. These measures are not defined
measure by IFRSs and therefore may not be directly comparable
with other companies' APMs, including those in the Group's
industry. APMs should be considered in addition to, and
are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to,
IFRS measurements.
Amortised cost The amount at which the financial asset or financial liability
is measured at initial recognition minus principal repayments,
plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the EIR
method of any difference between the initial amount and
the maturity amount and minus any reduction (directly
or through the use of an allowance account) for impairment
or uncollectability.
Annual earnings Changes in interest rates affect the Group's earnings
at risk by altering interest rate-sensitive income and expenses.
Excessive interest income sensitivity can pose a threat
to the Group's current capital base and/or future earnings.
The Annual Earnings at Risk model measures the impact
on earnings of +/- 0.25%, 0.50%, 0.75%, 1% parallel interest
rate shocks against the base case. The most adverse scenario
is measured against Risk Appetite.
Annual percentage The yearly interest generated by a sum that is charged
rate to borrowers or paid to investors.
Asset encumbrance An asset shall be treated as encumbered if it has been
pledged or if it is subject to any form of arrangement
to secure, collateralise or credit enhance any transaction
from which it cannot be freely withdrawn.
Asset encumbrance The asset encumbrance ratio is calculated as (total encumbered
ratio assets + total collateral received which has been re-used
for financing transactions) divided by (total assets +
total collateral received which is available for encumbrance).
B
Basel II Basel II is a set of international banking regulations
put forth by the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision,
which levelled the international regulation field with
uniform rules and guidelines. Basel II expanded rules
for minimum capital requirements established under Basel
I and provided the framework for regulatory review, as
well as set disclosure requirements for assessment of
capital adequacy of banks.
Basel III Basel III is an international regulatory accord that introduced
a set of reforms designed to improve the regulation, supervision
and risk management within the banking sector.
Basis risk Basis risk is the financial risk that offsetting investments
in a hedging strategy will not experience price changes
in entirely opposite directions from each other.
Black-Scholes A financial model used to price options.
model
Brexit The process by which the United Kingdom (UK) left the
European Union (EU).
175
TESCO PERSONAL FINANCE GROUP PLC
GLOSSARY OF TERMS (continued)
C
Capital at Capital at risk is an economic-value measure and assesses
risk sensitivity to a reduction in the Group's capital to movements
in interest rates. When interest rates change, the present
value and timing of future cash flows change. This changes
the underlying value of a bank's assets, liabilities and
off-balance sheet items and its economic value which in
turn poses a threat to the capital base.
Capital conservation A general buffer of risk-weighted assets designed to provide
buffer for losses in the event of stress, which can then be drawn
upon as losses are incurred.
Capital Requirements CRD IV is an EU legislative package that contains prudential
Directive rules for banks, building societies and investment firms
as onshored to the UK post-Brexit and amended by applicable
Statutory Instruments.
Capital Requirements The CRR is an EU law which was onshored to the UK post-Brexit
Regulation and amended by relevant Statutory Instruments. The CRR
aims to decrease the likelihood that banks become insolvent,
reflecting Basel III rules on capital measurement and
capital standards.
Capital resources Eligible capital held in order to satisfy capital requirements.
Capital risk The risk that the Group has insufficient capital resources
to support its plan and meet minimum capital requirements
and buffers under both anticipated and stressed conditions.
Cash-generating The smallest identifiable group of assets that generates
unit cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash
inflows from other assets or groups of assets.
Claims reserve A provision held to cover the settlement of claims, including
claims that may not yet have been notified.
Common equity The highest form of regulatory capital under Basel III
tier 1 capital that comprises shares issued and related share premium,
retained earnings and other reserves net of regulatory
adjustments
Common equity The common equity tier 1 ratio is calculated by dividing
tier 1 ratio total tier 1 capital at the end of the year by total risk-weighted
assets and is calculated in line with the CRR.
Company Tesco Personal Finance plc.
Concentration The risk of losses arising as a result of concentrations
risk of exposures to a specific counterparty, economic sector,
segment or geographical region.
Cost:income The cost:income ratio is calculated by dividing operating
ratio expenses by total income.
Countercyclical A capital buffer, determined by the regulator, which aims
capital buffer to ensure that banking sector capital requirements take
account of the macro-economic financial environment in
which banks operate. Its primary objective is to set a
buffer of capital to achieve the broader macro-prudential
goal of protecting the banking sector from periods of
excess aggregate credit growth that have often been associated
with the build-up of system-wide risk. The buffer can
be drawn down to absorb losses during stressed periods.
Covid-19 An infectious disease, caused by a novel coronavirus.
176
C (continued)
CRD IV Legislation published in June 2013 (in force from 1 January
2014) by the European Commission, comprising the CRD and
CRR and together forming the CRD IV package.
Implements the Basel III proposals in addition to new
proposals on sanctions for non-compliance with regulatory
rules, corporate governance and remuneration.
The rules have been implemented in the UK via Prudential
Regulatory Authority (PRA) policy statement PS7/13, with
some elements subject to transitional phase-in.
Credit risk Credit risk is the risk that a borrower will default on
a debt or obligation by failing to make contractually
obligated payments, or that the Group will incur losses
due to any other counterparty failing to meet their financial
obligations.
Credit risk Techniques (such as collateral agreements) used to reduce
mitigation the credit risk associated with an exposure.
Cross-cutting A risk that falls between or across a number of principal
risk risks, rather than being a standalone principal risk.
D
Derivatives Financial instruments whose value is based on the performance
of one or more underlying assets.
E
Energy Price The EPG protects domestic c onsumers from increases in
Guarantee energy costs by limiting the amount suppliers can charge
per unit of energy used.
Equity method A method of accounting whereby the investment is initially
recognised at cost and adjusted thereafter for the post-acquisition
change in the investor's share of the investee's net assets.
The investor's profit or loss includes its share of the
investee's profit or loss and the investor's other comprehensive
income includes its share of the investee's other comprehensive
income.
Event An event is an occurrence caused by an internal or external
failure which could impact the Group's finances; customers;
compliance with regulations; brand and reputation; or
resilience of operations.
Expected credit The weighted average of credit losses with the respective
losses risks of a default occurring as the weights.
Exposure A claim, contingent claim or position which carries a
risk of financial loss.
Exposure at The amount expected to be outstanding after any credit
default or risk mitigation, if and when the counterparty defaults.
exposure value EAD reflects both drawn down balances as well as an allowance
for undrawn commitments and contingent exposures.
External Credit These include external credit rating agencies such as
Assessment Standard & Poor's, Moody's and Fitch.
Institutions
177
F
Fair value The price that would be received to sell an asset or paid
to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between
market participants at the measurement date.
Financial Conduct The statutory body responsible for conduct of business
Authority regulation and supervision of UK authorised firms from
1 April 2013. The Financial Conduct Authority also has
responsibility for the prudential regulation of firms
that do not fall within the PRA's scope.
Financial instrument A contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one
entity and a financial liability or equity instrument
of another entity.
Financial Policy The BoE's FPC identifies, monitors and takes action to
Committee remove or reduce systemic risks with a view to protecting
and enhancing the resilience of the UK financial system.
Forbearance A temporary postponement or alteration of contractual
repayment terms in response to a counterparty's financial
difficulties.
Foreign exchange The risk that the value of transactions in currencies
risk other than Sterling is altered by the movement of exchange
rates.
Funding risk The risk that the Group does not have sufficiently stable
and diverse sources of funding.
G
Gross domestic The total value of goods produced and services provided
product in a country during one year.
Gross insurance Premiums paid by policyholders for their insurance, inclusive
premiums written of commission and insurance premium tax over a given period.
Group The Company and its subsidiaries and, in the prior year,
its joint venture.
Group of Central The oversight body of the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.
Bank Governors
and Heads of
Supervision
I
Impairment The reduction in value that arises following an impairment
losses review of an asset which has determined that the asset's
value is lower than its carrying value.
Insurance risk The risks accepted through the provision of insurance
products in return for a premium. These risks may or may
not occur as expected and the amount and timing of these
risks are uncertain and determined by events outside of
the Group's control.
Intensity factor The emission rate of a given pollutant relative to the
intensity of a specific activity.
Interest rate The risk arising from the different repricing characteristics
risk of the Group's non-trading assets and liabilities.
Interest rate IRRBB is the current or prospective risk to both earnings
risk in the and economic value arising from movements in interest
banking book rates. The main sub-types of IRRBB include gap risk (or
178 repricing risk), basis risk and customer optionality risk.
I (continued)
Internal capital The Group's own assessment of the level of capital needed
adequacy assessment in respect of its regulatory capital requirements (for
process credit, market and operational risks) and for other risks
including stress events.
Internal liquidity The Group's own assessment of the level of liquidity needed
adequacy assessment in respect of its regulatory requirements to ensure that
process the Group maintains adequate liquid assets to survive
a defined stress scenario for a sufficient period as defined
by Risk Appetite.
Internal liquidity In place to ensure that the Group maintains adequate liquid
requirement assets to survive a defined stress scenario for a sufficient
period as defined by Risk Appetite.
International A standardised contract developed by the ISDA which is
Swaps and Derivatives used as an umbrella contract for bilateral derivative
Association contracts.
master agreement
L
Leverage ratio The ratio of tier 1 capital to the total leverage ratio
exposures, excluding claims on central banks and applying
an equal weighting to all assets regardless of their risk.
Liquidity risk Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group is not able
to meet its obligations as they fall due. This includes
the risk that a given security cannot be traded quickly
enough in the market to prevent a loss if a credit rating
falls.
Loan to deposit The loan to deposit ratio is calculated by dividing loans
ratio and advances to customers by deposits from customers.
Loans and advances The loans and advances to customers loss allowance coverage
to customers ratio is calculated by dividing the ECL provision in respect
loss allowance of loans and advances to customers by the gross carrying
coverage ratio amount of loans and advances to customers.
Loss given Represents the Group's expectation of the extent of the
default loss if there is a default. The LGD assumes that once
an account has defaulted, the portion of the defaulted
balance will be recovered over a maximum period of 60
months from the point of default. LGD models take into
account, when relevant, the valuation of collateral, collection
strategies and receipts from debt sales.
M
Market-based A method of calculating a company's emissions which reflects
the emissions from electricity purchased by a company,
including its purchase of electricity backed by Renewable
Energy Guarantees of Origin or Renewable Energy Certificates.
Market risk The risk that movements in market prices (such as interest
rates and foreign exchange rates) lead to a reduction
in either the Group's earnings or economic value.
Minimum capital The minimum regulatory capital that must be held in accordance
requirement with Pillar 1 requirements for credit, market and operational
risk. This is currently 8%.
179
M (continued)
Minimum requirements A requirement for minimum loss-absorbing capacity institutions
for own funds must hold.
and eligible
liabilities
MREL ratio The MREL ratio is calculated by dividing total capital
plus MREL debt by risk-weighted assets.
N
National insurance NI is a fundamental component of the welfare state in
the UK. It acts as a form of social security, since payment
of NI contributions establishes entitlement to certain
state benefits for workers and their families.
Net interest Net interest margin is calculated by dividing net interest
margin income from continuing operations by average interest-bearing
assets, excluding assets held for sale.
Net stable The net stable funding ratio is calculated under the CRD
funding ratio IV methodology.
Net zero The balance achieved when the amount of carbon added to
the atmosphere is no more than the amount removed.
O
Ogden tables Tables which are used to calculate the cost of any claim
that involves compensation for loss of future benefits.
The tables provide an estimate of the return to be expected
from the investment of a lump sum damages award.
Operational The risk of a potential error, loss, harm or failure caused
risk by ineffective or inadequately defined processes, system
failures, improper conduct, human error or from external
events.
P
Partial internal Partial internal models can be used to model the capital
model requirements for operational risk or for the loss-absorbing
capacity of technical provisions.
Past due loans Loans are past due when a counterparty has failed to make
a payment in line with their contractual obligations.
PD threshold The maximum lifetime PD for each financial asset that
was expected at the reporting date at initial recognition
before a significant increase in credit risk is deemed
to have occurred.
Pension obligation The risk to the Group caused by contractual or other liabilities
risk to or with respect to a pension scheme.
Periodic payment Large bodily injury claims that are settled by means of
order periodic payments, approved in a court of law and typically
pay for the cost of care and lost earnings.
Persistent Persistent debt is a term used by the FCA. It describes
debt any account where the person is paying more in interest,
fees and charges than towards paying back what they have
borrowed.
Physical risks Risks arising from changes in weather and climate, impacting
physical assets and people.
180
P (continued)
Pillar 1 The first pillar of the Basel II framework sets out the
minimum regulatory capital requirements (8%) for credit,
market and operational risks.
Pillar 2 The second Pillar of the Basel II framework, known as
the Supervisory Review Process, sets out the review process
for a bank's capital adequacy; the process under which
supervisors evaluate how well banks are assessing their
risks and the actions taken as a result of these assessments.
Pillar 2A Pillar 2A addresses risks to an individual firm which
are either not captured, or not fully captured, under
the Pillar 1 capital requirements applicable to all banks.
Pillar 3 The third pillar of the Basel II framework aims to encourage
market discipline by setting out disclosure requirements
for banks on their capital, risk exposures and risk assessment
processes. These disclosures are aimed at improving the
information made available to the market.
Policies in The number of live policies in the Group's insurance portfolio
force for which the Group is obliged to provide cover.
Post-model PMAs reflect the use of Management judgment to address
adjustment perceived limitations in models or data.
Probability Represents the likelihood a customer will default over
of default the relevant period, being either 12 months or the expected
lifetime.
Prudential The statutory body responsible for the prudential regulation
Regulation and supervision of banks, building societies, credit unions,
Authority insurers and major investment firms in the UK.
PRA Rulebook The PRA Rulebook contains provisions made by the PRA that
apply to PRA-authorised firms. This includes the inclusion
over additional rules required after revocation from the
CRR by HM Treasury.
Q
Quota share A type of reinsurance where the insured shares a portion
(quota) of its premium and risk with one or more reinsurers.
R
Recovery plan The recovery options which could be deployed in a severe
stress event impacting capital or liquidity positions.
Regulatory The capital that a bank holds, determined in accordance
capital with the relevant regulation arising from the CRR.
Regulatory Regulatory risk is the risk of poor customer outcomes,
and conduct reputational damage, liability, loss or regulatory censure
risk arising from failure to comply with the requirements of
the financial services regulators or industry codes of
best practice. Conduct risk is the risk that the conduct,
acts or omissions of the organisation, or individuals
within the Group, leads to customer detriment, or has
an adverse effect on market stability or effective competition.
Repricing risk Repricing risk is the risk of changes in interest rate
charged (earned) at the time a financial contract's rate
is reset. It emerges if interest rates are settled on
liabilities for periods which differ from those on offsetting
assets.
181
R (continued)
Residual price The risk that the fair value of a financial instrument
risk and its associated hedge will fluctuate because of changes
in market prices, for reasons other than interest rate
or credit risk.
Retail credit Retail credit risk is the risk that a borrower, who is
risk a personal customer, will default on a debt or obligation
by failing to make contractually obligated payments.
Risk Appetite The level and types of risk that the Group is willing
to assume to achieve its strategic objectives.
Risk Appetite Measures designed to monitor the Group's exposure to certain
Measures risks to ensure that exposure stays within approved Risk
Appetite.
Risk-weighted Calculated by assigning a degree of risk expressed as
assets a percentage (risk-weight) to an exposure value in accordance
with the applicable SA rules.
S
Securitisation A securitisation is defined as a transaction where the
payments are dependent upon the performance of a single
exposure or pool of exposures, where the subordination
of tranches determines the distribution of losses during
the life of the transaction.
Securities The act of lending, or borrowing, a stock, derivative,
financing transactions or other security to or from an investor or firm. For
the Group, this represents market repo transactions and
does not represent securities financing for clients.
Shadow IT Shadow IT refers to IT systems used by the business but
not managed by the Group's Technology function .
Stress testing The term used to describe techniques where plausible events
are considered as vulnerabilities to ascertain how this
will impact the capital resources which are required to
be held by the Group.
Securitisation A corporation, trust, or other non-bank entity, established
structured for a defined purpose, including for carrying on securitisation
entity activities. Structured entities are designed to isolate
their obligations from those of the originator and the
holder of the beneficial interests in the securitisation.
Solvency II Solvency II sets out regulatory requirements for insurance
firms and groups, covering financial resources, governance
and accountability, risk assessment and management, supervision,
reporting and public disclosure.
Standardised In relation to credit risk, the method for calculating
approach credit risk capital requirements using risk-weightings
that are prescribed by regulation. SAs following prescribed
methodologies also exist for calculating market and operational
risk capital requirements.
Subordinated Liabilities which, in the event of insolvency or liquidation
liabilities of the issuer, are subordinated to the claims of depositors
and other creditors of the issuer.
T
Term Funding A f unding scheme provided by the BoE which provide s
Scheme for participating banks and building societies with funding
Small and Medium at interest rates close to the BoE's base rate.
Sized Entities
182
T (continued)
Tier 1 capital A component of regulatory capital defined by the CRR,
comprising common equity tier 1 capital and additional
tier 1 capital. Additional tier 1 capital includes qualifying
capital instruments such as non-cumulative perpetual preference
shares and additional tier 1 capital securities.
Tier 2 capital A component of regulatory capital, comprising qualifying
subordinated loan capital and related non-controlling
interests.
Tonnes of carbon Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent refers to the amount
dioxide equivalent of carbon dioxide emitted by one metric ton of another
greenhouse gas.
Total capital The total capital ratio is calculated by dividing total
ratio regulatory capital by total risk-weighted assets.
Total capital The amount and quality of capital the Bank must maintain
requirement to comply with the CRR Pillar 1 and the 2A capital requirements.
Total liquidity Financial institutions are required to hold at all times
requirement liquid assets, the total value of which equals, or is
greater than, the net liquidity outflows which might be
experienced under stressed conditions over a short period
of time (30 days).
Transition Risks arising from the transition to a low-carbon economy.
risks
TU's minimum Under the Solvency II regime, the minimum capital requirement
capital requirement for TU to write business.
U
UK Leverage The UK leverage ratio framework currently applies to firms
Framework regime with retail deposit levels equal to or greater than GBP50
billion on an individual or consolidated basis.
Underlying The underlying cost:income ratio, which is an APM, is
cost:income calculated by dividing underlying operating expenses by
ratio total underlying income.
Underwriting Underwriting risk is the risk that future claims experience
risk on business written is materially different from the results
expected based on the assumptions made at the point of
underwriting policies, resulting in current year losses.
Unencumbered The minimum unencumbered assets to retail liabilities
assets to retail ratio is the surplus of unencumbered assets relative to
liabilities the total amount of retail liabilities.
ratio
V
Value-in-use The present value of the future cash flows expected to
be derived from an asset or cash-generating unit.
W
Wholesale credit Wholesale credit risk is the risk that the counterparty
risk to a transaction will default before the final settlement
of the transaction's cash flows. Such transactions relate
to contracts for derivative financial instruments, securities
financing transactions and long-dated settlement transactions.
183
This information is provided by RNS, the news service of the
London Stock Exchange. RNS is approved by the Financial Conduct
Authority to act as a Primary Information Provider in the United
Kingdom. Terms and conditions relating to the use and distribution
of this information may apply. For further information, please
contact rns@lseg.com or visit www.rns.com.
RNS may use your IP address to confirm compliance with the terms
and conditions, to analyse how you engage with the information
contained in this communication, and to share such analysis on an
anonymised basis with others as part of our commercial services.
For further information about how RNS and the London Stock Exchange
use the personal data you provide us, please see our Privacy
Policy.
END
FR BRGDSRSBDGXD
(END) Dow Jones Newswires
April 13, 2023 02:02 ET (06:02 GMT)
Tesco Pfg 25 (LSE:71XN)
Historical Stock Chart
From Nov 2024 to Dec 2024
Tesco Pfg 25 (LSE:71XN)
Historical Stock Chart
From Dec 2023 to Dec 2024
